Mediaplex-20 Version 2.0 User Guide PRESS PRESS PRESS PRESS PRESS PRESS PRESS PRESS PRESS PRESS PRESS PRESS PRESS PRESS PRESS PRESS PRESS PRESS PRESS PRESS PRESS PRESS PRESS PRESS Mediaplex 20 Document Number 112-0071-01 (A) Mediaplex-20 User Guide August, 2003 Published By SkyStream Networks® 455 DeGuigne Drive Sunnyvale, CA 94085-3890 Copyright © 1998-2003 by SkyStream Networks. All rights reserved. No part of the contents of this book may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means without the written permission of the publisher. Contributors Technical Publications: Jonn Lavinnder and Regina Simmons SkyStream Networks Engineering Department Restricted Rights This document contains proprietary and confidential information of SkyStream Networks. The contents of this document may not be disclosed to third parties, copied or duplicated in any form, in whole or in part, without the prior written permission of SkyStream Networks. Use, duplication, or disclosure of the technical data contained in this document is subject to restrictions as set forth in subdivision (c)(1)(ii) of the Rights in Technical Data and Computer Software clause at DFARS 52.227-7013 and/or in similar or successor clauses in the FAR, or in the DOD or NASA FAR Supplement. Unpublished rights reserved under the Copyright Laws of the United States. Contractor/manufacturer is SkyStream Networks, 455 DeGuigne Drive, Sunnyvale, CA 94085-3890, USA. SkyStream is a registered trademark of SkyStream Networks. All other names are trademarks of their respective owners. SkyStream Networks owns the following patents: U.S. Patent No. 6351474, 6351471, 6292490, 6246701, 6195368, 6148082, 6111896, 6064676 and has additional U.S. patents pending. GoAhead Software Licence Copyright © 2001 GoAhead Software, Inc. All Rights Reserved. Unless GoAhead otherwise instructs, the year 2001 is to be replaced with the year during which the release of the Original Code containing the notice is issued by GoAhead. If this year is not supplied with Documentation, GoAhead will supply it upon request. Dolby Digital Trademark License Dolby Laboratories encourages use of the Dolby Digital trademark to identify soundtracks that are encoded in Dolby Digital. This is an effective way to infor m listeners of the soundtrack format, and the use of a standard logo promotes easy recognition in the market place. However, like any trademark, the Dolby Digital logo may not be used without permission. Dolby Laboratories therefore provides a standard trademark license agreement for companies who wish to use Dolby trademarks. This agreement should be signed by the company that owns the program material being produced. Recording studios or production facilities which provide audio production or encoding services for outside clients generally do not require a trademark license. If you would like more information on obtaining a Dolby trademark license, please contact Dolby Laboratories Licensing Corporation. Information on trademark licensing plus instructions for using the Dolby Digital trademark and marking audio formats can also be found on-line at http://www.dolby.com. Dolby Laboratories Licensing Corporation, 100 Potrero Ave., San Francisco, CA 94520 USA. Phone: 415-558-0200, Fax: 415-863-1373, E-mail: tsa@dolby.com, http://www.dolby.com Technical Support For technical support, contact SkyStream Networks Customer Support through the World Wide Web (www.skystream.com), via e-mail (service@skystream.com) or the Hot Line 1-877475-9787. Document Number: 112-0071-01 (A) i SkyStream Networks Agency Compliance and Cautions Safety: UL 60950 Third Edition, CSA-C22.2 No. 950-95, EN60950, IEC 950, CB Certificate, AS/NZ 3260, TS 001, Laser Safety: 21CRF1040 Emissions: FCC Part 15 Class A, CISPR 22 Class A, EN55022 Class A, AS/NZ 3548 Immunity: EN61000-4-2, EN61000-4-3, EN61000-4-4, EN61000-4-5, EN61000-4-6, EN61000-4-11, EN61000-3-2, EN61000-3-3, EN300-386-2 Telcordia: GR-63-CORE, GR-1089-CORE, SR-3580 NEBS Level 3 ETSI: EN300-019-1-1, EN300-019-1-2, EN300-019-1-3, EN300-132, EN300-386-2 FCC Class A Compliance SkyStream Networks Mediaplex equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class A digital device, pursuant to part 15 of the FCC Rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference when the equipment is operated in a commercial environment. This equipment generates, uses and can radiate radio frequency energy and, if not installed and used in accordance with the instruction manual, may cause harmful interference to radio communications. Operation of this equipment in a residential area is likely to cause harmful interference, in which case the user will be required to correct the interference at personal expense. IMPORTANT! Please note the following: 1 The SkyStream Networks Mediaplex is intended for indoor use only. 2 In case of emergency, disconnect the power cords. 3 If power cords are not provided: - In the United States, use standard computer power cords (as specified below). - In Europe, for 230 volt operation, use a cord set marked “HAR” and consisting of a min 3 core H05VVF3G075 cord that has a minimum 0.75 square mm diameter conductors, provided with an IEC 320 receptacle and a male plug for the country of installation, rated 6A, 250V. 4 Do not block the equipment vents. ii Mediaplex-20 User Guide Important Safety Information! Read the following safety information thoroughly before installing this SkyStream Networks’ product. Failure to follow this safety information may lead to personal injury or damage to the equipment. Power Supply ■ ■ This unit must be grounded. The unit must be connected to a grounded outlet to comply with product safety standards. ■ Do not connect the power supply unit to an AC outlet without a ground connection. ■ All power cords must be disconnected before servicing. Power Cords The plug on the power supply cords are considered to be the equipment disconnect device and must be approved for the country where it is used. • For USA and Canada: ■ ■ System Specifications • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • The cord set must be UL-approved and CSA-certified. The attachment plug must be an earth-grounding type with a NEMA 5-15P (15A 125V) plug and a EN60320/IEC320 receptacle. Dimensions (HxWxD): 34.10 x 17.20 x 14.5 inches (55.2 x 44.4 x 30.4 cm) Rack Mount 19.5 Rack Units: Standard 19 inch EIA rack Weight: Chassis with three fans and AC PSU 65 lbs (37 kg) Weight: Chassis fully configured 128 lbs. (59 kg) Shipping Weight: 160 lbs. (73 kg) Airflow: 180 CFM normal operation 240 CFM maximum Operating Temperature Range: 0° C to +40° C (+32° F to +104° F) Short-term Operating Temperature Range: -5° C to +55° C (+23° F to 131° F) Non-operating Temperature Range: -40° C to +70° C (-40° C to +158° C) Operating Humidity: 7% to 85% Non-condensing Non-Operating Humidity: 5% to 95% Non-condensing Operating Altitude: to 13,123 ft (4000 meters) Input Power Requirement: 1800 W maximum DC, 2100 W maximum AC Power Dissipation: 1800 W maximum, 900 W typical Heat Dissipation: 1800 W (6147 BTU/hr) DC, 2100 W (7172 BTU/hr) AC DC Input Voltage Range: -39 to -72 VDC DC Current Rating: (input) 60/30 A Maximum Power Budget: 37.5 A at -48 VDC AC Input Voltage Range: 90 to 247 VAC AC Current Rating: (input) 24 A at 100 VAC, 12 A at 240 VAC iii SkyStream Networks iv Mediaplex-20 User Guide Table of Contents Chapter 1: Overview ............................................................................................................................................ 1 SkyStream Mediaplex-20 .................................................................................................................................... 2 Mediaplex-20 Chassis .................................................................................................................................... 3 Switch Controller Module (SCM) ....................................................................................................... 4 Media Controller Module (MCM) ...................................................................................................... 4 Transrater Module (TRM) ................................................................................................................... 5 Chapter 2: Hardware Specifications and Installation ......................................................................................... 7 Hardware ............................................................................................................................................................ 8 Mediaplex-20 Specifications .................................................................................................................... 8 Installing the Mediaplex-20 Chassis ............................................................................................................. 9 Installation Instructions ...................................................................................................................... 9 Mediaplex-20 Chassis Basic Components .................................................................................................. 11 Power Supplies ................................................................................................................................... 12 AC Power Supply Unit (PSU) Components ............................................................................................... 13 Power Specifications ......................................................................................................................... 13 DC Power Entry Module (PEM) Components ......................................................................................... 14 Description ........................................................................................................................................ 14 Function ............................................................................................................................................. 15 Specification ...................................................................................................................................... 15 Fan Components ......................................................................................................................................... 16 SCM Components ....................................................................................................................................... 17 Specifications ..................................................................................................................................... 18 TRM Components ....................................................................................................................................... 19 Specifications ..................................................................................................................................... 20 MCM Components and Submodules ......................................................................................................... 21 Specifications ..................................................................................................................................... 22 TRM and MCM Alarm Pinouts ........................................................................................................ 23 ASI In/Out .................................................................................................................................................. 24 Specifications ..................................................................................................................................... 24 Encoders ...................................................................................................................................................... 25 Real-Time MPEG Encoder ........................................................................................................................ 26 Specifications ..................................................................................................................................... 26 Real-Time MPEG Encoder Plus ................................................................................................................ 27 Specifications ..................................................................................................................................... 27 ATM OC-3/STM-1 ..................................................................................................................................... 28 Specifications ..................................................................................................................................... 28 Cables ........................................................................................................................................................... 29 v SkyStream Networks Installing Hardware ..................................................................................................................................... 30 Installing a Submodule into an MCM Blade .............................................................................................. 31 Installing a DSP Submodule into a TRM Blade ........................................................................................ 32 Troubleshooting the MCM and Submodules ............................................................................................. 33 Installing a Blade ......................................................................................................................................... 34 Checking Proper Blade Seating ........................................................................................................ 35 Removing a Blade ........................................................................................................................................ 36 Installing a Fan ............................................................................................................................................ 36 Installing a Power Supply Unit (AC PSU or DC PEM) ............................................................................ 36 Cleaning the Air Filter ................................................................................................................................. 36 Routing Cables ............................................................................................................................................ 37 Routing Through the Cabling Channels .......................................................................................... 37 Replacing the Backup Battery .................................................................................................................... 38 Disposal of Batteries ......................................................................................................................... 38 Chapter 3: Using the Web GUI ......................................................................................................................... 39 Mediaplex Web GUI ........................................................................................................................................ 40 Login ............................................................................................................................................................ 41 Backup Login ..................................................................................................................................... 41 Main Menu Navigation ............................................................................................................................... 42 Home Page ....................................................................................................................................................... 43 Command Bar ............................................................................................................................................. 44 Statistics ............................................................................................................................................................ 45 Mediaplex Statistics ..................................................................................................................................... 46 Sensors Statistics ......................................................................................................................................... 48 Redundancy Statistics ................................................................................................................................. 50 Redundancy ....................................................................................................................................... 50 Alarm Statistics ................................................................................................................................. 50 Media Routes Statistics ............................................................................................................................... 51 Interfaces Statistics ..................................................................................................................................... 52 Port Statistics .............................................................................................................................................. 54 Config File Statistics ................................................................................................................................... 56 Running Config ................................................................................................................................. 56 Show Config ...................................................................................................................................... 57 Compare Config ................................................................................................................................ 57 Color Legend ..................................................................................................................................... 57 Data File Statistics ...................................................................................................................................... 58 Show Data File .................................................................................................................................. 58 IP Routing Statistics ................................................................................................................................... 59 Network Routes Statistics ................................................................................................................. 59 RIP Statistics ..................................................................................................................................... 61 vi Mediaplex-20 User Guide VLAN Statistics ................................................................................................................................. 62 Multicast Statistics ............................................................................................................................. 63 SCM Statistics .............................................................................................................................................. 64 SCM General Statistics ...................................................................................................................... 64 Software Statistics ............................................................................................................................. 65 SNMP Statistics ................................................................................................................................. 66 GE Statistics ...................................................................................................................................... 67 CPU Statistics .................................................................................................................................... 68 NTP Status Statistics ......................................................................................................................... 69 License Statistics ................................................................................................................................ 70 MCM Statistics ............................................................................................................................................ 71 MCM Blade Statistics ........................................................................................................................ 71 Blade Ports Statistics ......................................................................................................................... 72 Interfaces Statistics ............................................................................................................................ 72 Network Statistics ....................................................................................................................................... 74 ATM Statistics ................................................................................................................................... 74 SME Statistics .................................................................................................................................... 76 SMD Statistics ................................................................................................................................... 77 TRM Statistics ............................................................................................................................................. 78 TRM Blade Statistics ......................................................................................................................... 78 TRM Ports Statistics .......................................................................................................................... 78 TRM DSP Statistics ........................................................................................................................... 79 Configuration ................................................................................................................................................... 80 Create Network Port ................................................................................................................................... 81 Redundancy Configuration ......................................................................................................................... 82 Alarm Configuration ......................................................................................................................... 82 Media Routing Configuration ..................................................................................................................... 83 Config File ................................................................................................................................................... 96 Apply Config ..................................................................................................................................... 96 Copy Startup ...................................................................................................................................... 96 Copy Running .................................................................................................................................... 96 Remove Config .................................................................................................................................. 97 Upload Config ................................................................................................................................... 97 Download Config .............................................................................................................................. 98 Data File ...................................................................................................................................................... 99 Download Data File .......................................................................................................................... 99 Remove Data File .............................................................................................................................. 99 IP Routing Configuration ......................................................................................................................... 100 Network Routing ............................................................................................................................. 100 RIP Configuration ........................................................................................................................... 103 VLAN Configuration ...................................................................................................................... 104 vii SkyStream Networks Multicast Configuration .................................................................................................................. 105 SCM Configuration ................................................................................................................................... 106 SCM General Configuration ........................................................................................................... 106 Reboot .............................................................................................................................................. 108 SCM Software Configuration ......................................................................................................... 109 SCM SNMP Configuration ............................................................................................................. 110 SCM License Configuration ............................................................................................................ 111 SCM PCMCIA Configuration .................................................................................................................. 112 Initialize ........................................................................................................................................... 112 Mount PCMCIA .............................................................................................................................. 112 Unmount PCMCIA ......................................................................................................................... 112 MCM Configuration .................................................................................................................................. 113 MCM Blade Configuration ............................................................................................................. 113 Reboot .............................................................................................................................................. 114 Reconnect ........................................................................................................................................ 114 Ports ................................................................................................................................................. 115 Network ..................................................................................................................................................... 116 ATM Configuration ......................................................................................................................... 116 SMD Configuration ......................................................................................................................... 117 SME Configuration ......................................................................................................................... 118 TRM Configuration .................................................................................................................................. 120 TRM Blade Configuration .............................................................................................................. 120 Reboot .............................................................................................................................................. 120 Reconnect ........................................................................................................................................ 120 Ports ................................................................................................................................................. 121 Maintenance ................................................................................................................................................... 122 Software Upgrade ............................................................................................................................ 122 User Interface .................................................................................................................................. 122 Administration .......................................................................................................................................... 123 User List .......................................................................................................................................... 123 Add User .......................................................................................................................................... 123 Set Time ........................................................................................................................................... 124 Diagnostics ..................................................................................................................................................... 125 Log ........................................................................................................................................................... 125 Clear Log ......................................................................................................................................... 125 Upload Log ...................................................................................................................................... 125 Utilities ...................................................................................................................................................... 126 Ping Utility ....................................................................................................................................... 126 Technical Support ..................................................................................................................................... 127 Show ................................................................................................................................................. 127 Send .................................................................................................................................................. 128 viii Mediaplex-20 User Guide Chapter 4: Port Configuration and Statistics .................................................................................................. 129 Overview for Connecting Inputs to Outputs ............................................................................................... 130 Overview of Logical Ports Structure ............................................................................................................ 131 Mediaplex-20 Interface Naming Convention ................................................................................. 133 Configuration and Statistics .......................................................................................................................... 134 Creating Logical Ports .......................................................................................................................... 135 Logical Input Ports ................................................................................................................................... 136 TCP In Configuration ..................................................................................................................... 137 TCP In Statistics .............................................................................................................................. 138 UDP In Configuration .................................................................................................................... 139 UDP In Statistics ............................................................................................................................. 141 RTP In Configuration ..................................................................................................................... 142 RTP In Statistics .............................................................................................................................. 144 ATM In Configuration .................................................................................................................... 145 ATM In Statistics ............................................................................................................................. 145 File In Configuration ...................................................................................................................... 146 File In Statistics ............................................................................................................................... 146 Data Type Packetizers ............................................................................................................................... 147 M2T Packetizer ................................................................................................................................ 147 Section Packetizer ............................................................................................................................ 148 Data Pipe Packetizer ....................................................................................................................... 149 Programs, Elements and Streams List Statistics ...................................................................................... 150 Real-Time Monitoring ............................................................................................................................... 153 Installation of Java Plug-in .............................................................................................................. 153 View Chart Button .......................................................................................................................... 154 Controls ................................................................................................................................................ 155 Physical Input Ports .................................................................................................................................. 159 ASI In Configuration ...................................................................................................................... 159 ASI In Statistics ............................................................................................................................... 160 Encoders ............................................................................................................................................... 162 Encoder General Configuration ..................................................................................................... 162 Encoder General Statistics .............................................................................................................. 164 Encoder Plus General Configuration ............................................................................................. 165 Encoder Plus General Statistics ..................................................................................................... 167 Encoder Plus MPEG-1 Layer 2 Audio Configuration .................................................................. 168 Encoder Plus MPEG-1 Layer 2 Audio Statistics ........................................................................... 170 Encoder Plus Dolby Digital (AC-3) Audio Configuration ............................................................ 171 Encoder Plus Dolby Digital (AC-3) Audio Statistics .................................................................... 173 Encoder Advanced Configuration .................................................................................................. 174 Encoder Advanced Statistics .......................................................................................................... 176 ix SkyStream Networks Description of Advanced Encoder Settings ....................................................................................... 177 Analog Decoder Pre-processing Control ....................................................................................... 177 Scaler Prefilter Controls ................................................................................................................. 178 Noise Reduction Filters .................................................................................................................. 179 High and Low Threshold Settings ................................................................................................. 180 Transrater .................................................................................................................................................. 182 Xrtr Configuration .......................................................................................................................... 182 Xrtr Statistics ................................................................................................................................... 183 Logical Output Ports ................................................................................................................................ 184 UDP Out Configuration ................................................................................................................. 185 UDP Out Statistics .......................................................................................................................... 193 RTP Out Configuration .................................................................................................................. 194 RTP Out Statistics ........................................................................................................................... 197 ATM Out Configuration ................................................................................................................. 199 ATM Out Statistics ......................................................................................................................... 201 Physical Output Ports ............................................................................................................................... 202 ASI Out Configuration ................................................................................................................... 202 ASI Out Statistics ............................................................................................................................ 204 Descriptors ................................................................................................................................................ 205 Chapter 5: Configuration Scenarios ................................................................................................................ 207 Configuration Scenarios ................................................................................................................................ 208 Single Program Route from ASI In to UDP Out .................................................................................... 208 STEP 1: Set up the VLAN .................................................................................................................. 209 STEP 2: Configure ASI In ................................................................................................................... 210 STEP 3: Check ASI In Statistics ......................................................................................................... 210 STEP 4: Create UDP Out Port ........................................................................................................... 211 STEP 5: Configure Media Routing ..................................................................................................... 213 STEP 6: Check Port Statistics ............................................................................................................. 215 STEP 7: Select Channel at IP Set-Top Box ........................................................................................ 215 Steps of Operation Using CLI ............................................................................................................ 216 Routing Media to UDP Out Interface ........................................................................................... 216 Custom Program Route from ASI In to UDP Out ..................................................................................... 218 STEP 1: Create UDP Out Port ........................................................................................................... 219 STEP 2: Configure Media Routing ..................................................................................................... 220 Program Creation ............................................................................................................................ 220 Add a Video Element ...................................................................................................................... 221 Add an Audio Element ................................................................................................................... 221 Route the Stream ............................................................................................................................. 222 STEP 3: Check Port Statistics ............................................................................................................. 223 STEP 4: Select Channel at IP Set-Top Box ........................................................................................ 223 x Mediaplex-20 User Guide Steps of Operation Using CLI ............................................................................................................. 224 Routing Media to UDP Out Interface ............................................................................................ 224 Configuration Questions and Answers ......................................................................................................... 226 Topic 1: UDPOut Settings ................................................................................................................... 226 Topic 2: Mediaplex IP Settings ............................................................................................................ 227 Chapter 6: Redundancy .................................................................................................................................... 229 Blade Redundancy Partnerships .................................................................................................................... 230 MCM and TRM Blade Redundancy ..................................................................................................... 231 SCM Blade Redundancy ....................................................................................................................... 233 Configuration Changes and Redundancy ....................................................................................... 234 Software Upgrade of a Live Chassis ............................................................................................... 234 Method of Operation Using External Redundancy Switches ............................................................ 235 Alarms ................................................................................................................................................... 235 Chapter 7: CLI Commands and Operation .................................................................................................... 237 Command Line Interface ............................................................................................................................... 238 CLI Basics ........................................................................................................................................ 238 Additional Connection Method ...................................................................................................... 239 Mediaplex-20 Interface Naming Convention ................................................................................. 240 CLI Tree ................................................................................................................................................ 241 Command Definitions ................................................................................................................................... 242 ? (root) .................................................................................................................................................. 242 show ...................................................................................................................................................... 242 reset ....................................................................................................................................................... 243 debug ..................................................................................................................................................... 243 no .......................................................................................................................................................... 244 config .................................................................................................................................................... 244 copy ....................................................................................................................................................... 245 delete ..................................................................................................................................................... 245 upload 246 clear ....................................................................................................................................................... 246 reboot .................................................................................................................................................... 246 set .......................................................................................................................................................... 247 shell ....................................................................................................................................................... 247 syncfs .................................................................................................................................................... 248 Show Commands ............................................................................................................................................ 249 show ...................................................................................................................................................... 249 show running-config ............................................................................................................................ 249 show chassis .......................................................................................................................................... 252 show iproute ......................................................................................................................................... 253 xi SkyStream Networks show interface ...................................................................................................................................... 253 show interface TCPIn5/0 .................................................................................................................... 254 show media-routes ............................................................................................................................... 254 show media-routes all all ..................................................................................................................... 255 show stats ............................................................................................................................................. 255 show stats gei1 ..................................................................................................................................... 256 show stats blade3 ................................................................................................................................. 256 show stats ASIOut3/2 ......................................................................................................................... 257 show program ....................................................................................................................................... 257 show program ASIIn17/4 ................................................................................................................... 258 show program ENC7/0 ....................................................................................................................... 258 show stream .......................................................................................................................................... 258 show stream ASIIn5/2 ........................................................................................................................ 259 show element ........................................................................................................................................ 259 show element ASIIn3/5 ...................................................................................................................... 259 show vlan .............................................................................................................................................. 260 show log ................................................................................................................................................ 260 show tech-support ................................................................................................................................ 261 show serial ............................................................................................................................................ 261 show ntpstatus ...................................................................................................................................... 261 Config Commands ......................................................................................................................................... 262 Navigation in config-mode ............................................................................................................. 262 Configuration Values ...................................................................................................................... 262 Key Values ....................................................................................................................................... 262 config .................................................................................................................................................... 263 [config] system ..................................................................................................................................... 263 [config] redundancy ............................................................................................................................. 266 [config] snmp-server ............................................................................................................................ 267 [config] interface .................................................................................................................................. 268 Configuring and Creating Interfaces .............................................................................................. 269 [config] interface ASIIn3/5 ................................................................................................................. 270 [config] interface ASIOut3/6 .............................................................................................................. 270 [config] interface ENC5/4 .................................................................................................................. 275 [config] interface ENC17/0 ................................................................................................................ 280 [config] interface ATM3/5 .................................................................................................................. 284 [config] interface ATMIn17/0 ATM17/2 ........................................................................................... 284 [config] interface ATMOut17/0 ATM17/2 ........................................................................................ 285 [config] interface FILEIn17/1 ............................................................................................................ 286 [config] interface RTPIn17/0 ATM17/0 ............................................................................................ 287 [config] interface TCPIn5/3 ATM5/2 ................................................................................................ 288 [config] interface UDPIn5/0 ATM5/2 ............................................................................................... 289 xii Mediaplex-20 User Guide [config] interface smd5/6 .................................................................................................................... 290 [config] interface sme5/0 ..................................................................................................................... 291 [config] interface RTPOut17/2 ASIIn17/4 ........................................................................................ 292 [config] interface UDPOut17/1 ASIIn17/2 ....................................................................................... 294 [config] interface Xrtr3/0 .................................................................................................................... 296 [config] ipRoutes .................................................................................................................................. 297 [config] alarms ...................................................................................................................................... 298 [config] licenses .................................................................................................................................... 299 [config] media-routes ........................................................................................................................... 299 [config] custom-program-services ....................................................................................................... 301 [config] custom-element-services ........................................................................................................ 302 [config] program-details ....................................................................................................................... 303 [config] element-details ........................................................................................................................ 303 Chapter 8: Network Management and Monitoring ........................................................................................ 305 Overview ........................................................................................................................................................ 306 Introduction to SNMP ................................................................................................................................... 307 Network Management Protocol Architecture ......................................................................................... 308 SNMP Formats ................................................................................................................................ 308 SNMP Messages .............................................................................................................................. 309 Conceptual Row Creation ............................................................................................................... 310 SNMPv3 ..................................................................................................................................................... 312 SNMP MIB Description ........................................................................................................................... 315 References ............................................................................................................................................. 315 Compiling Mediaplex MIBs in Network Management Applications ............................................ 316 Mediaplex Enterprise MIBs ............................................................................................................ 318 Introduction to HP OpenView Integration .................................................................................................. 333 Fault Management ........................................................................................................................... 333 Accounting Management ................................................................................................................ 333 Configuration Management ............................................................................................................ 333 Performance Management .............................................................................................................. 333 Components of SkyStream HP OpenView Plug-in ................................................................................. 334 Monitoring Mediaplex from HP OpenView .................................................................................. 335 Monitoring a Specific Mediaplex .................................................................................................... 336 Opening the Web GUI for HP OpenView .................................................................................... 338 Launching an SNMP Browser for a Specific Mediaplex ............................................................... 339 Obtaining a List of Mediaplex Components .................................................................................. 340 System Alarms ................................................................................................................................. 343 Graphs and Historical Data Gathering .......................................................................................... 344 Chapter 9: Basic Concepts ............................................................................................................................... 345 xiii SkyStream Networks DVB Transport Stream .................................................................................................................................. 346 Data Injection ...................................................................................................................................... 346 Ports and Packetizers ..................................................................................................................................... 347 MPEG-2 Transport Stream Packets .............................................................................................................. 348 MPEG Sections ......................................................................................................................................... 349 Packetizing Sections ............................................................................................................................. 349 Mediaplex Packetizers .................................................................................................................................... 350 Input Port Packetizers .............................................................................................................................. 350 SME Network Interface Packetizers ........................................................................................................ 350 Transport MPEG Over Packet Networks .................................................................................................... 351 Mediaplex Supported Protocols ..................................................................................................... 351 MPEG Encapsulation ..................................................................................................................... 352 Routing Between the Control and Data Networks in the Mediaplex-20 .................................................... 354 Appendix A: Packet Formats .......................................................................................................................... 357 Packet Formats ............................................................................................................................................... 358 MPEG Section Packet Format ................................................................................................................. 359 MPE Packetizer ......................................................................................................................................... 360 Data Piping ................................................................................................................................................ 364 Appendix B: Video Traffic Shaping ............................................................................................................... 365 Video Traffic Shaping .................................................................................................................................... 366 What is Traffic Shaping? ........................................................................................................................... 366 Why Use Video Traffic Shaping? ............................................................................................................. 366 Classes of Requirements ........................................................................................................................... 367 Glossary ........................................................................................................................................................... 369 Acronyms, Abbr. & Definitions .................................................................................................................... 370 xiv Mediaplex-20 User Guide Chapter 1: Overview 1 SkyStream Networks SkyStream Mediaplex-20 The increasing demand for the delivery of high quality bandwidth-intensive multimedia content, coupled with the unpredictable nature of current Internetbased networks, opens the door for a new breed of high-powered devices to converge video and data networks. SkyStream’s Mediaplex-20 is a carrier class, modular, chassis-based product that is designed to bridge the gap between video and data networks. It is part of SkyStream’s solution for building next generation multimedia network architectures, enabling service providers to build tiered services on top of their existing network architecture. Mediaplex is a highly expandable, reliable hardware-networking platform designed for the efficient delivery of Internet data (IP), video (MPEG-2), and streaming (IP) video/audio across any broadband network or IP backbone, such as DSL or fiber. It is the industry’s first networking device with advanced content manipulation techniques that enable efficient bandwidth-saving delivery of the highest quality video and audio, regardless of the content’s origination point or format. Mediaplex represents a new breed of product designed to be content aware, support multiple types of services, and scale to customer’s bandwidth needs. Moreover, it provides the means for the connection of different transmission media at different rates. Mediaplex can multiplex, de-multiplex, format and inject IP data in-band into MPEG-2 transport streams, retrieve IP content from MPEG-2 transport streams, and transmit IP and MPEG-2 data with full Quality of Service (QoS). Mediaplex can function as a content switching, routing, video rate changing and multiplexing device in the core of the network, connecting multiple streams of data and MPEG traffic, and intelligently routing the traffic to its appropriate destination. The final client can be a PC with appropriate client application, a digital set-top box, or a residential gateway capable of accepting video/data streams and providing video outputs to standard television sets. The following are features of the SkyStream Mediaplex-20: NEBS compliant (Network Equipment Building Systems compliant) Adhering to standards from Telcordia for equipment used in telco central offices (COs). Most equipment must be NEBS certified before it can be integrated into carrier facilities. NEBS specifications deal with power management, electrical shielding, disaster preparation and hardware interfaces. 2 ■ Chassis based w/20 slots for multiple video/data interfaces ■ Dual 16 Gbps backplanes ■ Routing of IP traffic ■ Video encoding ■ Delivery of MPEG-2 over IP networks ■ Configuration via Web GUI, CLI, or SNMP interfaces ■ High reliability with all components redundant ■ NEBS level 3 compliant and certified Overview Mediaplex-20 User Guide The Mediaplex-20 is a modular chassis designed for both central and co-location offices. Mediaplex is NEBS Level 3 certified. It provides room for 20 module slots. The two central slots are dedicated to the Switch Controller Modules (SCM) that provide the overall chassis monitoring, control, and backplane connectivity. The chassis has two backplanes for full redundancy. The chassis backplane is capable of supporting two 16 Gbps SCMs. Optimal redundancy is achieved through the use of a redundant power supply. In addition, the modular design of the chassis allows for the replacement of cooling fans without turning off the power. PRESS PRESS PRESS PRESS PRESS PRESS PRESS PRESS PRESS PRESS PRESS PRESS PRESS PRESS PRESS OC-3/STM-1 MM PRESS Mediaplex-20 Chassis PRESS PRESS PRESS OC-3/STM-1 MM PRESS PRESS PRESS PRESS PRESS Mediaplex 20 3 SkyStream Networks Switch Controller Module (SCM) The Switch Controller Module (SCM) provides backplane connectivity for all blades inside the chassis. It is capable of supporting up to 16 Gbps of bandwidth through the backplane and routing or switching data traffic at wire speed. The SCM blade provides four optical Gigabit Ethernet ports for connectivity and a 10/100 Fast Ethernet port for network management. It also provides a console port for local access to the command line interface (CLI), a flash card reader interface for the flash module—storing software loads and configuration data—and a clock input port for external synchronized timing if the internal clock is not used. The SCM is a single slot blade that uses one of the two designated central chassis slots. Multiple LEDs display the status of each SCM blade component. The use of two SCM blades in the chassis provides optimal redundancy. In order to have redundancy you must also have two identically configured MCM blades. When establishing redundancy the backup blade automatically mirrors the primary blade’s configuration. Media Controller Module (MCM) The Media Controller Module (MCM) is a double slot blade that provides submodule connectivity. The MCM blade provides a standards-based mezzanine interface for up to four submodules. The submodules supported on the MCM include ASI Input/Output, Real-Time MPEG-2 Encoder (RTME), Real-Time MPEG-2 Encoder Plus (RTME Plus), and ATM OC/3 Network Interface (ANI). The MCM blade is capable of supporting up to 400 Mbps of traffic, and the ASI submodule is capable of supporting up to 160 Mbps. Two MCM blades configured identically provide full blade and port redundancy. Multiple LEDs show the status of the blades at all times. MCM Submodules The Mediaplex submodules are mezzanine cards mounted on the MCM. The following submodules are available: ■ ASI Input: Contains two ASI input ports. ■ ASI Output: Contains two ASI output ports. ■ ■ ■ ■ 4 ATM Network Interface (ANI) Single-mode: Contains one standard ATM OC-3/STM-1 Single-mode interface. ATM Network Interface (ANI) Multi-mode: Contains one standard ATM OC-3/STM-1 Multi-mode interface. Real-Time MPEG Encoder (RTME): Contains one analog video input and two analog audio inputs (one stereo pair). Real-Time MPEG Encoder Plus (RTME Plus): Contains one analog video input and four audio channels (two stereo pairs). Overview Mediaplex-20 User Guide ASI Input and Output Submodules The ASI Input submodule contains two independent DVB-ASI ports. Each port contains two physical input connectors that are software-selectable. The input submodule has a total input rate of 160 Mbps (combined rate in any increment across both ports). The ASI output submodule contains two independent DVB-ASI ports, each with two output connectors. The output submodule can feed modulators (satellite or cable) or video multiplexers. ATM Network Interface (ANI) Single-mode and Multi-mode The ATM Network Interface contains one bi-directional ATM OC-3/STM-1 Single-mode fiber interface. It is capable of Classical IP over ATM (CIP) and RFC 2684 compliant ATM bridge mode in PVC mode. In addition, ANI also supports native MPEG over ATM (AAL5). The ATM Network Interface is also offered with a Multi-mode fiber interface. Real-Time MPEG Encoder (RTME) The Real-Time MPEG Encoder takes one analog video input (composite or SVideo) or digital SDI input. It also suppor ts one analog (balanced or unbalanced) or digital (embedded SDI) audio input channel for MPEG 1 Layer 2 encoding. The encoder converts inputs to digital and compresses them into an MPEG Transport Stream for further processing through the Mediaplex. Real-Time MPEG Encoder Plus (RTME Plus) In addition to the RTME features, the RTME Plus offers more audio encoding options. It supports four channels (two stereo pairs) of audio for encoding into either MPEG-1 Layer 2 or Dolby Digital (AC-3) audio. The audio source can come from any of the following input interfaces: unbalanced, balanced, AES or embedded Serial Digital Interface (SDI). The encoder supports analog and digital video sources. For an analog video signal, S-Video or composite video inputs are available for configuration. Alternately, the encoder can receive digital video input through the SDI. Transrater Module (TRM) The Transrater Module (TRM) is a video processing module designed to provide video rate shaping and rate reduction capabilities, also known as video transrating. The TRM module is a high density module that supports up to four Digital Signal Processor (DSP) video processing submodules. Video rate shaping assures a predefined maximum video peak bandwidth. In general, video rate shaping smooths the peaks of a Variable Bit Rate (VBR) video stream such that it can fit within a specific available transport bandwidth. An example of shaping is the delivery of VBR digital video received from a satellite source over a low bandwidth xDSL environment. In this case, the rate shaping capability smooths the video peak bandwidth such that it does not exceed the maximum available bandwidth on the xDSL network. The resulting video stream is a capped VBR stream, or a VBR stream with a known peak bit rate level. 5 SkyStream Networks It is possible to use video rate reduction in conjunction with the video rate shaping, a smoothing feature to reduce the overall bandwidth requirement of the video. When combined, the average bit rate of the output video is less than the average bit rate of the video, before being processed, while maintaining complete MPEG video buffer model compliancy. Together with rate shaping and rate reduction, the Transrater module can produce a video stream which takes less bandwidth and peaks that do not exceed the preset maximum available bandwidth. This results in a smooth playback of the video stream without any glitches due to lost packets caused by video peaks exceeding maximum available bandwidth. In addition to capped VBR stream generation, the Transrater module is also capable of producing strict Constant Bit Rate (CBR) streams. In this case, the Mediaplex injects filler packets, when necessary, to produce a true CBR stream that fills all the gaps between video peaks in a VBR stream producing video that would occupy a true constant bandwidth throughout playback. An example of applications using this capability is network video recording. The use of CBR recorded video allows the middleware applications to provide precise and accurate Personal Video Recorder (PVR) functionality, such as fast forward and rewind functions, based on the bit rate of the video and the amount of the disk space it occupies. Another potential application for a CBR stream is to preallocate and bill customers based on the constant video bit rate utilization in a video backhaul application. DSP Video Processing Submodules The DSP Video Processing Submodules are plug-in modules that connect to the TRM blade and provide the per stream video processing capability needed for rate shaping and rate reduction. Each DSP submodule provides transrating capability for up to six individual video programs. 6 Overview Mediaplex-20 User Guide Chapter 2: Hardware Specifications and Installation 7 SkyStream Networks Hardware This chapter outlines SkyStream’s Mediaplex-20 hardware specifications and component installation instructions. Mediaplex-20 Mechanical Specifications Dimensions (HxWxD): 34.10 x 17.20 x 14.5 inches (55.2 x 44.4 x 30.4 cm) Rack Mount 19.5 Rack Units: Standard 19 inch EIA rack Weight: Chassis with three fans and AC PSU 65 lbs (37 kg) Weight: Chassis fully configured 128 lbs. (59 kg) Shipping Weight: 160 lbs. (73 kg) fully configured Operating Environment Airflow: 180 CFM normal operation, 240 CFM maximum Operating Temperature Range: 0° C to +40° C (+32° F to +104° F) Short-term Operating Temperature Range: -5° C to +55° C (+23° F to 131° F) Non-operating Temperature Range: -40° C to +70° C (-40° F to +158° F) Operating Humidity: 7% to 85% Non-condensing Non-Operating Humidity: 5% to 95% Non-condensing Operating Altitude: to 13,123 ft (4000 meters) Power Requirements and Specifications Input Power Requirement: 1800 W max. DC, 2100 W max. AC Power Dissipation: 1800 W maximum, 900 W typical Heat Dissipation: 1800 W (6147 BTU/hr) DC, 2100 W (7172 BTU/hr) AC DC Input Voltage Range: -39 to -72 VDC DC Current Rating: (input) 60/30 A Maximum Power Budget: 37.5 A at -48 VDC AC Input Voltage Range: 90 to 247 VAC AC Current Rating: (input) 24 A at 100 VAC, 12 A at 240 VAC AC Power Outlet Installation Requirements The AC power outlet must be installed near the equipment and must be easily accessible. There may be up to three power supply cords provided. 8 Hardware Specifications and Installation Mediaplex-20 User Guide Installing the Mediaplex-20 Chassis Rack-mount Instructions The following instructions will guide you through installing your Mediaplex-20 chassis into a typical rack-mount. Parts List The Mediaplex-20 chassis rack-mount kit includes: ■ Two (2) rack-mount support brackets Additional items supplied by customer: ■ ■ 19 inch EIA or broadcast equipment rack Four (4) rack-mount screws (rack specific) for rack-mount support brackets ■ Eight (8) rack-mount screws (rack specific) for chassis ■ Screwdriver (as required) ■ Marker (to mark position) Installation Instructions Step 1 Using the two rack-mount brackets, mark the position of the chassis on the rack with the marker. These brackets will support the bottom of the Mediaplex-20 chassis. Rack-mount rail hole patterns vary to accommodate a variety of equipment sizes; you must check which position fits your chassis. 9 SkyStream Networks Step 2 Attach the two chassis rack-mount support brackets onto both sides of the rack using four rack-mount screws. Step 3 Once the chassis rack-mount support brackets are in place, it will be easier to support the Mediaplex-20 chassis while mounting it on the equipment rack. Attach the chassis securely using rack-mount screws. It is preferable to mount an empty chassis without any blades, fans, or power units. After you mount the chassis into the rack, install the components. WARNING! To prevent personal injury or damage to the chassis, never attempt to lift or tilt the chassis using the handles on modules (such as power supplies, fans, or blades); these types of handles are not designed to support the weight of the unit. Lift the unit only by grasping the chassis underneath its lower edge. A fully configured chassis weighs 128 pounds and two people are required to lift the chassis. It is recommended that a third person secures the chassis into the rack. To prevent injury, keep your back straight and lift with your legs, not your back. 10 Hardware Specifications and Installation Mediaplex-20 User Guide The basic components of the SkyStream Mediaplex-20 chassis shown in the illustration are as follows: SCM, TRM, MCM, blank plate, AC power switch, ground plug for antistatic strap, fan assembly, and power supply (either AC or DC). Reserved Slots You must install SCM blades in slots 10 and 11. MCMs take up two slots—only install into slots 1, 3, 5, 7, 13, 15, 17 and 19. The TRM is a single slot blade that inserts into slots 1, 3, 5, 7, 8, 9, 12, 13, 14, 15, 17, and 19. PRESS PRESS PRESS PRESS PRESS PRESS PRESS PRESS PRESS PRESS PRESS Mediaplex-20 Chassis Basic Components PRESS PRESS PRESS PRESS PRESS PRESS PRESS PRESS PRESS PRESS PRESS Mediaplex 20 11 SkyStream Networks Power Supplies The Mediaplex-20 chassis can receive power from either a DC or AC source. In the case of AC power supplies, they “load-share”; that is, each AC power supply provides an equal fraction of the power needed to run the chassis. Each AC power supply has a capacity of 1000 W. A fully populated chassis, in the worstcase, needs close to 2000 W; therefore, a minimum of two AC power supplies are required to support that configuration on a non-redundant mode. The third AC power supply is redundant. Every chassis ships with at least two AC modules. In case of DC power, the module is not a “power supply,” but rather a “Power Entry Module” (PEM). It connects outside DC power to the chassis with some protection. One DC PEM can support the full 2000 W. The DC PEMs do not load share because they do not need to. In this case, a non-redundant configuration means using one DC PEM, and a redundant configuration means using two DC PEMs. 12 Hardware Specifications and Installation Mediaplex-20 User Guide AC Power Supply Unit (PSU) Components For AC installations, the AC Power Supply Unit (PSU) generates a DC current to power the Mediaplex-20. The AC PSU components, seen from the front, are as follows: captive screw, handle, power receptacle, voltage adjuster, and power activity LEDs. AC Power Supply AC Power Supply Unit Indicators DC OK—Green LED (DC output voltage from PSU is operating correctly) AC OK—Green LED (AC supply to the PSU is operating correctly) Power Specifications State DC OK AC OK AC input not present Off Off AC input present, AC power switch off Off On AC input present, AC power switch on, DC output present On On AC input present, AC power switch on, DC output failed Off On Input Voltage Range: 90-264 VAC Line Frequency: 50-60 Hz Max Load: 1000 W 13 SkyStream Networks DC Power Entry Module (PEM) Components For DC installations, the DC Power Entry Module (PEM) regulates power input. The components seen from the front are as follows: captive screw, handle, power plug, voltage adjuster, and power activity LEDs. DC PEM DC PEM Indicators DC IN—Green LED (-48 VDC input is present with correct polarity and voltage range) DC OUT—Green LED (DC output voltage from PSU is operating correctly) Description State DC IN AC OUT DC input not present Off Off DC input present, circuit breaker tripped Off Off DC input present, circuit breaker OK, DC output OK On On DC input present, circuit breaker OK, DC output failed On Off The DC Power Entry Module (PEM) is a hot swappable, field replaceable unit within the Mediaplex-20 chassis that conditions a -48 VDC power input. One DC PEM is sufficient to power a chassis fully loaded with MCM, SCM and submodules. The Mediaplex-20 may have up to three DC PEMs simultaneously installed in the Power Supply Unit (PSU) bays in order to provide redundancy. The -48 VDC output from each of the three DC PEMs is separately distributed along the lower backplane to each chassis slot. Up to three redundant -48 VDC supplies are then combined by Diode OR-ing (selecting the highest voltage) on each MCM and SCM module. The positive side of the 48 VDC input voltage is defined as the common return. WARNING! Do not combine AC power supplies and DC PEMs simultaneously in any of the three Power Supply Unit (PSU) bays within a Mediaplex-20 chassis. Empty PSU bays must have a PSU blank plate installed to ensure that EMC shielding is not compromised. 14 Hardware Specifications and Installation Mediaplex-20 User Guide NOTE The AC power switch is non-operational if the Mediaplex-20 is fitted with DC PEMs. Function The DC PEM performs the following functions: ■ Power Mediaplex-20 chassis from -48 VDC (nominal) input supply ■ Provide reverse voltage polarity protection ■ Provide over current, circuit breaker protection ■ ■ ■ Specification Provide slow start switch on once the supply voltage exceeds the minimum switch on threshold Power filtering to prevent conducted emissions to the power lines connected to the PEM Provide status signals and LEDs to monitor correct operation of input and output voltages Input Voltage: -39 V to -72 VDC Input Current: 60 A max Input Connector: 2 Anderson PP75 series contacts Input Protection: Reverse polarity Over-current circuit breaker Output Connector: 34-pin connector backplane interface Output Voltage (min): (Input Voltage – 2.0 V) Output Power: 2000 W (max) 15 SkyStream Networks Fan Components The fan module components seen from the front are as follows: spring latch, alarm LEDs, activity LEDs, and handle. Fan Module Indicators The LEDs have the following meanings: ACTIVITY LEDS OVERTEMP—MINOR The fan is operating normally in a high ambient temperature. OVERTEMP—MAJOR There is a temperature fault somewhere in the system. ALARM LEDS FAN OK The fans are operating at correct speed and no temperature alarms exist in the system. FAN FAIL One or more fans in this module has a fan speed error. The fans each have six sensors defined as follows: 0 — Local Temperature When this sensor detects a temperature fault above the threshold, it declares and logs a fault condition. 1, 2, 3, 4 — Fan Speed These sensors measure the fan speeds. The non-critical thresholds are only active when the fan is in high speed. 5 — Auto-cool Temperature This sensor is also a local temperature sensor. Its thresholds declare a high ambient temperature condition that requires the fans to run at high speed, but is not an error condition. This sensor does not log events. The fans speed up when any of three conditions occur: 1 There is a temperature fault anywhere in the system. All fans in all fan modules speed up. All fan modules will light the MAJOR OVER TEMP LED and extinguish the FAN OK LED. 2 There is a fan speed failure. Only the fan module containing the failing fan speeds up. The failing fan module illuminates the FAN FAIL LED and extinguish the FAN OK LED. 3 There is an auto-cool temperature excursion. Only the fan module containing the auto-cool sensor speeds up. The auto-cooling fan module illuminates the MINOR OVER TEMP LED and the FAN OK LED remains on. 16 Hardware Specifications and Installation Mediaplex-20 User Guide SCM Components The Switch Controller Module (SCM) components seen from the front are as follows: ejector handle [2], flash activity LED, compact flash socket, console connector, clock input activity LED, clock reference input connector, Ethernet port, Gigabit Ethernet ports [4], reset button and SCM alarm and online activity LEDs. In addition, two captive screws located behind the ejector handles that secure the blade to the chassis. SCM Blade PRESS SCM (Switch Controller Module) The Mediaplex system controller that is responsible for booting the whole system and directing the flow of data between blades. PRESS 17 SkyStream Networks Specifications Mechanical Height: 17.125 inches Width: 0.800 inches Depth: 11.000 inches Connectors: RS-232 console connector BNC 10 MHz external clock reference 10/100T RJ45 Ethernet connector MTRJ Gigabit Ethernet fiber connectors (4 each) Indicators Clock Input Activity LED: Yellow when using internal clock. Green indicates locked to an external clock. 18 Alarm LED: Green when there is no alarm condition. Red when there is an alarm condition. Online LED: Green indicates that the blade is online/primary. Yellow indicates that the blade is offline/backup. Hardware Specifications and Installation Mediaplex-20 User Guide TRM Components The Transrater Module (TRM) components seen from the front are as follows: ejector handle, DSP submodules, alarm LEDs, alarm switch connector, reset button and alarm and online activity LEDs. In addition, there are two captive screws located behind the ejector handles that secure the blade to the chassis. TRM Blade PRESS TRM (Transrater Module) The Mediaplex Module used for video rate shaping, rate reduction, and video format conversion. DSP (Digital Signal Processor) A special-purpose CPU used for digital signal processing. It provides ultra-fast instruction sequences, such as shift and add, and multiply and add, which are commonly used in mathintensive signal processing applications. DSP Submodules The processing submodules on the TRM blade that provide processing capabilities for video manipulation. Two or four DSP submodules can be installed on a TRM module. PRESS 19 SkyStream Networks Specifications Mechanical Height: 17.125 inches Width: 0.800 inches Depth: 11.000 inches Connectors: 15 pin D-subminiature alarm connector Indicators Alarm LED MIN: Red indicates minor alarm condition detected. This is a warning that does not require immediate attention. Alarm LED MAJ: Red indicates major alarm condition detected. This alarm requires immediate attention. Online LED: Green indicates that the blade is online/primary. Yellow indicates that the blade is offline/backup. Activity LED: Green indicates activity on the board. Depending on the level of activity on the board this LED may blink or stay lit. 20 Hardware Specifications and Installation Mediaplex-20 User Guide MCM Components and Submodules The Media Controller Panel (MCM) components and submodules seen from the front are as follows: captive screw [4], ejector handles, media I/O slots for submodules, alarm LEDs, alarm switch connector, reset button, activity and online LEDs. MCM Blade PRESS MCM (Media Controller Module) The Mediaplex blade that is responsible for all the video/data input, processing, and output under the control of the SCM. Submodule A PCI-based mezzanine card. Small and compact (74mm x 149mm) and providing 32 or 64-bit data paths, submodules enable a large variety of PCI products to be retrofitted to other bus environments. PRESS 21 SkyStream Networks Specifications Mechanical Height: 17.125 inches Width: 1.60 inches Depth: 11.000 inches Connectors: 15 pin D-subminiature alarm connector Indicators Alarm LED MIN: Red indicates minor alarm condition detected. This is a warning that does not require immediate attention. Alarm LED MAJ: Red indicates major alarm condition detected. This alarm requires immediate attention. Online LED: Green indicates that the blade is online/primary. Yellow indicates that the blade is offline/backup. Activity LED: Green indicates activity on the board. Depending on the level of activity on the board, this LED may blink or stay lit. 22 Hardware Specifications and Installation Mediaplex-20 User Guide TRM and MCM Alarm Pinouts Alarm Port Connector Pin Assignments Pin No. Connection 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 Ground Critical Alarm output—normally closed Critical Alarm output—normally open Critical Alarm output—common Status input 1—anode Status input 1—cathode Source—current limited 12 mA Ground Major Alarm output—normally closed Major Alarm output—normally open Major Alarm output—common Status input 2—anode Status input 2—cathode Source—current limited 12 mA Ground NOTE The functionality for pins 5, 6, 12 and 13 are not supported. 23 SkyStream Networks ASI In/Out The ASI Input/Output submodule components seen from the front are as follows: BNC, and activity LEDs. ASI Input Submodule ASI (Asynchronous Serial Interface) One of DVB’s physical interfaces used for transmitting MPEG-2 Transport Streams. Specifications NOTE An ASI In submodule may be recognized by a white line around the BNC connectors, whereas an ASI Out submodule has an orange line (in addition to the actual label “ASI IN” or “ASI OUT”). Mechanical Height: 2.913 inches Width: 0.509 inches Depth: 5.866 inches Connectors: BNC Indicators RDY—Ready Green LED ACT—Active Green LED State RDY ACT Power Off Off Off LED test for approximately 8 seconds, following power up and board configuration. On On ASI In/Out Port disabled Flashing Off ASI In/Out Port enabled, no ASI In/Out traffic On Off ASI In/Out Port enabled, ASI In/Out traffic On Flash rate proportional to MPEG TS packet rate 24 Hardware Specifications and Installation Mediaplex-20 User Guide Encoders The Mediaplex offers the following three types of Real-Time MPEG Encoders: ■ Real-Time MPEG Encoder (RTME) Balanced ■ Real-Time MPEG Encoder (RTME) Unbalanced ■ Real-Time MPEG Encoder (RTME) Plus—MPEG-1 Layer 2 or Dolby Digital (AC-3) Real-Time MPEG Encoders (Balanced and Unbalanced) The two Real-Time MPEG Encoder (RTME) submodules support either balanced or unbalanced audio. Unbalanced Audio uses two wires, ground and signal. Virtually all consumer audio equipment is unbalanced. Unbalanced audio is typically presented on two RCA connectors, one for left and one for right, or on a single mini stereo plug that has three wires (ground, left, and right). The connector in the unbalanced RTME is a mini stereo plug. If an RCA interface is needed, you can easily find an off-the-shelf cable that has a mini stereo plug on one end and two RCA connectors on the other. Balanced Audio uses three wires per channel: ground, signal+ and signal-.The audio signal is a differential signal, which helps in reducing noise. Virtually all professional audio equipment uses balanced audio due to its superior quality. Balanced audio uses XLR connectors, female for input and male for output. Due to space constraints, the balanced RTME has two mini stereo plugs for accepting balanced audio. There are “off-the-shelf ” cables available that convert mini stereo plugs to XLRs. Real-Time MPEG Encoder Plus The Real-Time MPEG Encoder (RTME) Plus submodule supports two channels of audio that encode either MPEG-1 Layer 2 or Dolby Digital (AC-3) audio. The audio source can be any of the following types: Unbalanced, Balanced, AES or Embedded SDI. The selection between Balanced, Unbalanced and AES is automatic based on the cable connected to the encoder. The encoder supports analog and digital video sources. For an analog video signal, you can configure the encoder as S-Video or composite video. Alternately, the encoder can receive digital video input through the Serial Digital Interface (SDI). The encoder is capable of extracting embedded audio from the SDI input. The MPEG Encoder components seen from the front are as follows: Audio Connector, S-Video In (chrominance "C") or Composite Video In (V2), activity LEDs (ready and active), and S-Video In (luminance “L”) or Composite Video In (V1) or SDI. 25 SkyStream Networks Real-Time MPEG Encoder Encoder A device that receives analog (audio/video) signals and converts it into an MPEG-2 Transport Stream. MPEG (Moving Pictures Experts Group) Pronounced “em-peg.” A family of standards used for coding and decoding audio-visual information in a digital compressed format. Specifications The Mediaplex has two Real-Time MPEG Encoder (RTME) options: balanced and unbalanced. The unbalanced encoder has only one combined L/R stereo audio input for consumer applications, whereas the balanced encoder has both left and right stereo audio inputs for professional applications. For an analog video signal, you can configure the encoder input as S-Video or composite video. Alternately, the encoder can receive digital video input through the Serial Digital Interface (SDI). Both types of encoders are capable of extracting embedded audio from the SDI input. The MPEG encoder components seen from the front are as follows: Audio In (L R or L/R), S-Video In (luminance “Y” and chrominance “C”) or Composite Video In (V1 and V2), activity LEDs (ready and active), and SDI. Balanced and Unbalanced Real-Time MPEG Encoders Mechanical Height: 2.913 inches Width: 0.509 inches Depth: 5.866 inches Connectors: Stereo Jack, BNC Indicators RDY—Ready Green LED ACT—Active Green LED 26 State RDY ACT Power Off or Not Initialized Off Off MPEG Encoder enabled, no video present on selected input: VID-1/Y, VID-2/C, or SDI On Off MPEG Encoder enabled, video present on selected input: VID-1/Y, VID-2/C, or SDI On Flashes Hardware Specifications and Installation Mediaplex-20 User Guide Real-Time MPEG Encoder Plus Encoder A device that receives analog (audio/video) signals and converts it into an MPEG-2 Transport Stream. MPEG (Moving Pictures Experts Group) Pronounced “em-peg.” A family of standards used for coding and decoding audio-visual information in a digital compressed format. T he Mediaplex offers a Real-Time MPEG Encoder Plus (RTME Plus) submodule. This encoder supports two stereo channels of audio for either MPEG-1 Layer 2 or Dolby Digital (AC-3) audio. The audio source can be any of the following types: Unbalanced, Balanced, AES or Embedded SDI. The encoder supports analog and digital video sources. For an analog video signal, you can configure the encoder input as S-Video or composite video. Alternately, the encoder can receive digital video input through the Serial Digital Interface (SDI). The encoder is capable of extracting embedded audio from the SDI input. The RTME Plus components seen from the front are as follows: Audio Connector, S-Video In (chrominance "C") or Composite Video In (V2), activity LEDs (ready and active), and S-Video In (luminance “L”) or Composite Video In (V1) or SDI. Real-Time MPEG Encoder Plus OC-3/STM-1 MM Specifications Mechanical Height: 2.913 inches Width: 0.509 inches Depth: 5.866 inches Connectors: 37 Pin Micro-D Connector, BNC Indicators RDY—Ready Green LED ACT—Active Green LED State RDY ACT Power Off or Not Initialized Off Off MPEG Encoder enabled, no video present on selected input: C2/C or C1/Y/SDI On Off MPEG Encoder enabled, video present on selected input: C2/C or C1/Y/SDI On Flashes 27 SkyStream Networks ATM OC-3/STM-1 The ATM OC-3/STM-1 adapter is available in both multi-mode and single-mode formats. The components seen from the front are as follows: LINE activity LED and STATUS activity LED, receive and transmit SC duplex connector. ATM OC-3/STM-1 Adapter ATM (Asynchronous Transfer Mode) A network technology for both local and wide area networks (LANs and WANs) that supports real-time voice and video as well as data. The topology uses switches that establish a logical circuit from end to end, which guarantees quality of service (QoS). Specifications Mechanical Height: 2.913 inches Width: 0.509 inches Depth: 5.866 inches Multi-mode Connector: SC duplex, multi-mode fiber, 62.5/125 micron Single-mode Connector: SC duplex, single-mode fiber, 8.5/125 micron Indicators LINK—Link Up Green LED STATUS—Active Green LED, Initializing Yellow LED State LINK STATUS Power Off or Not Initialized Off Off Receiving signal from switch or remote system On/Green Off Power On or Initializing On/Green On/Yellow Indicates driver is loaded and interface is configured (flashes yellow and then flashes green for 0.5 seconds each) On/Green Flashes 28 Hardware Specifications and Installation Mediaplex-20 User Guide Cables This section provides a list of recommended cables for use with the Mediaplex. ASI Input Cables • BNC to BNC (RG 6/U, 75 ohm) coax cable ASI Output Cables • BNC to BNC (RG 6/U, 75 ohm) coax cable ATM Cables • • Fiber SC Duplex (Single-mode fiber, 8.5/125 micron) Fiber SC Duplex (Multi-mode fiber, 62.5/125 micron) Real-Time MPEG Encoder Cables • • • • • Balanced Audio Cable: XLR JACK to Mini Plug Audio Cable Suggested Vendor: Comprehensive Video Group (XLRJ-MPS-6EXF) Unbalanced Audio Cable: ■ Mini Stereo Plug to Mini Stereo Plug cable ■ Stereo (RCA) plugs to Mini Stereo S-Video Cable: 4 Pin Plug to 2 BNC Plugs (75 ohm) Suggested Vendor: Comprehensive Video Group (S4P-YC-6) Composite Video: BNC to BNC cable (RG 6/U, 75 ohm) or BNC to RCA Plug (75 ohm) SDI Video: BNC to BNC (RG 6/U, 75 ohm) NOTE The actual cable needed depends on the connected equipment. Real-Time MPEG Encoder Plus Cables (Custom—supplied by SkyStream) • • • • • • Balanced Audio Cable: 4 XLR JACKs and 1 Micro - D Unbalanced Audio Cable: 4 RCA plugs 1 Micro - D AES Audio Cable: 2 XLR JACKs and 1 Micro - D S - Video Cable: 4 Pin Plug to 2 BNC Plugs (75 ohm) Suggested Vendor: Comprehensive Video Group (S4P-YC-6) Composite Video: BNC to BNC cable (RG 6/U, 75 ohm) or BNC to RCA Plug (75 ohm) SDI Video: BNC to BNC (RG 6/U, 75 ohm) Gigabit Ethernet Cables • MTRJ cable (MTRJ, SC, ST, or MIC terminations with Duplex, Multi-mode 62.5/125 mm fiber cable) 10/100 Ethernet Cables • CAT-5 cable (unshielded twisted pair RJ-45 to RJ-45) Console Cables • Serial Null Modem cable (DB-9 male to DB-9 male) 29 SkyStream Networks Installing Hardware Before installing any SkyStream part into the Mediaplex, visually inspect it for damage that might have occurred during shipment. If you find any omissions or damage, contact the supplier and the carrier that delivered the package. NOTE Regulatory statements and conditions for this product are in the front of this user guide. IMPORTANT Use of non-SkyStream parts will void the warranty. ANTI-STATIC CAUTION • A SkyStream part is packaged in an anti-static bag for protection. Keep the part in its anti-static bag until you are ready for installation. • You must be static-free to install SkyStream parts or you may cause irreversible damage to the unit. Properly ground yourself using a grounding wrist-strap. • • • Handle a module or submodule by its edges. Do not touch any components inside the Mediaplex chassis. Plug your grounding wrist-strap into the ground outlet on the chassis when installing anything directly into the Mediaplex. INSTALLATION WARNING • • Do not install or apply power to a damaged part. Only use insulated or nonconductive tools, when possible. NOTE You must properly ground yourself when installing or removing Mediaplex modules. Wear an anti-static wrist-strap and do not touch any components inside the Mediaplex chassis, as static electricity may cause irreversible damage. 30 Hardware Specifications and Installation Mediaplex-20 User Guide Installing a Submodule into an MCM Blade To install a submodule, first attach a grounding strap to your wrist. Then carefully place the MCM blade on the static-free workbench so that the components are face up. 31 SkyStream Networks Use the following procedure to install a submodule into the MCM blade. In the illustration the ASI submodule is used as an example; the same procedure applies to all submodules (ASI In/Out, ATM, and MPEG Encoders). To install a submodule into the MCM blade: 1 Carefully remove the submodule from its anti-static bag. 2 In the applicable slot, holding the submodule at an angle with the back toward you, insert the front plate through the slot and carefully align the dual-mating connectors on the MCM blade. 3 Align the standoff posts with the matching holes on the MCM blade and carefully press the submodule in place. 4 Fasten the submodule to the blade from the back with four screws. 5 Reinstall the MCM in the Mediaplex chassis. To install a blank plate: If you have an open submodule slot in the MCM or TRM blade, you must fill it with a blank plate. Snap it in from the front of the blade. To remove a blank plate you just push it out from the inside. Installing a DSP Submodule into a TRM Blade 32 The procedure is similar to that of installing a standard submodule in the MCM, with the following addition: DSP submodules installed in slots 1 and 2 must have heat spreaders attached to both of these submodules. Hardware Specifications and Installation Mediaplex-20 User Guide Troubleshooting the MCM and Submodules If a submodule does not respond after inserting it into the chassis, check the following: ASI In/Out 1 If the activity LEDs do not illuminate shortly after the MCM boots up, the board may be faulty, or the MCM has not initialized it correctly. 2 If the RDY LEDs continue to blink for more than two minutes, then the submodule may be faulty. In either case, you should contact SkyStream customer support. NOTE A faulty ASI submodule may prevent an MCM blade from booting. Encoder If the RDY LED never illuminates, the encoder may be faulty or the MCM has not initialized it correctly. Contact SkyStream customer support. ATM Adapter If the yellow LED illuminates and does not start blinking, the ATM adapter is having a problem initializing. Contact SkyStream customer support. 33 SkyStream Networks Installing a Blade The SCM blade takes up one slot of the Mediaplex-20 chassis, and only goes in slots 10 or 11. The TRM blade is a single slot blade that inserts into slots 1, 3, 5, 7, 8, 9, 12, 13, 14, 15, 17, or 19. The MCM blade takes up two slots and can go into slots 1, 3, 5, 7, 13, 15, 17 and 19. Depending on the number of blades, the unused slots are covered with either single or double blank plates. The following steps take you through installing a blade into the Mediaplex chassis. To install a blade into the Mediaplex chassis: 1 Attach a grounding strap to your wrist and plug it into the chassis ground outlet. 2 Make sure that the ejector handles are in the unlocked position by pushing down on the red push-buttons. Installing a blade requires care. Proper use of the ejector handles on the top and bottom of the blade are key to installation. To release the lower ejector handle, push down with your thumb on the red push-button and rotate the ejector handle downwards, thereby freeing it from the extrusion. The same applies to the upper ejector handle except the ejector handle rotates upwards. 3 Insert the blade into the appropriate slot, align the top and bottom of the blade into the card guides carefully and slide it smoothly into position. CAUTION Do not force the blade into position, make sure that both ejector handles are in the unlocked position, then it should slide into the slot smoothly. 4 Once the blade is in position, carefully align it with the back of the unit and push firmly with your thumbs and fingers against the center of the blade’s front plate (shown on next page). 5 When the blade is inserted all the way in it will align with the connectors at the rear of the chassis; and, if the chassis is powered up, the LEDs will light. NOTE You may need to reposition the captive screws in order to fully seat the blade into locking position. 6 To secure the blade firmly in place, it is necessary to latch the ejector handles by pressing them into the locking position. The important step here is to hook the metal clasp into the chassis slots. Once the clasps are in place, to fully engage the blade rotate the top and bottom ejector handles inward. It may require some firmness to lever the ejector handles so that they will lock into place. The blade will then begin to boot. 7 After the blade has booted, you can lock it into the chassis by tightening the captive screws on the top and the bottom of the blade. The SCM and TRM blades have two captive screws and the MCM has four. 34 Hardware Specifications and Installation Mediaplex-20 User Guide Checking Proper Blade Seating You can install blades with the chassis power on or off. To make sure blade seating is correct, check the LEDs as the blade boots. NOTE Proper seating may not be immediately apparent. Depending on your configuration, a blade could take up to 20 minutes to completely boot and initialize. ■ If the SCM seating is correct, the alarm LEDs are red and the online LED is yellow, until it boots. ■ If the MCM seating is correct, the major alarm LED is on; and a few seconds after insertion, the online alarm LED begins to flash yellow. After the blade initializes, the online LED turns solid yellow and the activity LED flashes green. ■ If the TRM seating is correct, the online LED is green for a few seconds and then flashes yellow. Then the major alarm LED is on, and after a few seconds, the activity LED flashes green. NOTE The Web GUI Home page will also display the blades at the different stages of booting. If a blade is not seated properly, the blade will not display on the Home page. 35 SkyStream Networks Removing a Blade To remove a blade from the chassis loosen the captive screws and then pull on both ejector handles simultaneously. Make sure that the ejector handles are free before pulling out the blade. Installing a Fan To install a fan module into the Mediaplex-20 chassis: 1 Position the fan module in the appropriate tray slot. Before sliding it into position, pull down the spring latch and turn counter-clockwise to lock it in the open position. 2 Continue to slide the fan module into place carefully aligning it with the back of the unit. 3 Release the spring latch by turning it clockwise to lock the fan module in place. Installing a Power Supply Unit (AC PSU or DC PEM) To install a power supply module into the Mediaplex-20 chassis: 1 First attach a grounding strap to your wrist and plug it into the chassis ground. 2 Carefully remove the power supply module from its anti-static bag. 3 Position the power supply module in the appropriate tray and slide it into position, carefully aligning it to the back of the unit. 4 Tighten the captive screw at the top of the power supply module. Cleaning the Air Filter To clean the air filter on the Mediaplex-20 chassis: 1 Locate the two captive screws under the fan modules. Turn each captive screw counter-clockwise to unlock the face plate. Remove the face plate from the chassis and slide out the air filter. 2 There are several methods for cleaning the filter, they are as follows: —Vacuum Clean: A few passes of a vacuum cleaner will remove accumulated dust and dirt. —Blow with Compressed Air: Point compressed air nozzle in opposite direction to the operating air flow (blow from exhaust side toward intake side). —Cold Water Rinse: Wash collected dirt away with plain water using a standard hose nozzle. Then simply rinse it in clear water—let stand until completely dry and free of moisture, and return it to service. —Immersion in Warm, Soapy Water: Where stubborn air-borne dirt is present, dip the filter in a solution of warm water and mild detergent. Then simply rinse it in clear water—let stand until completely dry and free of moisture, and return it to service. 3 After cleaning, insert the air filter in the chassis with the air flow indicator arrows (located on the sides of the filter frame) pointing up. TIP Clean the air filter every 30-90 days. Depending on your environment, you may need to clean more often: a particularly dusty environment or a chassis that is mounted on the bottom rack will require cleaning every 30 days or more. 36 Hardware Specifications and Installation Mediaplex-20 User Guide Routing Cables It is important to keep cables out of the way when hot-swapping blades. Two channels are conveniently located on the chassis above and below the blades for this purpose. However, it is necessary to remove the front dress bezel first. You can easily remove the dress bezels by pulling them off, as they are fastened by snap-on Tinnerman clips. The channels have hinges, and you can open a front panel by loosening three fasteners. After routing, tie the cables in place and secure the front-hinged panels. Routing Through the Cabling Channels The cabling channels have enough space to bring in two cables for each submodule. Considering the chassis as four quarters (top left, top right, bottom left and bottom right), route as follows: ■ top channel (left side) for top two submodules in slots 1 to 10. ■ top channel (right side) for top two submodules in slots 11 to 20. ■ bottom channel (left side) for bottom two submodules in slots 1 to 10. ■ bottom channel (right side) for bottom two submodules in slots 11 to 20. After routing, tie the cables in place and secure the front-hinged panels. It is especially important to implement this with a fully loaded chassis. NOTE Some submodules have more than two connectors. Depending on how full the chassis is loaded, you may have to route some cables outside the channels. 37 SkyStream Networks Replacing the Backup Battery The battery on the mainboard of the SCM blade powers a Real-Time Clock (RTC) for up to 10 years in the absence of power. When the battery starts to weaken, it loses voltage and the SCM may lose its time clock. WARNING Battery replacement should be performed by a Customer Service trained technician. Disposal of Batteries Danger of explosion if battery is incorrectly replaced. Replace only with the same or equivalent type recommended by the manufacturer. Dispose of used batteries according to the manufacturers instructions. Instructions The following instructions should only be undertaken by trained ser vice personnel. 1 Observe the standard safety and electrostatic discharge precautions. 2 Remove the blade. 3 The battery on the mainboard is rectangular and bright yellow. 4 Remove the battery from its socket. 5 Dispose of the battery according to local ordinances. 6 Remove the new battery from its package, and observe the correct polarity; insert it in the battery socket. 38 Hardware Specifications and Installation Mediaplex-20 User Guide Chapter 3: Using the Web GUI 39 SkyStream Networks Mediaplex Web GUI In this chapter you will learn how to navigate and configure the SkyStream Mediaplex using the Web GUI. The illustration examples throughout this chapter use a specific chassis configuration. Your view may contain additional or different values depending upon your specific hardware and software configuration. The Web GUI can run on either Internet Explorer 6.0 or Netscape 6.0 browsers. Older versions may not work properly. 40 Using the Web GUI Mediaplex-20 User Guide Login In your Web browser, you must type in the IP address of the Mediaplex in the address box. The first page you will see is the Login page, shown on the previous page. Type in the user name and password and click the Login button. See the Quick Start Mediaplex-20 Software Guide for the method to set up the “root” password. The following table is the default user names and access rights. User Name Password Access Rights root ******** Full administrative rights administrator ******** All rights except Add/Delete users operator ******** Can only view If you are in the root category, you can change these defaults and/or create new logins for the system, see Maintenance—Administration in this chapter. Backup Login If you want to establish SCM redundancy, you must enter the primary SCM or chassis IP address when you login to your web browser. If you login to the backup SCM, the web interface will only display the following three backup SCM blade interfaces: Statistics SCM Software, Configuration SCM Software, Configuration SCM Reboot, and Maintenance Software Upgrade. 41 SkyStream Networks Main Menu Navigation On the left side of the Mediaplex-20 home page are five links in the main menu tree that give you access to the following pages: Home, Statistics, Configuration, Maintenance, and Diagnostics. Clicking a major menu item displays additional links. The menu tree dynamically changes depending on the blades and submodules installed in your chassis. Home SCM (Switch Controller Module) The Mediaplex system controller that is responsible for booting the whole system and directing the flow of data between blades. TRM (Transrater Module) The Mediaplex Module used for video rate shaping, rate reduction, and video format conversion. MCM (Media Controller Module) The Mediaplex blade that is responsible for all the video/data input, processing, and output under the control of the SCM. Submodule A PCI-based mezzanine card. Small and compact (74 mm x 149 mm) and providing 32 or 64-bit data paths, submodules enable a large variety of PCI products to be retrofitted to other bus environments. The Home Page displays a graphic representation of the Mediaplex-20 chassis containing all active components. The status LEDs for each submodule and blade display an accurate visual representation of the Mediaplex-20 chassis. Moving the cursor to any part of the chassis will provide the identity of the submodule. When the cursor changes to a hand, a click will display the statistics page for that component. If the input Transport Stream is active, you will see that both the physical submodule on the chassis and the graphic representation of the chassis is flashing with a green LED. To view the home page completely, it is necessary to set your monitor resolution to 1280 x 1024. However, the screen is more readable at lower resolutions. Statistics Statistics displays information about every part of the Mediaplex; such as MCM, TRM and SCM blades, submodules, sensors, alarms, interfaces, networks and routes. Configuration If you are an administrator or root user, Configuration permits you to modify all the Mediaplex-20 settings seen in statistics. If you are an operator, this option is not available to you. Maintenance Maintenance provides access to upgrade software, change user interface preferences, and allows the administrator to add users and give permissions. Diagnostics Diagnostics allows the user to create and monitor log files for MCMs, TRMs (information, notices, critical alarms, and warnings) and SCMs (control layer). It also allows you to generate a tech-support file and send it to SkyStream. 42 Using the Web GUI Mediaplex-20 User Guide Home Page Illustration shows an expanded view of the menu tree and cursor displaying the identity of a submodule port. 43 SkyStream Networks Command Bar The command bar on the top right-hand side of the Home Page contains the following commands: Help, Logout, Refresh and Status. The bar also displays the name of the user. Help Help is context-sensitive in that it launches an HTML pag e providing information about the current screen. Additionally, if you move your cursor over a field or parameter that changes color, you can receive additional help by clicking your mouse. Logout Clicking Logout will take you back to the initial Login page. You cannot get back without logging in again. Refresh Clicking Refresh will refresh the current page. This is generally necessary after a hardware reconfiguration—that is, to update the g raphical view of the Mediaplex, when a blade is inserted or removed. Status The Status light shows green when the Mediaplex is in operation. 44 Using the Web GUI Mediaplex-20 User Guide Statistics Statistics allows you to view information gathered from the Mediaplex. Click Statistics to display the following links: Config File, Data File, IP Routing, SCM, MCM, and TRM blades. The first page gives general infor mation on the Mediaplex chassis and its major components. Click the links on the tree control to displays the applicable page. 45 SkyStream Networks Mediaplex Statistics The Mediaplex Statistics page contains Chassis Information, Blade Status, Fan Status, and Power Supply Status. Chassis Information Up Time: Shows the running time of the chassis, since the last reboot. Blade Status Slot: Provides the location of the blade. There are twenty slots. Type: Provides the type of blade MCM, TRM or SCM. At this level, you can click the name and it will take you directly to the applicable statistics page. These pages are also available under the MCM, TRM and SCM links from the Statistics tree control. State: Shows whether the blade is operational. The meaning of the colors are as follows: ■ ■ ■ ■ 46 Green indicates that the blade is ONLINE Blue indicates that the blade is OFFLINE (backup) Red means that the blade is unreachable White means that the blade is uninitialized Using the Web GUI Mediaplex-20 User Guide Position: Shows if the blade is the primary or backup. Partner: Provides the slot number of the partner in a redundant configuration. Software: Provides the version of software running. Blade Statistics Slot: Provides the location of the blade. Type: Provides the type of blade MCM, TRM or SCM. CPU 1/CPU 2 CPU Utilization: Shows the percentage of CPU used on CPU 1/CPU 2. Total Memory (kB): Provides the total memory available to that blade in kilo bytes for CPU 1/CPU 2. Free Memory (kB): Provides the free memory available to that blade in kilo bytes for CPU 1/CPU 2. Allocated Memory (kB): Provides the allocated memory available to that blade in kilo bytes for CPU 1/CPU 2. Fan and Power Supply Status Fan/Power Supply: Gives the location of the module—A, B, and C from left to right. Status: Shows whether the power supply is operational. Green indicates it is OK. 47 SkyStream Networks Sensors Statistics 48 The Sensors Statistics page contains Chassis Identification, TRM, MCM, and SCM information. Using the Web GUI Mediaplex-20 User Guide Chassis Identification The Serial Number of the Mediaplex chassis is given here. This number is associated with the chassis itself and not with any particular blade. TRM Device ID: Gives the manufacturer’s product information. Voltage Sensors: Measures TRM voltages. PMC Temperature Sensors: Measures the temperature for each slot PMC 1, PMC 2, PMC 3, and PMC 4. Alarm Sensors: Indicates the status of alarms. Alarm 1 and Alarm 2 check the status of redundancy through the Redundancy Switch. MCM Device ID: Gives the manufacturer’s product information. Voltage Sensors: Measures MCM voltages. Core/Processor Sensors: Measures voltage at Core 0 and Core 1, and temperature at Processor 0 and Processor 1. Alarm Sensors: Indicates the status of alarms. Alarm 1 and Alarm 2 check the status of redundancy through the Redundancy Switch. SCM Device ID: Gives the manufacturer’s product information. Voltage/Temperature Sensors: Measures SCM voltages and temperature. Power Sensors: Indicates the status of power supplies. Fan Sensors: Indicates the temperature and speed of the fans. 49 SkyStream Networks Redundancy Statistics T h e Redu ndan cy St ati s ti c s p ag e c o n ta i n s ch a s s i s p a r tn e r s h i p a n d synchronization information. Redundancy The top section of the screen shows the current Chassis Redundancy state (Yes for enabled, No for disabled). The next line specifies the Redundancy Mode of the external switch (Automatic or Manual). Mediaplex supports both automatic and manual modes found on most switching devices. If you do not have an external switch connected, the mode field is not applicable. For more information, see Chapter 6: Redundancy or the Redundancy Configuration page in this chapter. NOTE On the Home page, the graphical representation of the chassis shows a color bar at the top of the blade that indicates status of that blade: Primary (green), a backup (blue), and while the backup blade is booting and synchronizing to the primary (yellow). The identical slots numbers are shown at the top of both the primary and backup blades. Primary: Gives the name and location of the blade that is currently the primary. Backup: Gives the name and location of the blade that is currently the backup. Sync: Gives the synchronization status of the blade as IN SYNC or SYNCING. Alarm Statistics Click the Alarms button to view the current state of the configurable alarms (Yes for enabled, No for disabled). Alarm Statistics displays the following configurable alarms: Loss of Encoder Sync, Loss of ASI Input, and Loss of ATM Link. Click Redundancy to return to the Redundancy Statistics page. 50 Using the Web GUI Mediaplex-20 User Guide Media Routes Statistics The Media Routes Statistics page provides information on all the source and destination ports. Select individual ports or all ports, and then click the Show Routes button. Program Routes and Stream Routes Source Port: Port where the content being routed originates. Source Program: MPEG Program number of the source content in the original stream, if applicable (program route only). Filter: Shows the transrater port (Xrtr), which is the DSP submodule on the TRM blade used to filter the program. NOTE The Filter column will not display unless the chassis has a TRM blade. Dest Port: Port where the content being routed is transmitted. Dest Program: MPEG Program number of this content in the destination stream (program route only). State: Shows whether program descriptors are active, inactive or deleted. ■ Active: Route added—applied to running-config ■ Inactive: Route added—not applied to running-config ■ Deleted: Route deleted—still part of the running-config The following parameters are applicable to the stream route only. Source PID: MPEG PID of the source content in the original stream, if applicable. Dest PID: MPEG PID for content in the destination stream, if applicable. 51 SkyStream Networks Interfaces Statistics The Interfaces Statistics page gives a list of active interfaces for the full chassis. Summary Interfaces List Interface Type: Gives the type of interface and a link to specific information. Number of Interfaces: Gives the total number of a particular interface. NOTE Interface statistics are also given at the individual MCM blade level. See MCM Statistics—Network for more specific details. Clicking on the links for ATM, IP Encapsulation, or IP Decapsulation Ports will take you to that specific interface list page that provides the full chassis list for that interface and some basic information. The example shown below is the ATM Interface List. To view the other Interface list pages see MCM Statistics— Interface section. NOTE IP Encapsulation provides a link to the SME Statistics page and IP Decapsulation provides a link to the SMD Statistics page. ATM, IP Decapsulation and IP Encapsulation Ports Interface List Name: Shows the name of the IP interface and port location. MTU (Maximum Transmission Unit) The largest frame size that can be transmitted over the network. Messages longer than the MTU must be divided into smaller frames. The layer 3 protocol (IP, IPX, etc.) extracts the MTU from the layer 2 protocol (Ethernet, FDDI, etc.), fragments the messages into that frame size and makes them available to the lower layer for transmission. 52 Status: Shows if the port is up (green) or down. IP Address: Shows the IP address of the port. Netmask: Shows the subnet mask of the port. MAC Address: Shows the MAC Address of the port. MTU: Shows the maximum transmission unit (MTU) for this port. Speed (Mbits/s): Shows the speed of the stream in megabits per second. Using the Web GUI Mediaplex-20 User Guide Click the name link to view that specific network interface, which provides additional receiving and transmitting information. General ATM, SMD, and SME Receiving and Transmitting Statistics In/Out Octets: Shows the number of bytes received/transmitted. In/Out Unicast Packets: Shows the number of unicast packets received/ transmitted. In/Out Non Unicast: Shows the number of broadcast packets received/ transmitted. In/Out Discards: Shows the number of packets discarded received/ transmitted. In/Out Errors: Shows the number of errors received/transmitted. In Unknown Protocols: Shows the number of discarded packets received using an unknown protocol. 53 SkyStream Networks Port Statistics The Port Statistics page gives a Summary Port List of available ports for the full chassis. There are two kinds of ports in the Mediaplex: physical ports and logical ports. Physical ports are actual submodules mounted in the MCM blades, such as ASI Inputs and Outputs, ATM In/Out, and encoders. Logical ports are user created network interfaces. Summary Port List Port Type: Gives you the name of the port type. At this level, you can click the link and it will take you directly to the specific port statistics. The All In or All Out link displays all the input or output ports on the chassis. The All Physical link gives the submodules installed, such as encoders, ASI In, and ASI Out. The All Network link shows logical ports such as UDP In/Out, TCP In, and File In. The All link shows every port on the chassis. Number of Ports: Provides the number of ports for each type. NOTE Port statistics are also given at the individual MCM blade level. ASI In Port List The ASI In Port List page shows all ASI In ports available in the chassis and provides a link to individual port statistics. It also provides a description for each port and shows the port state as one of the following: processing, idle, failure or no sync (only ASI). 54 Using the Web GUI Mediaplex-20 User Guide These statistics are available for ASI In/Out, encoders (ENC), UDP In/Out, RTP In/Out, TCP In, File In, and ATM In/Out. All Ports List Click the ALL link to view the entire list of ports on the chassis. All In Port List Click the ALL In link to view the entire list of input ports on the chassis. All Out Port List Click the ALL Out link to view the entire list of output ports on the chassis. For detailed information on the statistics for all ports, see Chapter 4: Port Configuration and Statistics. 55 SkyStream Networks Config File Statistics The Configuration File menu item displays the following links: Running Config, Show Config, and Compare Config. Running Config T h e Running Configur ati on p ag e shows th e values fo r the cur r ent configuration. This file may take a minute or so to generate. 56 Using the Web GUI Mediaplex-20 User Guide Show Config By clicking Show Config, you can select a specific configuration file. Compare Config By clicking Show Difference, you can select different configuration files and compare them. Select either “Compact” or “Long” and click the Show Difference button. Compact will only display the lines that are different. See the Color Legend for differences. Color Legend ■ ■ Lines shown on a white background are the same in both files. Lines shown on a green background are only different in some parts of the line. ■ Lines shown on a blue background are only present in the first file. ■ Lines shown on an orange background are only present in the second file. 57 SkyStream Networks Data File Statistics The Data File menu item displays Show Data File. Show Data File The Show Data File page gives a list of current data files, including their location and size. NOTE This is the list of all stored data files available for injection by the FILEIN port. 58 Using the Web GUI Mediaplex-20 User Guide IP Routing Statistics The IP Routing menu item displays the following links: Network Routes, RIP, VLAN, and Multicast. Network Routes Statistics The Network Routing Statistics page gives the statistics of automatic and manually created routes for ATM, MPE, and IP Routes. You cannot edit or delete automatic routes that the Mediaplex creates based on your specific hardware configuration. You can, however, add and delete routes created manually. 59 SkyStream Networks Network Routes Manual/Automatic IP Route PVC (Permanent Virtual Circuit) A point-to-point ATM connection that is established manually (i.e., not through signaling). VCI (Virtual Channel Identifier) A unique numerical tag as defined by a 16 bit field in the ATM cell header that identifies a virtual channel, over which the cell is to travel. VPI (Virtual Path Identifier) An eight bit field in the ATM cell header which indicates the virtual path over which the cell should be routed. Network: Base IP address for the route. Netmask: Subnet mask for the route. Together with the IP address, it defines a block of addresses being routed. Gateway: IP address for the next hop gateway for this route. Manual/Automatic MPE Route Network: Base IP address for the route. Netmask: Subnet mask for the route. Together with the IP address, it defines a block of addresses being routed. Gateway: IP address for the next hop gateway for this route. PID: MPEG PID to be used on this IP injection route. IP Mapping MAC Address: Uses the IP address to form the MAC address and set the first and second MAC bytes MAC Address: MAC address of the next hop to be used in this IP injection route. Discipline: Shows the MPE discipline type (for Manual route only). For more details on the discipline type, see SME Configuration. Manual/Automatic ATM Route Network: Base IP address for the route. Netmask: Subnet mask for the route. Together with the IP address, it defines a block of addresses being routed. Gateway: IP address for the next hop gateway for this route. VPI: Gives Virtual Path Identifier for the PVC to be used in this route. VCI: Gives Virtual Circuit Identifier for the PVC to be used in this route. 60 Using the Web GUI Mediaplex-20 User Guide RIP Statistics The RIP Statistics page gives information on interfaces using the RIP routing protocol. RIP RIP (Routing Information Protocol) A simple routing protocol that is part of the TCP/IP protocol suite. It determines a route based on the smallest hop count between source and destination. Enable RIP: Shows if RIP is enabled or disabled (Yes or No). RIP Version: Gives the version of RIP. RIP Setup Interface Name: Gives the name of interface using RIP. Enable RIP: Shows if the interface is RIP enabled. Passive Mode: Shows if the interface is just listening. For more details, see RIP Configuration. 61 SkyStream Networks VLAN Statistics The VLAN Statistics page contains VLAN Setup information. VLAN Setup VLAN (Virtual LAN) A logical subgroup within a local area network that is created via software rather than manually moving cables in the wiring closet. It combines user stations and network devices into a single unit regardless of the physical LAN segment they are attached to and allows traffic to flow more efficiently within populations of mutual interest. VLAN ID: Gives the identifier number of the VLAN. IP Address: Shows the IP address of the VLAN. Subnet Mask: Shows the subnet mask of the VLAN. GE1, GE2, GE3, and GE4: Indicates whether or not this Gigabit Ethernet port belongs to the VLAN tagged or untagged mode. NOTE It is possible to have multiple tagged VLANs on the same port (GE1, GE2, GE3, or GE4); however, only one untagged. VLAN Tagged Packets VLAN tags used to define multiple LANs in the same physical segment. A tagged packet has an extra header added to the tag that indicates to which VLAN it belongs. Typically only switches and routers handle tags, not endhosts. 62 Using the Web GUI Mediaplex-20 User Guide Multicast Statistics The Multicast Statistics page shows multicast routing information for each VLAN; that is, which ports transmit to which groups. Automatic Multicast Setup VLAN Name: Gives the name of the VLAN. GE: Indicates which Gigabit Ethernet port is to be used (Yes or No). IP Address: Shows the multicast IP address. NOTE The automatic multicast setup is generated through the creation of a UDP Out port using a multicast address with a Gigabit Ethernet interface. Multicast Setup VLAN Name: Gives the name of the VLAN. GE: Indicates which Gigabit Ethernet port is to be used (Yes or No). IP Address: Shows the multicast IP address. 63 SkyStream Networks SCM Statistics The SCM menu item displays the following links: General, Software, SNMP, GE, CPU, NTP Status, and License. Whether there are two SCMs or one SCM, you will only see one SCM on the Statistics tree. This is because the second SCM is a backup blade that mirrors the primary SCM. SCM General Statistics The SCM General Statistics page contains SCM and other control information. SCM General DNS (Domain Name System) Name resolution software that lets users locate computers on the Internet (TCP/IP network) by domain name. The DNS server maintains a database of domain names (host names) and their corresponding IP address. Host Name: Shows name of unit. NTP (Network Time Protocol) A protocol used to synchronize the real-time clock in a computer. There are numerous primary and secondary servers in the Internet that are synchronized to the Coordinated Universal Time (UTC) via radio, satellite or modem. For more information, visit www.eecis.udel.edu/~ntp. Time Zone: Gives the time zone setting of the chassis. 64 DNS Domain Name: Shows name of local domain. IP Address: Shows the IP address of the Management port. Netmask: Shows the netmask address of the Management port. Chassis IP Address: Gives the IP address for the Mediaplex Chassis. Backplane Subnet: Gives the IP address of the backplane subnet. DNS Server Gives the IP address of the DNS Server. Syslog Host Gives the IP address of the Syslog host. All system messages are forwarded to the remote syslog host. NTP Server Gives the IP address of the NTP Server used to synchronize the Mediaplex clock. Using the Web GUI Mediaplex-20 User Guide Software Statistics The SCM Software Statistics page contains software load information. SCM TFTP (Trivial File Transfer Protocol) A version of the FTP protocol that has no directory or password capability. Boot: Shows how the software was loaded: TFTP, Flash (image embedded on the SCM), PCMCIA (flash card at the top of the SCM), and DHCP. Build Running: Shows the build version that is running. TFTP Flash Card A small module that contains flash memory such as a PC Card, Compact Flash, or similar format. TFTP Host: Gives the IP address where software comes from. PCMCIA (Personal Computer Memory Card International Association) An international standards body and trade association that was founded in 1989 to establish a standard for connecting peripherals to portable computers. Flash Image: Shows available images (Flash 1, or Flash 2). DHCP (Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol) Software that automatically assigns IP addresses to client stations logging onto a TCP/IP network. It eliminates having to manually assign IP addresses to individual computers. DHCP: Show that the software was booted from the DHCP server. TFTP File Name: Provides the software load file name. Flash PCMCIA PCMCIA Image: Shows available images (PCMCIA 1, or PCMCIA 2). NOTE It is not necessary to mount the PCMCIA card to view or update software on it. DHCP Software Information Software Information shows image name and description. 65 SkyStream Networks SNMP Statistics SNMP (Simple Network Management Protocol) is a widely used network monitoring and control protocol. The SNMP Statistics page contains read and write community tags and contact information required for remote monitoring. SNMP SNMP Read Community: Shows the read community name. SNMP Read Write Community: Shows the read and write community name. SNMP Location: Shows the device location reported to SNMP managers. SNMP Contact: Shows the name of the contact. SNMP Trap Community: Shows the name of the trap community. Trap Destination Shows the IP address of the trap destination. SNMP V3 User User Name: Shows the user name. Password: Shows the password for this user. Auth Protocol: Shows the authentication protocol as MD5 or SHA. Security Level: Shows the security level as noauth, or auth. 66 Using the Web GUI Mediaplex-20 User Guide GE Statistics The SCM Gigabit Ethernet Ports Statistics page contains receive and transmit unicast, multicast, and broadcast packet count statistics, as well as link and Sync status. Status Gigabit Ethernet: Shows GE port number. Link: Shows if the port is detecting input signals. Sync: Shows whether or not the port is synchronized with the remote device. GE Statistics Bytes Tx/Rx: Gives number of bytes being sent or received. Bad Bytes Tx/Rx: Gives number of bytes discarded when sent or received. Unicast Packets Tx/Rx: Gives number of unicast packets sent or received. Multicast Packets Tx/Rx: Gives number of multicast packets sent or received. Broadcast Packets Tx/Rx: Gives number of broadcast packets sent or received. Collision Tx: Shows number of collisions during transmit. CRC & Align Error: Shows number of frames received with invalid checksum or alignment. 67 SkyStream Networks CPU Statistics The SCM CPU Statistics page contains CPU processes, utilization, and memory information. Processes Processes shows the total number of tasks currently running. CPU Utilization Nice A UNIX multitasking command that gives each job a basic priority number, called the “niceness.” The higher the nice value, the lower the command’s scheduling priority. CPU utilization has the following process functions: User, Idle, System, and Nice. User: The amount of time spent running user jobs. Idle: The amount of time the CPU spends doing nothing System: The amount of time spent running in kernel space. NOTE The time spent servicing interrupts is not counted by the kernel. Nice: The amount of time spent running lower priority jobs. Memory Memory gives the total memory available in kilobytes, and provides a graphic representation of what percentage of memory is used and how much is still available. 68 Using the Web GUI Mediaplex-20 User Guide NTP Status Statistics The NTP Status Statistics page contains network timing information. remote: Shows the IP address of the remote NTP peer. NTP (Network Time Protocol) A protocol used to synchronize the realtime clock in a computer. There are numerous primary and secondary servers in the Internet that are synchronized to the Coordinated Universal Time (UTC) via radio, satellite or modem. For more information, visit www.eecis.udel.edu/~ntp. refid: Shows the reference ID gives 0.0.0.0 if its unknown. NOTE All the latest NTP clock reference information can be found online http:// www.eecis.udel.edu/~ntp/ntp_spool/html/refclock.html st: Shows the stratum of the remote peer. t: Shows the type of the peer [local (l), unicast (u), multicast (m) or broadcast (b)] when the last packet was received. poll: Shows the polling interval in seconds. reach: Shows the reach ability register: 1 indicates peer is reachable, 0 indicates peer is not reachable. delay: Shows the current estimated delay in milliseconds. offset: Shows the current estimated offset in milliseconds. jitter: Shows the current estimated jitter in milliseconds. 69 SkyStream Networks License Statistics The License Statistics page contains license key information. License LICENSE KEY SETUP License Key ID: Shows the license key identification License Key Description: Shows the license key description License Key: Shows the license key (used to enable optional features) LICENSED OPTIONAL FEATURES License Key ID: Shows the license key identification Feature Name: Shows the optional feature name. Feature Enable Status: Shows enable/disable status of the optional feature. Feature Maximum Instances: Shows maximum instances of the optional feature. LICENSE KEY STATISTICS Feature Name: Shows the name of the optional feature. Feature Enable Status: Shows enable/disable status of the optional feature. Feature Maximum Instances: Shows maximum instances of the optional feature. Number of used instances: Shows number of used instances for the optional feature. 70 Using the Web GUI Mediaplex-20 User Guide MCM Statistics The MCM menu item displays the following links: Blade, Ports and Network Interfaces. Depending on the submodule(s) installed on the blade, there could be the following additional statistics: ASI In, ASI Out, Encoder, and Network. For ASI In/Out and Encoder Port Statistics, see Chapter 4: Port Configuration and Statistics. MCM Blade Statistics Clicking Blade will give you the designated MCM Statistics page for that slot. Submodule List Number: Gives the number assigned to the submodule (1-4). Type: Shows the type of submodule; for example, ENC is an encoder. Port 1: Gives the name of port and its location; for example, ENC 1/0 is the encoder submodule on slot 1 at port 0 (the top port); ASI In 1/4 is the ASI In submodule on blade 1 port 4. NOTE Each MCM blade has the possibility of eight ports. There are two ports per submodule: ■ 0 and 1 are for submodule 1 ■ 2 and 3 are for submodule 2 ■ 4 and 5 are for submodule 3 ■ 6 and 7 are for submodule 4 Clicking the name of the port will take you directly to the port’s statistics page. Port 2: Gives the name of the port and its location for the second channel of a submodule. Channels: Shows how many channels a submodule has. In the case of an ASI Input, which has two connectors for each port, only one channel (A or B) can be in operation. Port 1 and 2 Status: The port status can be one of the following conditions: processing, idle, failure or no sync for ASI. NOTE Clicking Ports or Interfaces is the same as for the full chassis except that statistics are given at the individual MCM blade level. 71 SkyStream Networks Blade Ports Statistics Clicking Ports will give you the Summary Port List page for that blade. Summary Ports List—Blade Slot Port Type: Gives you the name of the port type. At this level, you an click the link and it will take you directly to the specific port statistics. The All In or All Out link displays all input or output ports on the MCM. The All Physical link gives the submodules installed, such as encoders, ASI In, and ASI Out. The All Network link shows logical ports such as UDP In/Out, RTP In/Out, and TCP In. The All link shows every port on the MCM. Number of Ports: Provides the number of ports for each type. Interfaces Statistics Clicking Interfaces gives you the Summary Interfaces List for that blade. Summary Interfaces List—Blade Slot SMD (SkyStream MPE Decapsulation) MPEG Transport Stream received through ASI In. Interface Type: Gives the type of interface and a link to specific information. Click the link and it will take you directly to the specific interface statistics, such as IP Encapsulation, which includes SME. Number of Interfaces: Gives the total number of a particular interface. SME (SkyStream MPE Encapsulation) Transport Stream sent out as IP over DVB through ASI Out. 72 Using the Web GUI Mediaplex-20 User Guide ATM Clicking ATM gives you the ATM Interface List for that blade along with a link to ATM configuration page. IP Encapsulation Ports Clicking IP Encapsulation Ports gives you the IP Encapsulation Ports Interface List for that blade along with a link to SME. IP Decapsulation Ports Clicking IP Decapsulation Ports gives you the IP Decapsulation Ports Interface List for that blade along with a link to SMD. ATM, IP Decapsulation and Encapsulation Ports Interface List—Blade Slot Name: Shows the name of the IP interface and port location. MTU (Maximum Transmission Unit) The largest frame size that can be transmitted over the network. Messages longer than the MTU must be divided into smaller frames. The layer 3 protocol (IP, IPX, etc.) extracts the MTU from the layer 2 protocol (Ethernet, FDDI, etc.), fragments the messages into that frame size and makes them available to the lower layer for transmission. Status: Shows if the port is up (green) or down (red). IP Address: Shows the IP address of the port. Netmask: Shows the subnet mask of the port. MAC Address: Shows the MAC Address of the port. MTU: Shows the maximum transmission unit (MTU) for this port. Speed (Mbits/s): Shows the speed of the interface in megabits per second. 73 SkyStream Networks Network Statistics The Network menu item displays the following links: ATM, SME, and SMD interfaces, if available. ATM Statistics The ATM page gives information on the active ATM interface. 74 Using the Web GUI Mediaplex-20 User Guide Interface ATM SDH (Synchronous Digital Hierarchy) The European counterpart to SONET. IP Address: Assigned interface IP address. SONET (Synchronous Optical NETwork) A fiber-optic transmission system for highspeed digital traffic. Employed by telephone companies and common carriers, SONET speeds range from 51 megabits to multiple gigabits per second. Framing Mode: Shows Frame mode: SDH or SONET. Subnet Mask: Assigned interface subnet mask. ATM Adapter Hardware Info ATM Adapter Serial Number: Gives the ATM adapter card serial number. ATM Adapter HW Version: Gives the ATM adapter card hardware version number. ATM Adapter Mode Mode Flag: Indicates whether the interface is in routed or bridged mode. Default VPI: Gives default value for VPI in bridged mode. Default VCI: Gives default value for VCI in bridged mode. Link Type: Shows the type of connection (single-mode or multi-mode). Link Status: Indicates whether the physical link is up or not. Link Speed (Mbps): Indicates interface speed. Interface Current Tx Statistics Total Packets Sent: Gives total number of packets sent. Total Bytes Sent: Gives total number of bytes sent. Packets Dropped—No Buffers: Gives number of packets discarded due to buffer overrun. Packets Dropped—Invalid Vir tual Circuit: Gives number of packets discarded due to invalid VPI or VCI. Packets Dropped—Not Primary: Gives number of packets discarded that are not from the primary blade. Packets Dropped—Interface Down: Gives number of packets discarded while the interface is down. Packets Dropped—Error While Sending: Gives number of packets discarded while sending. Interface Current Rx Statistics Total Packets Received: Gives total number of packets received. Total Bytes Received: Gives total number of bytes received. Packets Dropped—Alien: Gives number of packets dropped that did not belong to a configured PVC. 75 SkyStream Networks SME Statistics AF (Assured Forwarding) is a class of service for applications that require a better reliability than Best Effort service. BE (Best Effort) is a class of service with no reserved resources. EF (Expedited Forwarding) is a class of service used by ToS for applications that require a hard guarantee on delay and jitter. 76 The SME (SkyStream MPE Encapsulation) sends out a Transport Stream that is IP over DVB through ASI Out. Interface SME Statistics shows IP address, subnet mask, and MAC address of interface. MPE Statistics Packets Forwarded: Shows the number of packets forwarded. Bytes Sent (Bps): Shows the number of bytes sent in bytes per second. Packets Dropped: Shows the number of dropped packets. IP Queue Full: Shows the number of times the ASI Out IP queue was full and unable to send IP traffic. No Route Found: Shows the number of times the IP traffic was unable to locate the MPE route. EF Discipline: Shows Discipline Name and Maximum Bit Rate (bps). AF Discipline: Shows Discipline Name, Minimum Bit Rate and Maximum Bit Rate (bps). BE Discipline: Shows Discipline Name and Queue Size. Statistics per Discipline: Shows Discipline Name, Packets Forwarded, Bytes Sent, Packets Dropped, Over Limit and Packets in the queue. Using the Web GUI Mediaplex-20 User Guide SMD Statistics The SMD (SkyStream MPE Decapsulation) MPEG interface receives a Transport Stream through ASI In. Interface SMD Statistics shows IP address, subnet mask, and MAC address of interface. In addition, a PID List provides the PID numbers used for SMD. MPE Decapsulation TS Packets Received: Shows the number of Transport Stream packets received. IP Packet Generated: Shows the number of IP packets generated. IP Packet Discarded: Shows the number of IP packets discarded. LLC_SNAP Packets Discarded: Shows the number of LLC_SNAP packets discarded. Invalid Section IDs: Shows the number of invalid section IDs. Invalid Section Length: Shows the number of invalid section lengths. Scrambled Packets Discarded: Shows the number of scrambled packets discarded. Packets Filtered by MAC: Shows the number of packets filtered by MAC address. Enable IP Sniffing: Shows if IP sniffing is enabled (Yes or No). When enabled a list of incoming IP traffic is present. Enable MAC Filtering: Shows if MAC Filtering is enabled (Yes or No). When enabled a list of MAC addresses are present. 77 SkyStream Networks TRM Statistics The TRM menu item displays the following links: Blade, Ports and DSP submodules. See Chapter 4: Port Configuration and Statistics. TRM Blade Statistics Clicking Blade will give you the designated TRM Statistics page for that slot. Submodule List Number: Gives the number assigned to the submodule (1-4). Type: Shows the type of submodule. Channels: Gives the number of channels on that submodule. TRM Ports Statistics Clicking Ports will give you the designated TRM Statistics page for that slot. Summary Ports List—TRM 3 Port Type: Gives you the name of the port type. At this level, you can click the link and it will take you directly to the specific port statistics. The All Physical link gives the submodules installed. The All link shows all Xrtr ports. Number of Ports: Provides the number of ports for each type. 78 Using the Web GUI Mediaplex-20 User Guide TRM DSP Statistics Clicking DSP opens the menu and provides links to the designated ports for that DSP submodule. Clicking one of these links provides the Xrtr Statistics page for that slot. Xrtr Ports List—TRM 3 DSP 1 Port Name: Gives you the name of the port. At this level, you can click the link and it will take you directly to the specific port statistics. Port Description: Provides an additional description. Port State: Provides status of the port as AVAILABLE, PROCESSING, or IDLE. 79 SkyStream Networks Configuration C o n f i g u r a t i o n a l l o w s yo u t o c o n f i g u r e t h e M e d i a p l e x . B y c l i c k i n g Configuration, the next level of the tree control displays, which allows you to create a new logical port, create a redundant partnership, create media and network routing, and configure existing physical ports. Moreover, it allows you to configure Configuration Files, Data Files, IP Routing, SCM, MCM and TRM blades. 80 Using the Web GUI Mediaplex-20 User Guide Create Network Port The first item on the tree allows you to create a new logical network port. Select the Port Type from the Port Parameters drop-down list box: UDP Out, UDP In, TCP In, RTP In, RTP Out, File In, ATM Out, or ATM In. Having selected the port type, you can configure it. The exact configuration parameters are a function of the port type and are discussed in Chapter 4: Port Configuration and Statistics. 81 SkyStream Networks Redundancy Configuration TIP For unicast UDPIn, TCPIn, and RTPIn, the destination IP address will change with redundancy enabled. For a partnership to work, the common IP address must be configured at the data source. See Chapter 4: Port Configuration and Statistics input port statistics page for the IP address to use. Alarm Configuration 82 The Redundancy Configuration page allows you to create a redundant partnership. After completing the configuration, click Apply. Chassis Redundancy: Select this check box to enable chassis redundancy. Redundancy Mode: If you have an external Redundancy Switch, you can select Automatic or Manual to match your switch’s method of operation. You can flip the redundancy between the primary and backup by clicking the Flip button (MCM, TRM and SCM). For more details see Chapter 6: Redundancy. NOTE Chassis Redundancy can only be established between blades whose physical configurations are identical and are located in the appropriate slot. For slot 1 the partner blade is inserted into slot 19, slot 3 partner is in slot 17, and so fourth. Click the Alarms button to configure the alarm triggers. Select the applicable check boxes and click Apply. Using the Web GUI Mediaplex-20 User Guide Media Routing Configuration The Media Routing Configuration page contains several display frames for configuration purposes. Routing tools allow you to designate Program Routes, Add Programs, Stream Routes, and Remove Selected items. Display Frames The top-left frame on the page displays the Output or Input List. There are two options to view the information below, either as Programs or Streams. Clicking the Streams radio button will give you a display of PIDs present in the Transport Stream. The top-right frame, Media Routing, will display what choices you have. Beneath the Media Routing frame, you will see Routing Tools and Media Routing Information. When you want to create a program route, you must first select the desired output in the Output/Input List (top-left). The Media Routing frame will display your options (top-right); for example, “You can add a program route, create a new program or add a stream route.” Navigating Media Routing When inside Media Routing, do not use the browser’s navigation tools. Instead, use the Back button that appears in the top-right frame, when required. Moreover, to return to the original port values just click the name of the port in the dark blue rectangle under Output/Input List. 83 SkyStream Networks Media Routing Text Colors Color plays an important role in understanding text within Media Routing: Red means “inactive” (you must click Apply to activate). Blue means “active” (for programs, stream routes, and user created programs). Green is an active element within a program. Purple is a ghost program (created route with no program on the input). Basics of Media Routing A Transport Stream, containing unique packet identifiers (PIDs), received by the Mediaplex via ASI In (two per submodule), may contain many elementary streams multiplexed together. The Mediaplex software analyzes the content and allows you to reorganize the stream elements into new programs, which it can then route to multiple output ports. To understand this complex process, the following definitions of the Transport Stream content will help you configure the Mediaplex’s routing features. TIP If your program is listed in purple this indicates a route exists but there is no program present. You may have a disconnected input cable or the program may have been stopped at the source. Transport Stream: One or more programs, each of which contains one or more elementary streams and other streams, such as data, multiplexed together. Program: A number given to a service that is used to reference one or more elements. Element: An entity, such as video or audio data, which is put together with other elements to make up a program. To have a better understanding of these definitions, look at the Statistics page for ASI In, which displays information that the Mediaplex gathers from the Transport Stream. Program information is as follows: MPEG program number, DVB name, DVB original network ID, and DVB service type. That is, the program identifier number, the name of the program, the original network number assigned to it, and the service type; for example, Digital Television Service and Data Broadcast Service. If you click the Element radio button, it will display the PIDs associated with the program and element type. Clicking Stream will display all the PID information in the Transport Stream along with DVB table information. Stream statistics gives you a detailed view of the Transport Stream. There is a direct correlation between the Program and Element information that comes from Program Specific Information (PSI) as described in the MPEG specification. Stream statistics gives PID information also contained in the Element statistics and other data existing in the Transport Stream. The method for routing media is to start by creating a program route using programs already existing in the Transport Stream, or creating new programs for routing. However, first you need to select an output device, and if required, add element streams to the new program. PIDs must be unique and are associated with a specific element. More than one program can share the same element. If there are PID conf licts, you can configure the Mediaplex to fix them automatically. 84 Using the Web GUI Mediaplex-20 User Guide How to set up Media Routing To Add a Program Route If you want to add a program route on a UDP Out port, for example, select the UDP Out port from the drop-down list. If you are already at the port, return to the starting point by clicking the port name in the dark blue bar. This will display the Program Route button in Routing Tools. Click the Program Route button. Then in the Input List select an input port; for example, ASI in. This will display all available programs by number along with elements contained in the program. By clicking a program number, you can view program information. However, to route a program, or programs, you must select the applicable check boxes, and click the Route Selected button. If the program does not have a check box, it means that the program has already been routed. NOTE If the Apply button is visible, it means that your previous configuration has not been applied. 85 SkyStream Networks A form containing all the programs you selected will display. This form allows you to optionally change the program number and PMT PID, as well as select a video Shaper port. On a given output port, the program numbers must be unique. If you want the Mediaplex to automatically resolve program number conf licts, select the check box on the Program Auto Fix column. The Mediaplex will only change the program in case of conflicts; otherwise, it will default to the original program number. Multiple programs are allowed to use the same PMT PID. However, if the selected PMT PID is already in use in the output, the route will fail. You can select the check box under the PMT Auto Fix to have the Mediaplex automatically resolve PMT PID conflicts. Finally, note that the Mediaplex will always automatically fix any program element PID conflicts. Click on the Route button to complete the process. NOTE The Shaper field will only be present if you have a TRM blade in your chassis. The Program Routes Output displays, there is one line for each route. If the line is green, the route is OK. If the line is red, there is a problem with the route—either a program number conflict or a PMT PID conflict. This is an information box only. Click on OK to acknowledge. In the next screen, click Apply to establish the routes that are OK (marked in green). For the failed routes, you will have to start the process again and fix the problems. Selecting the Program Auto Fix and PMT Auto Fix check boxes guarantees that the route will succeed. 86 Using the Web GUI Mediaplex-20 User Guide To Add a Program You can add custom programs to output ports. First, you have to select the output port and click Add Program, fill out the form, and click the Create button. The new port will appear in the port list in red. At this point, you can click the Apply button to commit the changes and create the program, or Revert to cancel. Clicking Apply will change the entry to blue. Notice that this entry also has (User) next to the program number, meaning that you created it. You have the authority to edit or delete all User created programs. In the Program Creation form type values and click Create. Once created, you can configure the program to enable CA and SDT information by clicking the new entry. Select the appropriate check boxes, fill out the resulting form, and click Apply. Program Creation Program Number: Enter the desired program number. Program numbers need to be unique in an output port. PMT PID (hex): Enter the desired PMT PID in hexadecimal. Multiple programs can share the same PMT, or the selected PID must be available. PCR PID (hex): Enter the desired PCR PID in hexadecimal (enter “1FFF” if the program has no PCR). Enable SDT Info: Select this check box if you want an SDT entry for this program. Enable CA Info: Select this check box if you want a conditional access entry for this program. 87 SkyStream Networks The Output List check boxes on the right of a user created program or program route allows you to delete a selected item by clicking the Remove Selected button. Program Configuration 88 Using the Web GUI Mediaplex-20 User Guide SDT Information Original Network ID: Type the Original Network Identifier number. EIT Schedule: Select check box if you want to flag that an EIT schedule is in the Transport Stream. NOTE Mediaplex does not generate the EIT. You must provide it through an input port and route it. EIT Present Following: Select check box if you want to flag that Present Following information is in the Service Description Table (see EN 300 468). Free CA Mode: Select check box if the program is scrambled. Running Status: Select from the following: Undefined, Not running, Starts in a few seconds, Pausing, and Running. Service Type: Select from the following: Reserved, Digital television service, Digital radio sound television, Teletext service, NVOD reference service, NVOD time-shifted service, Mosaic service, PAL coded signal, SECAM coded signal, D/D2-MAC, FM radio, NTSC coded signal, Data broadcast service, Reserved, RCS map, RCS FLS, DVB MHP service, and User Defined. Service Provider Name: Type the name of the service provider. Service Name: Type the service name. CA Information System ID: Enter a number for the CA system ID between 0 and 65535. System PID: Enter the system PID number (hexadecimal), to specify the EMM PID at the program level, between 0x0 - 0x1fff. NOTE When entering PID numbers, it is not necessary to type the prefix 0x. Private Data: This is user specific access criteria in hexadecimal. 89 SkyStream Networks To Add an Element You can add new elements for any program on an output port. Select the output port then click the program on which you want to add the element. Then click Add Element. The Element Creation form will display. In the Element Creation form type the Program Number, PID Number in hexadecimal, and select Stream Type. If the stream type is colored in light blue, you must add a value in the accompanying box. Click Create. NOTE This operation only creates the element in the PMT. You still need to route the actual data to the selected PID using a stream route (described later in this section). Element Creation Program Number: Type the program number. PID Number (hex): Type PID number in hexadecimal for this element. Stream Type: Select Stream Type from the following list: Reserved, MPEG1 Video, MPEG2 Video, MPEG1 Audio, MPEG2 Audio, Private Sections, PES packet, MHEG, DSM CC, H.222.1, type A, type B, type C, type D, auxiliary, Reserved (add value), DCII, AC-3 Audio, and User Private (add value). NOTE For information on individual parameters consult EN ISO/IEE 13818-1. Select Enable CA Info check box, if applicable; and select Video, Audio, Data or None from Element Descriptor. Fill out the resulting form and click OK. If you select CA Info, additional boxes will display. System ID: Enter conditional access identifier. System PID: Enter conditional access PID number in hexadecimal. This specifies the ECM PID at the element level. Private Data: Enter private data. 90 Using the Web GUI Mediaplex-20 User Guide Adding a Video Element Selecting Video from Element Descriptor will display the Video Information form. Video Information Multiple Frame Rate: Select check box to use multiple frame rate. Frame Rate Code: Select Frame Rate Code from the following list: Forbidden, 23.976, 24.000, 25.000, 29.970, 30.000, 50.000, 59.940, and 60.000 Constrained Parameter: Select check box for constrained parameter. Still Picture: Select check box for still picture. MPEG-1 Only: Selecting this check box will display the following: ■ ■ ■ Profile and Level: Enter a value (0-255). Chrominance Format: Select from the following list: 4:2:0, 4:2:2, and 4:4:4 Frame Rate Extension: Select check box to use frame rate extension. 91 SkyStream Networks Adding an Audio Element Selecting Audio from Element Descriptor will display the Audio Information form. Audio Information Language Code: Type language code. Audio Type: Select Audio Type from the following list: Undefined, Clean effect, Hearing impaired, and Visual impaired commentary. Enable Audio Descriptor: Selecting check box opens the following parameters: Free Format, ID, Layer (select Reserved, Layer 1, Layer 2, Layer 3 or User Defined), and Variable Rate. 92 Using the Web GUI Mediaplex-20 User Guide Adding a Data Element Selecting Data from Element Descriptor will display the Data Information form. Data Information Broadcast ID: Select Broadcast ID from the following list: User Defined, Data Piping, User Defined (add value), Multiprotocol Encapsulation, Data Carousel, and Object Carousel. Language Code: Type language code. Optional Text: Type optional text. MAC Address Range: Select MAC Address Range from the following list: 6.5.4.3.2.1, 6.5.4.3.2, 6.5.4.3, 6.5.4, 6.5, and 6. MAC IP Mapping: Select check box to use MAC IP Mapping flag. Alignment Indicator: Select check box for alignment indicator. Max Section: Enter the maximum number of sections for each datagram. 93 SkyStream Networks To Add a Stream Route Stream routes allow you to route all packets in a given PID from an input to an output, optionally remapping the PID. First click the Stream Route button from Routing Tools. Then select an Input port from the drop-down list and select the Streams radio button. Select the check box for the desired service information, and click Route Selected. Fill out the resulting form by specifying a Shaper, Output PID and Auto Fix, then click the Route button. NOTE The Shaper field will only be present if you have a TRM blade in your chassis. Stream Route Shaper: Select a shaper port or None from the drop-down menu. Output PID (hex): Enter the PID you want to use in the output stream. Auto Fix: Select the check box if you want the system to automatically fix output PID conflicts. 94 Using the Web GUI Mediaplex-20 User Guide PAT (Program Association Table) A part of PSI, this table indicates the location of the corresponding PMT. It also gives the location of the NIT. PMT (Program Map Table) A part of PSI, this table identifies and indicates the location of part of the stream that makes up each service, and the location of the Program Clock Reference (PCR) fields for service. Click OK and then the configuration needs to be applied by clicking the Apply button or click Revert. DVB Standard PID Numbers The following table is a listing of standard DVB PID numbers. In the example below, PID numbers 0x0-0x14 are reserved for specific uses based on the DVB specification. The rest are configurable and customer specific. PID (hex) Content Description SDT (Service Description Table) A DVB SI table that contains the services in the system e.g. names of services, the service provider, etc. 0x0 PAT Program Association Table 0x1 CAT Conditional Access Table 0x10 NIT Network Information Table 0x11 SDT Service Description Table NIT (Network Information Table) A DVB SI table that provides physical information about the network. 0x12 EIT Event Information Table 0x14 TDT Time and Date Table 0x20 EMM Entitlement Management Message (not fixed) 0x21 PMT Program Map Table (customer specific) 0x22 – 26 ECM Entitlement Control Messages (not fixed) TDT (Time and Date Table) A DVB SI table that gives information relating to the present time and date. This information is given a separate table due to the frequent updating of this information. EIT (Event Information Table) A DVB SI table that contains data concerning events or programs such as event name, start time, and duration. 95 SkyStream Networks Config File The Config File menu item displays the following links: Apply Config, Copy Startup, Copy Running, Remove Config, Upload Config, and Download Config. Apply Config The Apply Configuration File page allows you to select a configuration file and Apply it to selected blades. Copy Startup Copy Startup copies the running configuration file to startup configuration values; a message will display saying if it was successful or not. This is generally applied when you want to make sure that this is the configuration that comes up when the system reboots. The two default files are running-config and startupconfig. Copy Running Copy Running copies the running configuration file to a selected destination (PCMCIA or Flash) and allows you to name the file. 96 Using the Web GUI Mediaplex-20 User Guide Remove Config The check box on the name bar selects all files to be removed or you can remove individual files by selecting the applicable check box for each line. Upload Config The Upload Configuration File page allows you to select a file to upload to a designated FTP server. You must type the destination file name, IP address of the FTP server, user name and password. Then click Apply. You will then be able to select the file using the other Configuration File commands. 97 SkyStream Networks Download Config The Download Configuration File page allows you to download a file from your FTP server and save it to either the SCM on board Flash or the PCMCIA flash disk inserted into the SCM blade. TIP Store all your data files on your FTP server, before attempting to download. NOTE If you are downloading the files to the PCMCIA, you must first initialize the disk. See the section SCM PCMCIA Configuration for details. FTP Information Download Destination: Select the location to store the file using the radio button PCMCIA or Flash. Destination File Name: Type the name of the file. Source File Name: Type the name of the file on the FTP server you are downloading. FTP Server IP Address: Type the IP address of your FTP server. User Name: Type your user name to access your FTP server. Password: Type your password to access your FTP server. 98 Using the Web GUI Mediaplex-20 User Guide Data File The Data File menu item displays the following links: Download Data File and Remove Data File. Download Data File The Download Data File page allows you to download a data file from your FTP server and save it to either the SCM onboard Flash or the PCMCIA flash disk inserted into the SCM blade. TIP Store all your data files on your FTP server, before attempting to download. NOTE If you are downloading the files to the PCMCIA, you must first initialize the disk. See the section SCM PCMCIA Configuration for details. FTP Information Download Destination: Select the location to store the file using the radio button PCMCIA or Flash. Destination File Name: Type the name of the file. Source File Name: Type the name of the file on the FTP ser ver you are downloading. FTP Server IP Address: Type the IP address of your FTP server. User Name: Type your user name to access your FTP server. Password: Type your password to access your FTP server. Remove Data File The Remove Data File page allows you to remove one or all data files from your onboard Flash or the PCMCIA flash disk where you stored the files. Select the center check box to remove all files or select each files individually. 99 SkyStream Networks IP Routing Configuration IP Routing takes place through the Gigabit Ethernet ports; consequently, it is necessar y to create a Virtual LAN (VLAN) for routing to occur. The IP Routing menu item displays the following links: Network Routing, RIP, VLAN, and Multicast. Network Routing Network Routing allows you to modify parameters in various route types. For example, in MPE routes you can edit the MAC Address, PID and Discipline. TIP If you do not have an ATM submodule, the interface will not be present. If you do not have an ASIOut submodule, the MPE interface will not be available. Route Type Select from three radio buttons IP, MPE or ATM. After entering values, you can use the Add button to create a new route or the Delete button to remove entries. NOTE Only the applicable Route Types will display. For example, if you do not have an ATM submodule that option will not be available. Manual IP Route After entering values, you can use the Add button to create a new route or use the Delete button in conjunction with the Delete check box to remove entries. Network: Enter the base IP address for the route. Netmask: Enter the subnet mask for the route. Gateway: Select the Mediaplex interface to be used for this route. 100 Using the Web GUI Mediaplex-20 User Guide TIP If you edit the PID, MAC address, or discipline of an existing MPE route, you must click Apply when you have completed the changes. Manual MPE Route After entering values, click the Add button to create a new route, or the Delete button to remove entries. Network: Enter the base IP address for the route. Netmask: Enter the subnet mask for the route. Gateway: Select the Mediaplex interface to be used for this route. PID: Type MPEG PID (hexadecimal) to be used on this IP injection route. IP Mapping MAC Address: Select the check box for the IP address to form the MAC address and set the first and second MAC bytes. MAC Address: Type the MAC address of the next hop to be used in this IP injection route. Discipline: Select the MPE discipline name (see SME Configuration in the next section for more details). NOTE You must configure SME for the discipline type to be available in the dropdown list. Delete: Select the check box of a particular route you want to delete and click the Delete button. 101 SkyStream Networks Manual ATM Route Network: Enter the base IP address for the route. PVC (Permanent Virtual Circuit) A point-to-point ATM connection that is established manually (i.e., not through signaling). Netmask: Enter the subnet mask for the route. Gateway: Select the name Mediaplex interface to be used for this route. VPI: Enter the Virtual Path Identifier for the PVC to be used in this route. VCI: Enter the Virtual Circuit Identifier for the PVC to be used in this route. Delete: Select this check box if you want to delete a particular route. 102 Using the Web GUI Mediaplex-20 User Guide RIP Configuration In the RIP Configuration page, you can Enable RIP. RIP RIP (Routing Information Protocol) A simple routing protocol that is part of the TCP/IP protocol suite. It determines a route based on the smallest hop count between source and destination. Enable RIP: Select to enable RIP, for the chassis to announce the network routing. RIP Version: Select version of RIP that is compatible with you network (see reference document “RFC 1058” for information on Version 1 and “RFC 1723” for information on Version 2). RIP Setup Interface Name: Shows the interface(s) that support RIP. Enable RIP: Select to enable RIP for a specific interface. Passive Mode: Select if you want the interface to just listen (i.e., it will only learn routes from the interface but it will not send RIP updates). 103 SkyStream Networks VLAN Configuration The VLAN Configuration page allows you to configure VLANs. After entering values, use the Add button to create a new VLAN or use the Delete button in conjunction with the Delete check box to remove entries. After completing the configuration, click the Apply button. NOTE If you need to edit a VLAN, you must delete that VLAN and create a new setup using the same VLAN ID. VLAN Setup VLAN (Virtual LAN) A logical subgroup within a local area network that is created via software rather than manually moving cables in the wiring closet. It combines user stations and network devices into a single unit regardless of the physical LAN segment they are attached to and allows traffic to flow more efficiently within populations of mutual interest. VLAN Tagged Packets VLAN tags used to define multiple LANs in the same physical segment. A tagged packet has an extra header added to the tag that indicates to which VLAN it belongs. Typically only switches and routers handle tags, not endhosts. 104 VLAN ID: Type the identifier number of the VLAN (Range 2-4065). IP Address: Type the IP address (unicast class A, B, or C) of the VLAN. Subnet Mask: Type the subnet mask of the VLAN. GE1, GE2, GE3, and GE4: Select Tagged, Untagged or No from the dropdown box for the Gigabit Ethernet port to be used and whether the packets are tagged or untagged (default is No). NOTE You can have multiple Tagged VLANs on the same Gigabit Ethernet port but only one Untagged. Also, a VLAN created with a ‘No’ port association is an unusable VLAN. After selecting values, click Add. Using the Web GUI Mediaplex-20 User Guide Multicast Configuration The Multicast Configuration page allows you to select, on a per multicast address basis, which physical ports carry traffic for that group. Each multicast group is associated with one VLAN and, by default, packets for this group are sent to all ports belonging to that VLAN. In this page, you can limit any multicast to any arbitrary subset of ports of the VLAN. NOTE Automatic multicast entries are created when UDP Out ports are created or configured with multicast addresses. You must create the appropriate VLAN(s) prior to creating or configuring the UDP Out ports. 105 SkyStream Networks SCM Configuration The SCM menu item displays the following links: General, Reboot, Software, SNMP, License, and PCMCIA. SCM General Configuration Click General and the SCM General Configuration page allows you to configure the SCM general parameters including IP Management, DNS and NTP Servers, and Syslog Host information. After making configuration changes, click Apply. 106 Using the Web GUI Mediaplex-20 User Guide SCM General Host Name: Type name of unit. TIP If you have two SCMs, you can use the Chassis IP Address to refer to the chassis as a whole. The primary SCM will always respond to this address. DNS Domain Name: Type name of local domain. Management IP IP Address: Type IP address of the SCM management port. Netmask: Type the network mask of the SCM management port. Default Router: Type the IP address of the default router for the SCM management port. Chassis IP Address: Type IP address of Mediaplex Chassis, which is a common address for primary and backup SCMs. Backplane Subnet: Type the subnet IP address for the backplane (default 171.17.1.0). NOTE This should only be changed by advanced users if there is a conflict with the user’s internal network subnet. Time Zone: Select the chassis’ time zone from the following list: Abidjan, Accra, Acre, ACT, Adak, Addis_Ababa, Adelaide, Aden, Alaska, Aleutian, Algiers, Almaty, Amman, Amsterdam, Anadyr, Anchorage, Auckland, Belfast, Belgrade, Berlin, Brisbane, Cairo, Calcutta, CET, CST6CDT, EET, EST, EST5EDT, GMT, GMT0, GMT-0, GMT+0, GMT-1, GMT+1, GMT-10, GMT+10, GMT-11, GMT+11, GMT-12, GMT+12, GMT-13, GMT+13, GMT14, GMT+14, GMT-2, GMT+2, GMT-3, GMT+3, GMT-4, GMT+4, GMT-5, GMT+5, GMT-6, GMT+6, GMT-7, GMT+7, GMT-8, GMT+8, GMT-9, GMT+9, Greenwich, Japan, Los_Angeles, Melbourne, Moscow, Mountain, MST, MST7MDT, Pacific, Pacific-New, PST8PDT, New_York, Taipei, Zurich. DNS Server IP Address: Type IP address of DNS server and click Add. Syslog Host IP Address: Type IP address of a host which the Mediaplex should forward log messages, and click Add. NTP Server IP Address: Type IP address of NTP server and click Add. 107 SkyStream Networks Reboot 108 You can reboot an SCM blade by clicking Reboot, which will display a confirmation message. Click the Reboot button to continue. Using the Web GUI Mediaplex-20 User Guide SCM Software Configuration In the SCM Software Configuration page you can decide where the chassis boots from; that is, where the software image resides. SCM Software TFTP (Trivial File Transfer Protocol) A version of the FTP protocol that has no directory or password capability. Boot: Select the host device from the following list: TFTP, Flash, PCMCIA, or DHCP. Flash Card A small module that contains flash memory, such as a PC Card, Compact Flash, or similar format. TFTP Host: Type the IP address where the software comes from. PCMCIA (Personal Computer Memory Card International Association) An international standards body and trade association that was founded in 1989 to establish a standard for connecting peripherals to portable computers. Flash Image: Select from available images (Flash 1, or Flash 2). DHCP (Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol) Software that automatically assigns IP addresses to client stations logging onto a TCP/IP network. It eliminates having to manually assign IP addresses to individual computers. DHCP: Select to enable booting from a DHCP server. TFTP TFTP File Name: Type the software load file name. Flash PCMCIA PCMCIA Image: Select from available images (PCMCIA 1, or PCMCIA 2). NOTE It is not necessary to mount the PCMCIA card to view or update software on it. DHCP NOTE When using the TFTP or DHCP to boot from, you must provision the server with a copy of the software image. When using Flash 1, Flash 2, PCMCIA 1, or PCMCIA 2 to boot from, you must first upload the software image to this destination from the Maintenance—Software Upgrade page. 109 SkyStream Networks SCM SNMP Configuration The SNMP Configuration page allows you to set up SNMP for remote monitoring and control. After configuration is complete, click Apply. SNMP SNMP Read Community: Type a read community name. SNMP Read Write Community: Type a read and write community name. SNMP Location: This field is a textual description of the system location, readable through SNMP. SNMP Contact: This field should be set to the name of the person responsible for this Mediaplex. It is readable by SNMP. SNMP Trap Community: Type the trap community name. Trap Destination IP Address: Type the IP address of the trap destination. Trap destinations can be added or deleted. SNMP V3 User User Name: Type the authorized user name. Password: Type a password for this user. Auth Protocol: Select the authentication protocol as MD5 or SHA. Security Level: Select the security level as no auth, or auth. 110 Using the Web GUI Mediaplex-20 User Guide SCM License Configuration The License Configuration page allows you to set up a license key for the features that require a license. After configuration is complete, click Apply. License License Key ID: Type the license key identification number. License Key Description: Type the license key description. License Key: Type the license key. Click Add to enter a new key. 111 SkyStream Networks SCM PCMCIA Configuration The SCM PCMCIA menu item displays the following links: Initialize, Mount PCMCIA, and Unmount PCMCIA. Initialize The Initialize process for formatting the PCMCIA is a one time procedure that erases all data from the disk and automatically mounts it. The PCMCIA can store Mediaplex software images, configuration files, data files, and log messages. The minimum required PCMCIA disk size for Mediaplex applications is 64 MBytes. PCMCIA (Personal Computer Memory Card International Association) An international standards body and trade association that was founded in 1989 to establish a standard for connecting peripherals to portable computers. NOTE If you do not want to proceed, click Back on your browser. You can save up to two software images on the disk, using the Maintenance— Software Upgrade page. Saving an image to a PCMCIA partition overwrites any previous image saved to that partition. You are not required to mount or unmount a disk to save software images. Mount PCMCIA When you insert a previously initialized PCMCIA disk, you need to select this to “Mount” it. Once mounted you have the option to save data files, config files, and log messages. Unmount PCMCIA If you wish to eject the disk from the SCM blade, you must unmount the PCMCIA first. NOTE If you forget and eject without unmounting, put the same disk back, unmount, and then eject. 112 Using the Web GUI Mediaplex-20 User Guide MCM Configuration The MCM menu item displays the following links: Blade, Reboot, Reconnect, Ports, ASI In, ASI Out, Encoder and Network. The configuration information for the ASI In, ASI Out, and Encoder is available in Chapter 4: Port Configuration and Statistics. MCM Blade Configuration Click Blade and then click the port you want to configure. Submodule List Number: Gives the number assigned to the submodule (1-4). Type: Shows the type of submodule; for example, ENC is an encoder. Port 1 Name: Gives the name of port and its location; for example, ASIOut5/0 is the ASI Output submodule on slot 5 at port 0 (the top port); ASI Out 5/1 is the submodule on slot 5 at port 1 in position 2. NOTE Each MCM blade has the possibility of eight ports (4 submodules each with two ports). Starting from the top, the port location is designated ‘0’ through ‘7’. Except for the Encoder and ATM submodules, these are single port submodules. At this level, you can click the name and it will take you directly to the port’s configuration page. Port 2 Name: Gives the name of the port and its location for the second channel of a submodule. Channels: Shows the number of channels in a submodule. In the case of an ASI, which has two physical inputs/outputs per channel (A and B), only one physical input per channel can be active at any given time. Port 1 and 2 Status: Green indicates that the interface is PROCESSING—White indicates the interface is DOWN—Blue indicates NO SYNC. These colors are similar to blade activities. 113 SkyStream Networks Reboot You can r eboot an MCM bla de by cli cki ng Reboot , which dis pl ays a confirmation message. Click the Reboot button to continue. NOTE If you do not want to proceed, click Back on your browser. Reconnect 114 You can reconnect to an MCM blade that is unreachable by clicking Reconnect, which displays a confir mation message. Click the Reconnect button to continue. Using the Web GUI Mediaplex-20 User Guide Ports The MCM Ports page gives a Summary Port List of available ports for specific blades. Summary Port List Port Type: Gives the name of the port type. The All In/All Out link displays all input/output ports on the MCM. The All Physical link gives the submodules installed, such as encoders, ASI In, and ASI Out. The All Network link shows logical ports such as UDP In/Out, RTP In/Out, and TCP In. The All link shows every port on the MCM. Number of Ports: Provides the number of ports for each type. 115 SkyStream Networks Network The Network menu item displays the following links: ATM, SMD, and SME interfaces. ATM Configuration The ATM Configuration page allows you to configure ATM interfaces. After you have finished the configuration, click Apply. Interface ATM IP Address: Type IP address of ATM interface. SDH (Synchronous Digital Hierarchy) The European counterpart to SONET. SONET (Synchronous Optical NETwork) A fiber-optic transmission system for highspeed digital traffic. Employed by telephone companies and common carriers, SONET speeds range from 51 megabits to multiple gigabits per second. 116 Subnet Mask: Type subnet mask of ATM interface. Framing Mode: Select from SONET or SDH frame mode. ATM Adapter Mode Mode Flag: Select from Bridge mode or Router mode. Default VPI: Type default value for VPI in bridged mode. Default VCI: Type default value for VCI in bridged mode. Using the Web GUI Mediaplex-20 User Guide SMD Configuration The SMD Configuration page allows you to configure SMD interfaces. After completing the configuration, click Apply. Interface SMD SMD (SkyStream MPE Decapsulation) MPEG Transport Stream received through ASI In. IP Address: Type the IP address of the ASI interface used for SMD. Subnet Mask: Type the subnet mask of the ASI interface used for SMD. Enable IP Sniffing: When enabled a list of incoming IP traffic is available on the statistics page for this interface. Enable MAC Filtering: When you enable MAC Filtering, you can specify the MAC addresses from which to decapsulate data. PID LIST Type PID number and click Add. The Mediaplex uses PIDs to identify the different broadcast data or programs in the broadcast streams. In order to receive specific data enter the correct PID. LIST OF MAC ADDRESS Type MAC Address and click Add. Each input device has a unique MAC Address. In normal operation, the input will only accept unicast packets where the destination MAC addresses matches that of the receiver. 117 SkyStream Networks SME Configuration The SME Configuration page allows you to configure SME interfaces. After completing the configuration, click Apply. Interface SME SME (SkyStream MPE Encapsulation) Transport Stream sent out as IP over DVB through ASI Out. IP Address: Type the IP address of the ASI interface used for SME. Subnet Mask: Type the subnet mask of the ASI interface used for SME. NOTE The user can have up to 64 disciplines per discipline class. When multiple routes are added to the same discipline they share the bandwidth. For example, create an EF class discipline set at 2 Mb/s, and add three routes pointing to this discipline, then the 2 Mb/s limit applies to the aggregate of these three routes. If each route requires 2 Mb/s then you need to create three disciplines set at 2 Mb/s and point each individual route to each discipline. 118 Using the Web GUI Mediaplex-20 User Guide Disciplines The Mediaplex is capable of offering different QoS (Quality of Service) levels to SME-injected traffic. The different QoS levels are “disciplines” applied on a route-by-route basis. Mediaplex offers the following QoS disciplines: ■ ■ ■ Expedited Forwarding (EF): This discipline is designed for traffic that requires guaranteed bandwidth and low-latency. Packets in this traffic class are injected as soon as possible with a minimum delay. The discipline has one parameter, a guaranteed bandwidth level. If the volume of traffic exceeds the configured bandwidth, the excess traffic is immediately discarded. Because of the low-latency requirement for this discipline, section packing is not used. It is recommended that no more than 10% of a link’s bandwidth be committed to EF disciplines. Assured Forwarding (AF): This discipline is designed for traffic that requires guaranteed bandwidth, can have occasional bursts, and can tolerate some latency. The AF discipline has two parameters, a minimum (guaranteed) bandwidth, and a maximum bandwidth. Traffic under the minimum bandwidth is always carried; traffic in between minimum and maximum is carried if there is available capacity, and traffic over the maximum is immediately discarded. AF traffic may be section-packed depending on the state of the queues. Best Effort (BE): Best-Effort traffic has no guarantees and is carried in a bandwidth available basis, after all the compliant AF and EF traffic is injected. BE traffic may starve for bandwidth and suffer arbitrarily large delays. BE traffic is section-packed as needed. The SME port allows you to apply specific disciplines to the route. This applies rules to the delivery method of IP traffic. Once you configure SME, the MPE route will display a drop-down menu listing your available options. EF Discipline AF (Assured Forwarding) is a class of service for applications that require a better reliability than Best Effort service. BE (Best Effort) is a class of service with no reserved resources. EF (Expedited Forwarding) is a class of service used by Type of Service (ToS) for applications that require a hard guarantee on delay and jitter. Discipline Name: Type the discipline name (up to seven characters). Maximum Bit R ate (bps): Type maximum bit rate (rang e is 4096 to 160,000,000 bps). AF Discipline Discipline Name: Type the discipline name (up to seven characters). Minimum Bit Rate (bps): Type minimum bit rate (range is 4096 to 160,000,000 bps). Maximum Bit R ate (bps): Type maximum bit rate (rang e is 4096 to 160,000,000 bps). BE Discipline Discipline Name: Type the discipline name (up to seven characters). Queue Size: Type the number of buffers for the queue (range is 1 to 100). 119 SkyStream Networks TRM Configuration The TRM menu item displays the following links: Blade, Reboot, Reconnect, Ports. The configuration information for the Xrtr port is available in Chapter 4: Port Configuration and Statistics. TRM Blade Configuration Click Blade and then click the port you want to configure. Reboot You can rebo ot TR M bl ade by clickin g Reboot , which w i l l d i s pl ay a confirmation message. Click the Reboot button to continue. NOTE If you do not want to proceed click Back on your browser. Reconnect 120 You can reconnect a TRM blade that is unreachable by clicking Reconnect, which will display a confirmation message. Click the Reconnect button to continue. Using the Web GUI Mediaplex-20 User Guide Ports The TRM Ports page gives a Summary Port List of available ports for specific blades. Summary Port List—TRM 3 Port Type: Gives you the name of the port type. At this level, click the link and it will take you directly to the specific port configuration. The All Physical link gives the DSPs installed. The All link shows all ports. Number of Ports: Provides the number of ports for each type. 121 SkyStream Networks Maintenance Software Upgrade From Maintenance you can download a software upgrade, change web interface preferences, and administer Mediaplex user security permissions and set time. The Software Upgrade page allows you to access the FTP site to download upgrades and store it to a file. After entering the information into the form, click Apply. FTP Information File Name: Type the name of the file containing the image. FTP Server IP Address: Type the IP address for the FTP server. User Name: Enter the user name to access the FTP server. Password: Enter the password to access the FTP server. Destination: Select the destination where the file is going: Flash 1, Flash 2, PCMCIA 1, or PCMCIA 2. NOTE This page provides a method for downloading the software upgrade image from an FTP site and saving this image to one of the destinations available (Flash1, Flash2, PCMCIA1, or PCMCIA2). To run this software upgrade you must go to the SCM Software— Configuration page and select the destination of the image for the SCM to boot from. User Interface Click User Interface and the User Interface Configuration page will display. After you enter your preferences into the form, click Apply. Preferences Session Timeout (Minutes): Set session time in minutes. 122 Using the Web GUI Mediaplex-20 User Guide Administration Under Maintenance, Administration is the next level on the menu tree and contains the following submenus: User List, Add User and Set Time. User List The User List page displays the following levels of user permissions: root, administrator, and operator. However, you can Edit or Delete this list by clicking the Edit link and adding individual names or categories. Edit User The Edit option allows you to edit the user group and password for a specific user. Add User Add User lets you add and change passwords for users. This follows the standard procedure for adding and confirming passwords. After you have finished the configuration, click Add User. 123 SkyStream Networks Set Time 124 Set Time allows you to set the system time using the following format: Month Day hour minute Century Year (MMDDhhmmCCYY). For example, March 25, 2003 at 2:00:59 P.M should say (032514002003). After you have finished the configuration, click Set Time. Using the Web GUI Mediaplex-20 User Guide Diagnostics From Diagnostics you can view, upload, or clear Mediaplex log files. In addition, it provides utilities for pinging IP addresses, and generating a report for Technical Support. Log The Log option allows you to view the log files, upload the log files, or clear log files. Clear Log You can clear all the log files by clicking Yes. NOTE If you do not want to proceed, click Back on your browser. Upload Log The Upload Log page lets you select specific messages to upload. You can select the control layer for the SCM, TRM and MCM blades—Errors, Critical, Warning, Informational, and Notice options are available. Select the log files, and the destination to upload the files to using the radio button FTP Server or PCMCIA. For the FTP Server type the IP Address, User Name and Password. Click Apply. 125 SkyStream Networks NOTE Lines in the log also have links that give further information. Clicking an error type on a log message will activate a popup with an explanation of the message and recommended action. Utilities The Utilities Diagnostic page allows you to ping a designated IP address, generate and send a running configuration report to Skystream Technical Support. Ping Utility You can use the ping utility to check network nodes using standard ping parameters. 126 Using the Web GUI Mediaplex-20 User Guide Technical Support You can generate a current running configuration report to send to SkyStream Technical Support. Click OK. Show You may have to wait a few minutes for the information to appear. E-mail the Technical Support Information report from the Send page. NOTE The report is sent from the machine running the web browser, not the Mediaplex; make sure that the machine is properly configured for e-mail. 127 SkyStream Networks Send Enter the E-Mail Information and then click the Send button. Sender Name: Type your name here. Sender E-Mail Address: Type your e-mail address here. SMTP Server: Type the IP address of the SMTP server. Recipient Address: Type the e-mail address to send the information. Recipient CC Address: Type one additional address to send the information (optional). Subject Line: Type an additional description, if required. 128 Using the Web GUI Mediaplex-20 User Guide Chapter 4: Port Configuration and Statistics 129 SkyStream Networks Overview for Connecting Inputs to Outputs The Mediaplex can receive an MPEG/DVB Transport Stream from an input and has various choices for routing the Transport Stream to an output: As a program stream containing all table information needed by the program. ■ IP Traffic The traffic that the Mediaplex can encapsulate as MPE packets. The Mediaplex can receive IP data either from a Gigabit Ethernet interface or from an ATM interface. As an element stream containing the table information needed by the element stream. ■ As a PID ■ Stream Types SMD (SkyStream MPE Decapsulation) MPEG Transport Stream received through ASI In. The table below shows the type of stream that the Mediaplex can route via input and output ports. [L] indicates a logical port and [P] a physical port. The SMD logical port is dependant on the physical ASI In port; likewise, the SME logical port is dependant on the physical ASI Out. A Transport Stream (TS) via TCP In, UDP In, and File In can receive Data and Section packetization. SME (SkyStream MPE Encapsulation) Transport Stream sent out as IP over DVB through ASI Out. The user can send any Transport Stream input via any Transport Stream output. The shaded cells in the table show that ASI In can decapsulate IP Traffic via SMD; and ASI Out can encapsulate IP traffic via SME. In addition, the shaded cells for native ATM In and ATM Out logical ports have an association with the physical ATM submodule. VLAN (Virtual LAN) A logical subgroup within a local area network that is created via software rather than manually moving cables in the wiring closet. Streams Types Via Input Ports TCP [L] UDP [L] RTP [L] File [L] Data X X X Section X X X TS X X X X ASI [P] SMD [L] ATM [P] ATM [L] X X X IP Traffic VLAN [L] X X Stream Types Via Output Ports ASI [P] TS IP Traffic 130 SME [L] X X RTP [L] UDP [L] X X ATM [P] ATM[L] VLAN [L] X X X Port Configuration and Statistics Mediaplex-20 User Guide Overview of Logical Ports Structure You can cr eate or delete logi cal por ts. To cr eate a logi cal por t click Configuration>New Port. The details of the port creation vary dynamically according to the port type, see the diagram below: The general steps in creating a port are as follows: • First, select the Port Type: ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ • UDP In/Out ports receive/send data as the payload of UDP packets. You can receive or send these packets over the Gigabit Ethernet ports over the ASI In/Out (SMD/SME network interfaces) ports using IP over MPEG Transport packets (employing Multi-Protocol Encapsulation) or over ATM, using one of the IP over ATM encapsulations. RTP In/Out ports are similar to their UDP counterparts, but they employ the RTP protocol over UDP; the RTP payload receives/sends the data. RTP is supported over Gigabit Ethernet and over ATM, using one of the IP over ATM encapsulations. ATM In/Out ports receive/send data as AAL-5 PDUs. These are available only on ATM interfaces. File In ports spool the contents of a typically small file residing on the Mediaplex’s internal Flash or PCMCIA disks, through a previous data file download. TCP In ports receive the data over a TCP connection, coming either from the Gigabit Ethernet port or from TCP/IP over ATM. You must configure additional parameters depending on the type of port. However, one parameter is always present; that is, the port location (shown in the user interface as Input Blade or Output Blade). Ports always have an association with an MCM. The selection of the appropriate MCM is as follows: 131 SkyStream Networks ■ ■ ■ • ■ ■ 132 For UDP and RTP Out ports intended to output over Gigabit Ethernet ports select the MCM that contains the input port from which you will route content. For example, if you wish to route a program from an ASI input port in slot 3 to the Gigabit Ethernet, you must create the UDP Out (or RTP Out) port on MCM 3. For other input ports (i.e., UDP In/RTP In/TCP In intended to receive data from Gigabit Ethernet and File In ports), you should create them for the same MCM as their intended output to optimize performance. However, this is not a requirement for operation—any blade can host these ports. Packetizers convert the data received from an input port to a flow of transport packets suitable for further processing by the Mediaplex. There are three types of packetizers: ■ • For ports that input or output over ATM (either ATM In/Out ports or UDP ports that receive or send traffic over ATM), select the MCM that contains the desired ATM interface. Data Pipe: This packetizer complies with ETSI EN 301 192 section 4. Essentially, the received data becomes the payload of the transport packets. You can optionally configure this packetizer with a timeout; after the timeout, a partially-filled transport packet will contain an adaptation field to complete the payload. Section: This packetizer expects private section as defined by ISO/IEC 13818-1. It performs some section syntax checking. M2T: This packetizer is a “pass-through” for data that is already in MPEG-2 Transport packet format. Additionally, it checks sync bytes for correctness. Output Stream Configuration: All output ports provide the same configuration options in regards to the stream type. The two output types are MPEG and DVB. MPEG streams only have PAT and PMT; for DVB streams, you can add NIT, SDT and TDT. You can also enable or disable the CAT. Port Configuration and Statistics Mediaplex-20 User Guide Mediaplex-20 Interface Naming Convention There are two port types in Mediaplex: physical and logical. The discovery of physical ports occurs as part of initial submodule discovery; the user creates logical ports. The naming convention for physical ports (submodules) is as follows: PortTypeSlotNumber/UnitNumber. T he logical por t’s naming convention is: PortTypeSlotNumber/NumberUsed. SlotNumber The Mediaplex has 20 slots numbered from 1 to 20. UnitNumber and NumberUsed In physical ports, the unit number starts with 0. Each submodule slot on an MCM contains two unit numbers with a range from 0 to 7. In logical ports, the user assigns the number and has no range. MCM EXAMPLE You can have an MCM blade in slot 5 with one ASI input in submodule slot one, an Encoder in slot two, an ATM in slot three, and ASI output in slot four. Since each ASI submodule has two ports, you have two available interfaces; however, encoders and ATM submodules have only one interface per submodule. The following names for this blade would be as follows: ASIIn5/0 and ASIIn5/1, ENC5/2, ATM5/4, ASIOut5/6 and ASIOut5/7. The ASI input port creates a SMD (SkyStream MPE Decapsulation) interface. The SMD interface associated with ASIIn5/0 will be smd5/0 and the ASIIn5/1 will be smd5/1. The ASI output creates a SME (SkyStream MPE Encapsulation) interface. The SME interface attached to ASIOut5/6 will be sme5/6 and the ASIOut5/7 will be sme5/7. Additionally, the user can create UDP logical output port with unit number 0, and receive the name UDPOut5/0. Logical ports include: UDPIn/Out, RTPIn/Out, FileIn, and TCPIn. SCM EXAMPLE Each SCM blade has four Gigabit Ethernet interfaces: GE1, GE2, GE3 and GE4. TRM EXAMPLE You can have a TRM blade in slot 3 with one DSP submodule in each slot, there are four slots per blade and each submodule contains six ports. The following names for this blade would be as follows: Xrtr3/0, Xrtr3/1, Xrtr3/2, Xrtr3/3, Xrtr3/4, Xrtr3/5 (for the first slot), and so on—the last port on slot four is Xrtr3/ 23. 133 SkyStream Networks Configuration and Statistics This section describes the configuration and statistics for each of the available ports and is organized in the following way: 134 • • Creating Logical Ports • Data Type Packetizers ■ M2T Packetizer ■ Section Packetizer ■ Data Pipe Packetizer • Programs, Elements, and Streams List Statistics ■ Programs List ■ Elements List ■ Streams List • Real-time Monitoring ■ Installation of Java Plug-in ■ View Chart Button ■ Controls • Physical Input Ports ■ ASI In ■ Encoders • Transrater ■ Xrtr • Logical Output Ports ■ UDP Out ■ RTP Out ■ ATM Out • Physical Output Ports ■ ASI Out ■ Descriptors Logical Input Ports ■ TCP In ■ UDP In ■ RTP In ■ ATM In ■ File In Port Configuration and Statistics Mediaplex-20 User Guide Creating Logical Ports To create a new logical port select Configuration from the menu and select the first menu item New Port. This will display the Create Network Port page. Then select the port type from the drop-down menu. Port Type: UDP Out, UDP In, TCP In, RTP In, RTP Out, File In, ATM Out, and ATM In. NOTE If you do not have a physical ATM submodule installed in your chassis, you will not have the option to create an ATM In or ATM Out port. Once you select the Port Type, enter the appropriate information and click Create. NOTE The Data Type packetizer cannot be changed once the port is created. If you need to change it, delete the port and re-create it with the desired Data Type Packetizer. Port Number: Type applicable port number. Input Blade: Select the MCM blade you want to use. Interface/GE: Select the interface that receives IP traffic. Data Type: Select the data packetizer type you want to use: Data Pipe, Section, or M2T. 135 SkyStream Networks Logical Input Ports 136 Most logical input port configurations seen in this chapter use Gigabit Ethernet interfaces. However, when using Network Interface an additional Port Parameter displays for the ATM Port Association. For most examples, the M2T packetizer is the data type, which allows the user to select the input stream type as DVB or MPEG. Network input ports (UDP In, TCP In, and RTP In) receive their data from IP packets. In general terms, IP packets can have unicast or multicast destination addresses. For proper operation of the input port, you must exercise care to ensure the delivery of IP packets. In the case of unicast packets, this may impose additional requirements in the data source and in the network infrastructure surrounding the Mediaplex. See the following specific notes about each case: 1 Unicast traffic delivered over ATM: Send packets to the IP address assigned to the ATM interface, in the appropriate PVC. 2 Multicast traffic delivered over ATM: No special requirements. Mediaplex will join the specified group and will respond to IGMP group memberships requests. You must specify the appropriate PVC. NOTE Most Classical IP over ATM implementations do not support multicast (although the Mediaplex does), so this may not to work in Router Mode. 3 Unicast traffic delivered over Gigabit Ethernet: This is the most restrictive case. Each MCM has an internal backplane IP address, and unicast packets should go to this address. Moreover, the underlying network connected to the Mediaplex needs to route these packets properly. More specifically: ■ Configure the data source to send the traffic to the internal backplane IP address of the blade where the user created the port. This address is in the port statistics page. ■ Deliver the actual packets to one of the Mediaplex Gigabit Ethernet ports. You should configure this port as part of a VLAN. ■ Configure the IP address of one of the Gigabit Ethernet VLANs as the next-hop gateway for the blade IP address, either in the data source or in the router connected to that VLAN. ■ Blade IP addresses default to the 172.17.1.0/24 range, which is one of the private ranges defined in RFC 1918. If that conflicts with your network, you can reconfigure the backplane address. 4 Multicast traffic delivered over Gigabit Ethernet: One of the parameters in the port creation is the VLAN (only for UDP In and RTP In, since TCP In does not support multicast). The network infrastructure must deliver the multicast packets to any ports in the selected VLAN. The Mediaplex will respond to IGMP queries for the address. 5 Unicast traffic delivered over ASI: For UDPIn ports over ASI (i.e., ports receiving UDP packets carried over MPEG), you must send the packets to the IP address of the SMD interface associated with it. Also, the packet’s destination MAC address must match the interface’s MAC address, and you must configure the SMD interface to listen on the appropriate PID. 6 Multicast traffic delivered over ASI: Similar to the previous case, but without the need of matching the destination address. You must configure the SMD interface to listen on the appropriate PID. Other logical input ports include FILEIn (files present in the Mediaplex and spooled) and ATMIn (data received over Native ATM on AAL-5 PDUs). Port Configuration and Statistics Mediaplex-20 User Guide TCP In Configuration In this configuration, TCP In port uses the Gigabit Ethernet interface and the M2T packetizer. Selecting the M2T packetizer allows you to select the input stream type. DVB is the stream type, therefore additional parameters for parsing SDT and NIT are available. For details, see ASI In Configuration in the next section. Port Parameters Port Name: Shows the name and location of the interface. Port Type: Shows type of port. Packetizer: Shows packetizer being used. Configuration TCP In Description: Type additional description for this port. Port Number: Type port number. Transport Stream For parameters, see Data Type Packetizers in the next section, 137 SkyStream Networks If you select TCPIn over ATM there will not be any additional parameters to configure. See the following note for details. NOTE ON TCP IN PORTS OVER ATM: The TCPIn port supports operation over ATM. Since the TCP protocol itself does not support multicast operation, the TCPIn port over ATM will use whatever PVC is configured for unicast traffic for that particular physical port. The exact details of this operation are a function of the mode set for the ATM adapter (routed or bridged), as follows: —If the ATM adapter is in bridged mode, all TCP traffic will use the default PVC. Since the Mediaplex does not support the concept of a next-hop gateway in bridged mode, in practice this limits TCPIn external endpoints (i.e., data sources) to the subnet defined for the ATM adapter. —If the ATM adapter is in routed mode, the TCP traffic will use the ATM routing table. Packets will use whatever PVCs are defined to reach the destination subnetwork, or the default PVC if there is no specific route. TCP In Statistics To view the statistics for the TCP In port select the Statistics from the menu and select Ports. This will display the Summary Port List. Click the TCP In link to display a list of all TCP In ports, then select TCPIn17/0 to view this specific port. The configuration section describes most of the parameters that appear on the statistics page; however, the following statistic also displays: IP Address: Shows the target IP address to which you should direct the stream. 138 Port Configuration and Statistics Mediaplex-20 User Guide UDP In Configuration In this configuration, UDP In port uses the Gigabit Ethernet interface and the M2T packetizer. Selecting the M2T packetizer allows you to select the input stream type. DVB is the stream type, therefore additional parameters for parsing SDT and NIT are available. For details, see ASI In Configuration in the next section. After adding parameters, click Apply. Port Parameters The Port Parameters description is the same as TCP In. Configuration UDP In Description: Type applicable port name. Port Number: Type applicable port number. MULTICAST IP ADDRESS IP Address: Type the multicast IP address for the port, or enter 0.0.0.0 to restrict it to unicast traffic only. NOTE For unicast delivery the default value 0.0.0.0 is required. Once you have created this port you can locate the appropriate IP address to direct your data traffic from the port statistics screen. VLAN Name: Select the VLAN name, if applicable (not available using Network Interface, such as ATM). Transport Stream For packetizer parameters, see Data Type Packetizers in the next section. 139 SkyStream Networks If you select the network interface, you can choose ATM or SMD for the UDP In port. The following additional parameters will display: MULTICAST IP ADDRESS OVER ATM Multicast IP Address over ATM: Enter IP address of the selected multicast group, or 0.0.0.0 if you want only unicast reception. VPI: Enter the Virtual Path Identifier for the PVC to be used in this route. VCI: Enter the Virtual Circuit Identifier for the PVC to be used in this route. MULTICAST IP ADDRESS OVER SMD 140 Multicast IP Address over SMD: Enter IP address of the selected multicast group, or 0.0.0.0 if you want only unicast reception. Port Configuration and Statistics Mediaplex-20 User Guide UDP In Statistics To view the statistics for the UDP In port select the Statistics from the menu and select Ports. This will display the Summary Port List. Click the UDP In link to display a list of all UDP In ports, then select UDPIn5/0 to view this specific port. The configuration section describes most of the parameters that appear on the statistics page; however, the following statistic also displays: IP Address: Shows IP address of the blade. Use this address as the destination for unicast traffic. 141 SkyStream Networks RTP In Configuration RTP (Real-time Transport Protocol) An IP protocol that supports real-time transmission of voice and video. RTCP (RTP Control Protocol) A companion protocol to RTP that is used to maintain QoS. When creating the RTP In port, you will not have a Data Type to select, instead this port has a check box to Enable RTCP. The RTP port behaves differently than the other input ports: when you enter the Port Number, you must use an even number—the system will automatically create a control port using the odd number. RTP ports only accept Transport Streams. Enable RTCP: Select check box to enable RTCP. After completing the configuration, click the Create button. Configuration RTP In RTP Recv Port: Shows the receive port number entered at time of creation. RTP REPORT DESTINATION IP Address: Type IP address for destination server. Port Number: Type port number for destination. VLAN Name: Select the VLAN name, if applicable—not available when using a Network Interface, such as ATM. 142 RTP LINK RELIABILITY Link Reliability: Select None, Retransmission, or FEC from the drop-down box. Packets transmitted over an IP network may drop in transit for a variety of reasons. The RTP In/Out ports have provisions to try to recover from these packet losses. The provisions are as follows: None: No recovery provided. Retransmission: If the receiving port detects packet loss, it will request a retransmission. If the sender still has the original packet it will re-send. RTCP Negative Acknowledgement messages defined in the H.261 RTP profile, RFC 2032, request retransmission. FEC: The sender transmits additional packets used to reconstruct the lost data. The protocol used is the RTP Generic Profile for Forward Error Correction, RFC 2733. RECEIVED BUFFER SIZE Received Buffer Size: Type the received buffer size, range 1-100. Increase the buffer size if your network has jitter and packet loss. Port Configuration and Statistics Mediaplex-20 User Guide Transport Stream For parameters, see the next section: Data Type Packetizers—M2T Packetizer. If you select an ATM network interface for RTP In, the following parameters display: RTP Report Destination over ATM IP Address: Enter the destination IP address for the RTP reports. Port Number: Enter the port number. VPI: Enter the Virtual Path Identifier for the PVC used in this route. VCI: Enter the Virtual Circuit Identifier for the PVC used in this route. 143 SkyStream Networks RTP In Statistics RTP REPORT DESTINATION RTP LINK RELIABILITY RECEIVED BUFFER SIZE RTCP SOURCE INFORMATION RTP INPUT STATISTIC RTCP SENDER REPORT 144 To view the statistics for the RTP In port, select Statistics from the menu and then select Ports. This will display the Summary Port List. Click the RTP In link to display a list of all RTP In ports, then select RTPIn17/1 to view this specific port. RTP Recv Port: Shows the receive port number entered at time of creation. IP Address: Shows IP address of the receiver (user must specify this IP address to send unicast data to the Mediaplex). IP Address: Shows IP address of the destination server. Port Number: Shows the port number of the destination server. VLAN Name: Shows the VLAN name, if applicable—not available when using a Network Interface, such as ATM). Link Reliability: Shows the selected method as None, Retransmission, or FEC. Received Buffer Size: Shows the received buffer size. Shows sender information when the sender has RTCP enabled. The information contains CSRC number, Name, Email, Location, and Phone Number. Shows the CSRC number, Packets Received and the (high/low) sequence number of the last RTP packet. Shows the RTCP report which includes the CSRC number, Packet Count, Bytes Count and the Receive Time. Port Configuration and Statistics Mediaplex-20 User Guide ATM In Configuration When creating the native ATM In port, you must associate it with a physical Network Interface (ATM submodule). Port Parameters VCI: Gives Virtual Circuit Identifier for this route (ATM only). VPI: Gives Virtual Path Identifier for this route (ATM only). Transport Stream For packetizer parameters, see Data Type Packetizers in the next section. ATM In Statistics To view the statistics for the native ATM In port select the Statistics from the main menu and then select Ports. This will display the Summary Port List. Click the ATM In link to display a list of all ATM In ports, then select ATMIn17/1 to view this specific port. 145 SkyStream Networks File In Configuration Before you create the File In port, you must load your files on to the PCMCIA or the Flash using the Download Data File under the Configuration menu. Then you can view the Data Files by selecting Show Data File under the Statistics menu. You should copy the file name and location exactly as it appears so you can enter it into the File Name text box. After adding parameters, click Apply. Enable File Spooling: Enable to start the file spooling. File Name: Type the location and file name of the saved file. Bit Rate (bps): Specify the transmission bit rate required. Transport Stream For DVB Parsing parameters, see Data Type Packetizers in the next section. File In Statistics 146 To view the statistics for the File In port select the Statistics from the menu and then select Ports. This will display the Summary Port List. Click the FILE In link to display a list of all File In ports, then select FILEIn17/1 to view this specific port. Port Configuration and Statistics Mediaplex-20 User Guide Data Type Packetizers When you select the Data Type, the additional parameters in statistics depending upon your selection (M2T, Data Pipe, or Section) will be the same for each port. M2T Packetizer Selecting the Data Type as M2T for all input ports displays the following parameters. M2T Configuration When configuring M2T parameters select the input stream type from the dropdown list: MPEG, DVB, ATSC, or GI, then you can Enable CAT Parsing, if required. If you selected DVB as the input stream type, you can also Enable SDT Parsing and NIT Parsing. M2T Statistics If you have selected to enable parsing of CAT, SDT and NIT, and these tables are present in the incoming transport stream, you will see the following parameters: 147 SkyStream Networks Transport Stream Shows basic information on the Transport Stream. GI (General Instruments) refers to DigiCipher II (DCII): a proprietary MPEG-2 based distribution system developed originally by General Instruments prior to the completion of the DVB standard. Used by most cable channels in North America, it has a major presence in cable head-ends and is widely used in satellite turnaround applications for example, Comcast/AT&T “Head-end In The Sky” (HITS) systems. Transport Stream ID: Shows Transport Stream Identifier number. Input Stream Type: Shows the type of output stream: MPEG, DVB, ATSC or GI. If the input stream type is DVB, the additional parameters for SDT and NIT display. When selecting MPEG, ATSC, or GI as the input stream, only the CAT displays. Enable SDT Parsing: Shows SDT parsing enabled, Yes or No. Enable NIT Parsing: Shows NIT parsing enabled, Yes or No. If you enable NIT the following additional fields display: Network ID, Network Name, and Network Delivery Type (Satellite, Cable, Terrestrial). For details, see ASI In Statistics in the next section. Enable CAT Parsing: Shows CAT parsing enabled, Yes or No. CAT PARAMETERS Section Packetizer If you enable CAT the following additional fields display: CA System ID and EMM PID. Selecting the Data Type as Section displays the following parameters: Section Configuration When configuring Section parameters select the check box to enable section packing and set the section port PID in hexadecimal. Section Statistics If you enable Section Packing, you will see the following parameters: Section Packing: Shows section packing enabled (Yes or No). Section Port PID Value: Shows the PID number for section packing. SECTION PORT STATISTICS Data Events Dropped: Shows the number of data events dropped. Bytes Dropped: Shows the number of bytes dropped. Section Header Error: Shows the instances when there were errors in the section header. 148 Port Configuration and Statistics Mediaplex-20 User Guide Data Pipe Packetizer Selecting the Data Type as Data Pipe will display the following parameters: Data Pipe Configuration When configuring Data Pipe parameters enter the PID in hexadecimal, select the check box to enable a timeout, if required, and set the timeout value in milliseconds. Data Pipe Statistics If you enable a Data Pipe timeout, you will see the following parameters: Data Pipe PID Value: Shows the PID number for Data Pipe. Data Pipe Timeout Enable: Shows Data Pipe timeout enabled, Yes or No. Data Pipe Timeout Value (msec): Shows the timeout value in milliseconds. 149 SkyStream Networks Programs, Elements and Streams List Statistics Programs, Elements and Streams List parameters are the same for all input ports. Output port parameters differ slightly from input parameters. If a stream does not contain any Program parameters then the Program List will not display. This is also true for Element List and Stream List. The basic difference between input and output is that on the output only the option to create “user created” programs and elements is available. At the bottom of all the statistics pages there are three radio button options: Programs, Elements, and Streams. Click the Refresh button to update the list. Click the View Chart button to see a graphical representation of the stream; details of this feature are in the next section Real-Time Monitoring. Click the Descriptors button to view the descriptors. For more details, see Descriptors at the end of this chapter. Programs List Program Number: Provides the MPEG program identifier number. Name: Provides the name of the program (DVB). NOTE To see the program names, it is necessary to configure the Transport Stream as DVB and then enable SDT parsing. PMT PID: Provides the PMT PID number in hexadecimal format. Input: Lists the input port and program number (output ports only). Service Type: Provides the DVB service type. User Created: Shows ‘Yes’ for user created programs or ‘No’ for existing programs. 150 Port Configuration and Statistics Mediaplex-20 User Guide Elements List PID: Gives the element PID number. Program: Gives the associated MPEG number. Element Type: Gives the MPEG stream type. Input: Lists the input port and program number (output ports only). User Created: Shows ‘Yes’ for user created programs or ‘No’ for existing programs. N OT E F i el d s s ho w i ng “ N /A ” a r e n ot ap pl i c ab l e fo r MP E G a nd G I . T h e Programs/Elements/Streams list section only appears if they are present in the Transport Stream. 151 SkyStream Networks Streams List PID: Shows the stream PID number. Stream Type: Shows the MPEG stream type. Program Number: Shows the associated MPEG program number. Input: Lists the input port and program number (output ports only). Packets Processed: Gives the number of packets processed. Duplicate Packet: Gives the number of duplicate packets. Counter Errors: Provides the number of continuity counter errors. Bit Rate (b/s): Provides the instantaneous bit rate in bits per second. 152 Port Configuration and Statistics Mediaplex-20 User Guide Real-Time Monitoring Real-time monitoring is a graphical representation of the Transport Stream, which the user can view from Port Statistics. This feature uses a Java Plug-in that automatically launches when you click the View Chart button at the bottom of an applicable port statistics page. Installation of Java Plug-in The first installation window of the Java plug-in is a standard Security Warning connecting to Sun Microsystems for the download. Click Yes to continue. The next box shows the download in process and provides the status of the download. NOTE If a network error message displays, then the Sun Microsystems network may be down or your connection to the internet is not available. Wait and try again later. Continue the installation by following the wizard... 153 SkyStream Networks View Chart Button The View Chart button will open a window for the designated input or output port. The window will automatically show the maximum image depending on the range, unless it is manually changed. The following window is a UDPOut port in Program View. The two panes, one for the input stream and the other for the output stream, shows that a transrater has adjusted the output for the audio stream by applying a maximum bit rate of 3 Mbit/s. In this example, only a bar chart is available. NOTE In this example, the name of the program is displayed on the y-axis. The stream type and color designations are in the legend pane. 154 Port Configuration and Statistics Mediaplex-20 User Guide Controls Depending on the stream or program, the chart’s other controls are available by right-clicking the chart. View View displays the data as a bar chart, line chart or pie chart. Bar Chart in Stream View x-axis: Bit rate in megabits per second y-axis: PID number of streams and bit rate in megabits per second 155 SkyStream Networks Line Chart in Stream View x-axis: Time in seconds y-axis: Bit rate in megabits per second Legend Pane: PID number (in hexadecimal) and color designations identify streams NOTE In Program View the names of the programs are shown. 156 Port Configuration and Statistics Mediaplex-20 User Guide Pie Chart in Stream View Segments: Major segments show PID number (in hexadecimal) and bit rate in megabits per second. Smaller segments display as color only. Legend Pane: PID numbers (in hexadecimal) and color designations identify streams 157 SkyStream Networks Scale Scale displays the charts at different ratios: 1:1, 1:2, 1:4, 1:8; and also refines the scale by adding or subtracting increments from 1 to 10. Type Selecting Type lets you display either a program view or stream view of the chart. Sample Sample controls the time in seconds that the information displays within the chart, with a latency of 1 second to 60 seconds. 158 Port Configuration and Statistics Mediaplex-20 User Guide Physical Input Ports The physical input ports are the submodules installed on the MCM blades and Mediaplex currently has two: the ASI In and the Encoders. NOTE The physical Network ATM port configuration and statistics can be found in Chapter 3: Using the Web GUI. ASI In Configuration The ASI In Configuration page allows you to configure ASI In Interfaces. Since this is a physical device, you do not create this port the same way as logical input ports. Select Configuration from the menu. You can find the ASI In configuration page under either Ports or the MCM blade. After completing the configuration, click Apply. Description: Type addition information. GI (General Instruments) refers to DigiCipher II (DCII): a proprietary MPEG-2 based distribution system developed originally by General Instruments prior to the completion of the DVB standard. Used by most cable channels in North America, it has a major presence in cable head-ends and is widely used in satellite turnaround applications via “Headend In The Sky” (HITS) systems. Channel Active: Select the active channel, either Input A or Input B. Transport Stream Input Stream Type: Select from the following: MPEG, DVB, ATSC, or GI. Selecting DVB gives you two additional check boxes to enable SDT and NIT parsing. Enable SDT Parsing: Select for SDT parsing. Enable NIT Parsing: Select for NIT parsing. Enable CAT Parsing: Select for CAT parsing. 159 SkyStream Networks ASI In Statistics To view the statistics for the ASI In select Statistics from the menu and then select Ports. This will display the Summary Port List. Click the ASI In link to display a list of all ASI In ports, then select ASIIn17/4 to view this specific port. Click the Reset Service button to refresh the page. 160 Port Configuration and Statistics Mediaplex-20 User Guide Interface ASI In Description: Gives an additional description. Channel Active: Gives the channel that is active, either Input A or Input B. Packet Size: Shows the detected packet size, either 188 or 204-byte packets. Sync: Shows an active submodule (In Sync): “No Signal” means there may be a disconnection. Firmware Version: Shows firmware version for the main processor. Transport Stream The Transport Stream section is always present for ASI In port. Transport Stream ID: Gives the MPEG Transport Stream Identifier number. Input Stream Type: Gives the type of input Transport Stream (MPEG, DVB, ATSC, or GI). Enable SDT Parsing: Shows SDT Parsing enabled, Yes or No (DVB only). Enable NIT Parsing: Shows NIT Parsing enabled, Yes or No (DVB only). If you enable NIT parsing, the following parameters display: Network ID: Shows the Network ID. Network Name: Shows the name of the Network. Network Delivery Type: Shows the type of delivery: Cable, Satellite, and Terrestrial. SATELLITE DELIVERY If the delivery is via satellite, the following information will appear: Frequency (GHz): Gives the RF feed frequency. Orbital Position (Degrees): Gives the satellite orbital position in degrees. West or East: Gives the satellite direction. Polarization: Gives the signal polarization: Linear-Horizontal, Linear-Vertical, Circular-Left or Circular-Right. Modulation: Gives the type of modulation: QPSK. Symbol Rate (Msymbols/s): Gives the symbol rate in megasymbols per second. FEC Inner: Gives the Inner Forward Error Correction rate: 1/2, 2/3, 3/4, 5/6, or 7/8. NOTE See UDP Out Configuration for other delivery systems. Enable CAT Parsing: Shows CAT parsing enabled, Yes or No. CAT PARAMETERS If you enable CAT the additional fields display: CA System ID and EMM PID. 161 SkyStream Networks Encoders Encoder General Configuration 162 The Mediaplex has two encoder models available and depending on which encoder is on the MCM, either the standard or the plus version, will determine which screens display. If you have a plus version of the encoder, you will have an additional button labeled Audio. This provides the additional audio plus configuration parameters. Both encoders have the Advanced button with the identical configuration parameters. The Encoder General Configuration page allows you to configure Encoder interfaces. Since this is a physical device, you do not create this port the same way as logical input ports. Select Configuration from the menu. You can find the ENC configuration page under either Ports or the appropriate MCM blade. Port Configuration and Statistics Mediaplex-20 User Guide You can also configure advanced parameters by clicking the Advanced button. After you have finished the configuration, click Apply. Encoder General Configuration PAL (Phase Alternating Line) A popular European and Asian color TV standard that was developed in Germany. NTSC (National TV Standards Committee) A color TV standard that was developed in the U.S. Administered by the FCC. CBR (Constant Bit Rate) A stream with constant long term bit rate. These streams may only vary within a very narrow range. VBR (Variable Bit Rate) A stream with varying short-term and long term bit rate. The bit rate of the stream can vary randomly within a well-defined range. ANALOG AUDIO GAIN Description: Type an additional description, if desired. Encoding Started: Select check box to enable encoder operation. Video Format: Select type of video format: NTSC or PAL Video Resolution: Select video resolution in NTSC and PAL from the following: 720x480(NTSC):576(PAL), 704x480(NTSC):576(PAL), 640x480(NTSC):576(PAL), 544x480(NTSC):576(PAL), 480x480(NTSC):576(PAL), 352x480(NTSC):576(PAL), 528x480(NTSC):576(PAL). Encoding Method: Select encoding method as VBR or CBR. NOTE If VBR is selected, choose an average bit rate and a peak bit rate. If CBR is selected, it is only necessary to specify a bit rate. Video Bit Rate (bps): Enter the bit rate in bits per second. VBR Peak Bit Rate (bps): Enter the VBR Peak bit rate in bits per second. Encoder Input Select: Select the encoder input as S-Video, composite channel1, composite channel-2, or SDI (Digital Video). Audio Data Rate (kbps): Select the current audio data rate 128, 160, 192, 224, or 256. Audio Output Mode: Select the current audio output mode Stereo, Dual, or Mono. Audio Sample Rate (kHz): Select the current audio sampling rate as 44.1, 48, or 32. Enable Audio Booster: Select check box to enable audio booster. It provides +20 dB gain on left/right channels. NOTE By default the Left and Right Channel Gain is set to 3dB. If you select Enable Audio Booster, the level will jump to +23dB. When using unbalanced inputs, the gain range is reduced to -96dB to 0. Left Channel Gain: Type a value for left channel gain (range -96dB to +12dB). Right Channel Gain: Type a value for right channel gain (range -96dB to +12dB). CAUTION Audio booster and gain control settings are very sensitive. If entered incorrectly, it may cause audio clipping as well as quality distortion. EMBEDDED AUDIO SETTINGS Use Embedded Audio: Select to extract embedded audio from the SDI video. Embedded Audio Group: Select from the following audio groups: Group-1, Group-2, Group-3, or Group-4. Embedded Audio Channel: Select either Stereo Pair 1 or Stereo Pair 2. Enabling Service Information: If you select Service Information, you must configure the following boxes: Service Name: Enter service name. Service Provider Name: Enter service provider name. Service Type: Select from the following: Reserved, Digital television service, Digital radio sound television, Teletext service, NVOD reference service, NVOD time-shifted service, Mosaic service, PAL coded signal, SECAM coded signal, D/D2MAC, FM radio, NTSC coded signal, Data broadcast service, Reserved, RCS map, RCS FLS, DVB MHP service, and User Defined. Original Network ID: Enter original network identifier. 163 SkyStream Networks Encoder General Statistics The Encoder General Statistics page provides encoder information to view the statistics for the Encoder. Select Statistics from the menu and select Ports. This will display the Summary Port List. Click the ENC link to display a list of all ENC ports, then select ENC5/4 to view this specific port. The general encoder parameters for statistics are identical to the configuration, except for the following two parameters: Encoder Firmware Version: Shows the firmware version. Video Input Connected: Shows if there is a video signal detected on the selected port, Yes or No. Click the Reset Service button to refresh the information. The Advanced button displays filter and threshold information. 164 Port Configuration and Statistics Mediaplex-20 User Guide Encoder Plus General Configuration The Encoder Plus General Configuration page allows you to configure Encoder interfaces. Since this is a physical device, you do not create this port the same way as logical input ports. Select Configuration from the menu. You can find the ENC configuration page under either Ports or the appropriate MCM blade. To configure either MPEG-1 Layer 2 or Dolby Digital (AC-3) audio parameters click the Audio button. See the next section for details. You can also configure advanced parameters by clicking the Advanced button. After completing the configuration, click Apply. 165 SkyStream Networks Encoder Plus General Configuration PAL (Phase Alternating Line) A popular European and Asian color TV standard that was developed in Germany. Description: Type an additional description, if desired. NTSC (National TV Standards Committee) A color TV standard that was developed in the U.S. Administered by the FCC. Video Resolution: Select video resolution in NTSC and PAL from the following: 720x480(NTSC):576(PAL), 704x480(NTSC):576(PAL), 640x480(NTSC):576(PAL), 544x480(NTSC):576(PAL), 480x480(NTSC):576(PAL), 352x480(NTSC):576(PAL), 528x480(NTSC):576(PAL). CBR (Constant Bit Rate) A stream with constant long term bit rate. These streams may only vary within a very narrow range. Encoding Method: Select encoding method as VBR or CBR. VBR (Variable Bit Rate) A stream with varying short-term and long term bit rate. The bit rate of the stream can vary randomly within a well-defined range. Encoder Started: Select check box to enable encoder operation. Video Format: Select type of video format: NTSC or PAL NOTE If VBR is selected, choose an average bit rate and a peak bit rate. If CBR is selected, it is only necessary to specify a bit rate. Video Bit Rate (bps): Enter the bit rate in bits per second. VBR Peak Bit Rate (bps): Enter the VBR Peak bit rate in bits per second. Encoder Input Select: Select the encoder input as S-Video, composite channel1, composite channel-2, or SDI (Digital Video). Enabling Service Information: If you select Service Information, you must configure the following boxes: Service Name: Enter service name. Service Provider Name: Enter service provider name. Service Type: Select from the following: Reserved, Digital television service, Digital radio sound television, Teletext service, NVOD reference service, NVOD timeshifted service, Mosaic service, PAL coded signal, SECAM coded signal, D/D2-MAC, FM radio, NTSC coded signal, Data broadcast service, Reserved, RCS map, RCS FLS, DVB MHP service, and User Defined. Original Network ID: Enter original network identifier. 166 Port Configuration and Statistics Mediaplex-20 User Guide Encoder Plus General Statistics The Encoder General Statistics page provides encoder information to view the statistics for the Encoder. Select Statistics from the menu and select Ports. This will display the Summary Port List. Click the ENC link to display a list of all ENC ports, then select ENC17/0 to view this specific port. The general encoder parameters for statistics are identical to the configuration, except for the following two parameters: Encoder Firmware Version: Shows the firmware version. Video Input Connected: Shows if there is a video signal detected on the selected port, Yes or No. Click the Reset Service button to refresh the information. The Advanced button displays filter and threshold information. Click the Audio button and the Encoder Plus Audio page will display. Select the audio encoding method, either MPEG-1 Layer 2 or Dolby Digital (AC-3). 167 SkyStream Networks Encoder Plus MPEG-1 Layer 2 Audio Configuration 168 After completing the configuration, click Apply. Then click General to return to the Encoder General Configuration page. Port Configuration and Statistics Mediaplex-20 User Guide Encoder Plus MPEG-1 Layer 2 Audio Configuration NOTE When both audio Channels are activated and the Input Cable is unbalanced or balanced, the audio Sample Rate for both channels must be set to the same value (44.1, 48, or 32 kHz). Channel 1 or 2 active: Select the check box to activate channel 1 or 2. Audio Input: Select the radio button to indicate the input: Input Cable or SDI. NOTE When selecting SDI, or if your Input Cable is AES, the audio encoder sample rate must match the incoming embedded audio sample rate. In most cases the SDI sample rate is 48 kHz. Audio Encoding Method: Select the radio button to indicate the encoding method: MPEG-1 Layer 2 or Dolby Digital (AC-3). MPEG-1 LAYER 2 CH 1 Sample Rate (kHz): Select the current audio sampling rate as 44.1, 48, or 32 kilo hertz. Data Rate (kbps): Select the current audio data rate 32, 48, 56, 64, 80, 96, 112, 128, 160, 192, 224, 256, 320, or 384. Audio Mode: Select the audio mode as: Stereo, Joint, Dual, or Mono. NOTE The Data Rate must be a valid setting for the Audio Mode selection. For example, the data rate of 32, 48, 56, and 80 are for Mono mode only. ANALOG AUDIO GAIN Enable Audio Booster: Select check box to enable audio booster. It provides +20 dB gain on left/right channels. NOTE By default the Left and Right Channel Gain is set to 3dB. If you select Enable Audio Booster, the level will jump to +23dB. When using unbalanced inputs, the gain range is reduced to -96dB to 0. Left Channel Gain: Type a value for left channel gain. Right Channel Gain: Type a value for right channel gain. CAUTION Audio booster and gain control settings are very sensitive. If entered incorrectly, it may cause audio clipping as well as quality deterioration. Embedded Audio Group: Select from the following audio groups: Group-1, Group-2, Group-3, or Group-4. Embedded Audio Channel: Select either Stereo Pair 1 or Stereo Pair 2. 169 SkyStream Networks Encoder Plus MPEG-1 Layer 2 Audio Statistics The Encoder Audio Statistics page provides MPEG-1 Layer 2 audio encoder information. Select Statistics from the menu and select Ports. This will display the Summary Port List. Click the ENC link to display a list of all ENC ports, then select ENC17/0 to view this specific port. The audio encoder parameters for statistics are identical to the configuration. Click the Reset Service button to refresh the information. The Advanced button displays filter and threshold information. 170 Port Configuration and Statistics Mediaplex-20 User Guide Encoder Plus Dolby Digital (AC-3) Audio Configuration The encoder plus can have two audio channels configured separately. Select the Channel 1 or Channel 2 tab. After completing the configuration, click Apply, and then click General to return to the Encoder General Configuration page. See the License and Warranty section in the front of this user guide for Dolby Digital trademark licensing information. 171 SkyStream Networks NOTE A license key is required to enable Dolby Digital (AC-3) audio encoding. This key must be purchased from SkyStream and is unique to each chassis. Encoder Plus Dolby Digital (AC-3) Audio Configuration Channel 1 or 2 active: Select the check box to activate channel 1 or 2. NOTE When both audio Channels are activated and the Input Cable is unbalanced or balanced, the audio Sample Rate for both channels must be set to the same value (44.1, 48, or 32 kHz). Audio Input: Select the radio button to indicate the input: Input Cable or SDI. NOTE When selecting SDI, or if your Input Cable is AES, the audio encoder sample rate must match the incoming embedded audio sample rate. In most cases the SDI sample rate is 48 kHz. DOLBY DIGITAL AUDIO SERVICE CONFIG CH 1 DOLBY DIGITAL BITSTREAM INFO CH 1 DOLBY DIGITAL PCM PREPROCESSING CH 1 ANALOG AUDIO GAIN Audio Encoding Method: Select the radio button to indicate the encoding method: MPEG-1 Layer 2 or Dolby Digital (AC-3). Sample Rate (kHz): Select the current audio sampling rate as 44.1, 48, or 32. Audio Coding Mode: Select the radio button to indicate coding as: 1/0: C or 2/0: L, R (2/0:L,R selection enables Dolby Surround Mode parameters) Data Rate 2_0 (kbps): Select the current audio data rate 96, 112, 128, 160, 192, 224, 256, 320, 384, 448, 512, 576, or 640. If you selected 1/0:C as the Audio Coding Mode, you will have the additional data rates of 56, 64, and 80. Bitstream Mode: Select mode as: Complete Main, Music and Effects, Visually Impaired, Hearing Impaired, Dialogue, Commentary, Emergency, or Voice-over/Karaoke. Dialog Normalization (dB): Type a decibel value—Range -31dB to -1 dB Dolby Surround Mode: Select Not Indicated, Not Surround Encoded, or Surround Encoded. Audio Production Info Exists: Select radio button to enable or disable (Off or On). (Selecting ‘On’ enables Mix Level and Room Type parameters) Mix Level (dB): Enter the mix level value in decibel—Range 80 dB to 111dB Room Type: Select Not Indicated, Small Room, or Large Room Copyright: Select radio button to enable or disable (Off or On). Original Bitstream: Select radio button to enable or disable (Off or On). Digital De-emphasis: Select Auto, On, or Off DC High-Pass Filter: Select radio button to enable or disable (Off or On). Bandwidth Low-Pass Filter: Select radio button to enable or disable (Off or On). RF Overmodulation Protection: Select radio button to enable or disable (Off or On). Dynamic Range Profile: Select None, Film Standard, Film Light, Music Standard, Music Light, or Speech. Compression Profile: Select None, Film Standard, Film Light, Music Standard, Music Light, or Speech. Enable Audio Booster: Select check box to enable audio booster. It provides +20 dB gain on left/right channels. NOTE By default the Left and Right Channel Gain is set to 3dB. If you select Enable Audio Booster, the level will jump to +23dB. When using unbalanced inputs the gain range is reduced to -96dB to 0. Left Channel Gain: Type a value for left channel gain. Right Channel Gain: Type a value for right channel gain. CAUTION Audio booster and gain control settings are very sensitive. If entered incorrectly, it may cause audio clipping as well as quality deterioration. Embedded Audio Group: Select from the following audio groups: Group-1, Group-2, Group-3, or Group-4. Embedded Audio Channel: Select either Stereo Pair 1 or Stereo Pair 2. 172 Port Configuration and Statistics Mediaplex-20 User Guide Encoder Plus Dolby Digital (AC-3) Audio Statistics The Encoder Audio Statistics page provides dolby audio encoder information to view the statistics for the Encoder. Select Statistics from the menu and select Ports. This will display the Summary Port List. Click the ENC link to display a list of all ENC ports, then select ENC17/0 to view this specific port. The audio encoder parameters for statistics are identical to the configuration, except that the bootloader and audio encoder firmware versions are also displayed. Click the Reset Service button to refresh the information. The Advanced button displays filter and threshold information. 173 SkyStream Networks Encoder Advanced Configuration 174 The Advanced parameters are identical for both encoders. After completing the configuration, click Apply. Then click General to return to the Encoder or Encoder Plus General Configuration page. Click Set Default to return to default settings. Port Configuration and Statistics Mediaplex-20 User Guide Encoder Advanced Configuration GOP Size: Type value for Group of Pictures (range is 6 to 30). Enable Video AGC: Select check box ANALOG VIDEO PRE PROCESSING NOTE Normally, you should leave Video AGC enable. However, if the input signal is noisy, the luminance may fluctuate. In this case, disable Video AGC and set the gain manually. L um i na n ce F i l t e r Co nt r o l : Se l e c t f r o m t h e f o l l ow i n g : Res o l u t i o n Enhancement Filter 1.6, 2.3, 3.0, 4.1, 5.1, 6.8, or 8.0 dB; Plain Response; or Low Pass Filter 2, 3, 4, 8, 14 dB. Chrominance Gain Control: Type a value (0-127) where ‘0’ is auto mode Brightness Control: Type a value (0-255) Contrast Control: Type a value (0-127) Chrominance Saturation: Type a value (0-127) SCALER PREFILTER SETTINGS Chrominance Hue: Type a value (0-360) Prefilter Luminance Control: Select from the following values: Luminance FIR Bypassed, FIR Filter Low, FIR Filter Medium, or FIR Filter High. Prefilter Chrominance Control: Select from the following values: Luminance FIR Bypassed, FIR Filter Low, FIR Filter Medium, or FIR Filter High. Prescaler Brightness Gain: Type a value (0-255) FIR (Finite Impulse Response) A digital filter technique applied to process video images. Prescaler Contrast Gain: Type a value (0-255) Prescaler Saturation Gain: Type a value (0-255) Spatial Filter Auto Mode: Select to enable. Temporal Filter Auto Mode: Select to enable. Median Filter Type: Select from the following values: Disabled, Horizontal, Vertical, Horizontal/Vertical, or Diagonal. Luminance High Threshold: Type a value between 0 and 255 for maximum luminosity (brightness). Luminance Low Threshold: Type a value between 0 and 255 for minimum luminosity. Chrominance High Threshold: Type a value between 0 and 255 for maximum chromaticity (color). Chrominance Low Threshold: Type a value between 0 and 255 for minimum chromaticity. Encoder Audio PID: Type the audio PID number as a hexadecimal. Encoder Video PID: Type the video PID number as a hexadecimal. Encoder PCR PID: Type the PCR PID number as a hexadecimal. Encoder PMT PID: Type the PMT PID number as a hexadecimal. Encoder Program Number: Type the program number. Encoder Audio Type: Select the MPEG1 Audio or MPEG2 Audio radio button. 175 SkyStream Networks Encoder Advanced Statistics T he a d van ce d en c od e r pa r am et er s f o r s ta ti s t ic s a r e i d en t ic al t o th e configuration. Click General to return to Encoder General Statistics. 176 Port Configuration and Statistics Mediaplex-20 User Guide Description of Advanced Encoder Settings Analog Decoder Preprocessing Control GOP Size This parameter specifies the number of frames (pictures) in a GOP (Group of Pictures). A typical GOP structure starts with an I-frame and ends with a Bframe with a frame sequence like IBBPBBPBBPBBPBB. A bigger GOP size in slow motion pictures may give better quality at lower bit rates. This value increments by three with a range of 6 to 30 frames; the default is 15. These parameters provide complete control over video processing for input analog video using composite and Y/C input channels. Luminance Filter Control Y/C: A shorthand term used for luminance (Y) and chrominance (C). Also used to describe SVideo, which implies the separation of the luminance and chrominance parts of a video. CVBS (Composite Video Blanking Sync): This video signal has the color, luminance and synchronization information all combined into one. This is the sharpness control and allows you to select the correct luminance filter characteristics. The encoder supports a variety of filters to provide the most flexibility to get the best image sharpness at different frequency ranges. There are three basic types of filters: ■ ■ ■ dB: Decibel, a logarithmic unit used to describe a ratio. Luminance Peaking Filter: These filters allow the resolution enhancements peaking at 4.1 MHz. You can choose from the following gain levels: 8.0/6.8/5.1/4.1/3.0/2.3/1.6 dB. Plain Response: Select this option disable any luminance gain/reduction. Low Pass Filter: The low pass filters can reduce the luminance for the range of frequencies. Five filters reduce luminance with maximum reduction at 4.1 MHz. The supported reduction levels are 2.0/3.0/4.0/8.0/ 14.0 dB. Chrominance Gain Control You can control the gain on the color component of analog CVBS or Y/C video. The range is 0-63 (0.5 dB to 7.5 dB) on logarithmic scale where 36 represents the gain of 1.125 dB and 63 represents 7.5 dB gain. Zero (0) is the default and sets the analog decoder chip to automatically control the gain. Brightness Control The range of 0-255 represents dark to complete brightness. The resolution of brightness changes with respect to the full luminance range. The default is ITU601/656 recommended value of 128. Contrast Control This parameter controls the luminance contrast gain for input analog video. The value multiplied by the luminance value provides contrast adjustment. Contrast is the luminance gain. The provided range is 0-127 where: ■ 0 represents no-luminance gain ■ 63 represents gain of 1.0 dB ■ 67 default- ITU-601/656 recommended value of 1.063 dB ■ 127 represents maximum gain of 1.984 dB 177 SkyStream Networks Chrominance Saturation Chrominance (U): A color difference signal constructed by subtracting the blue from the Y (luminance). Chrominance (V): A color difference signal constructed by subtracting the red from the Y (luminance). Scaler Prefilter Controls SDI (Serial Digital Interface): Used to transport digital component video. Chrominance saturation ranges from 0 to 1.984 dB with default at 1 (ITU-601/ 656). The saturation is the Chrominance (U) and Chrominance (V) gain. You can use this value to add a gain adjustment to the U and V components of the input video signal. Both U and V components adjust by the same amounts. Chrominance Hue Chrominance Hue ranges from 0-360 and internally maps to -180 to +178.6 with the default set to 0. The hue adjustment involves the addition of a number, in two’s complement format, to the demodulating sub-carrier phase. These parameters provide complete control over the processing required for downscale of video input. You can adjust the settings for both analog video input and digital video input (SDI). The prescaling function inside the encoder consists of an FIR (Finite Impulse Response) anti-alias filter stage and an integer prescaler, which creates an adaptive prescale dependent low-pass filter to balance sharpness and aliasing effects. The FIR prefilter stage implements different low-pass characteristics to reduce alias for downscale in the range of 1 to 1 ½. Prefilter Luminance Control This parameter controls the low-pass FIR filter characteristics for luminance component for anti-aliasing purposes. There are four different characteristics to choose from: 1 Bypass: To completely bypass the FIR filter. 2 Low: For a smooth response over the spectrum. This filter provides 12 dB reduction at 4.75 MHz. 3 Medium: This filter provides 12 dB reduction at 3.5 MHz. 4 High: This filter provides 12 dB reduction at 2.75 MHz. Prefilter Chrominance Control T his parameter controls the low-pass FIR filter characteristics for the chrominance component for anti-aliasing purposes. There are four different characteristics to choose from: 1 Bypass: To completely bypass the FIR filter. 2 Low: For a smooth response over the spectrum. This filter provides 12 dB reduction at 2.25 MHz. 3 Medium: This filter provides 12 dB reduction at 1.5 MHz. 4 High: This filter provides 12 dB reduction at 1.25 MHz. 178 Port Configuration and Statistics Mediaplex-20 User Guide Prescaler Brightness Gain This parameter controls luminance brightness of input digital video or analog video before scaling. The range of 0-255 represents dark to complete brightness. The resolution of brightness changes with respect to the full luminance range. The default is the ITU-601/656 recommended value of 128. Prescaler Contrast Gain This parameter controls the luminance contrast gain factor for input digital video or analog video before scaling. The value you specify here, divided by 64 gives the multiplier gain factor for the output contrast. The provided range is 0127. Prescaler Saturation Gain This parameter controls the chrominance saturation gain factor for input of digital video or analog video before scaling. The value you specify here, divided by 64 gives the multiplier gain factor for the output saturation value. The provided range is 0-127. Noise Reduction Filters There is a built-in noise reduction engine, just before the compression step, used for analog as well as digital video inputs. These noise reduction filters can greatly improve the efficiency of compression as they can utilize the bandwidth for higher quality rather than encoding undesired noise. Notes on Spatial Linear Filter This filter can be either in static or dynamic mode. You can set the filter into static mode to directly control the filter level. Moreover, you can set the filter to one dimensional or bi-directional for both the luma and chroma components separately. Spatial filter analyzes the surrounding picture content and can remove impulse (or speckle noise) within content. Notes on Spatial Median Filter This filter selects a median value of the luma and chroma separately to replace the original value. The search window can be horizontal, vertical, both horizontal and vertical, or diagonal. You can set some coring values to both luma and chroma separately. Notes on Temporal Filter This filter can also be static or dynamic. You can set this to static mode to control the filter level directly. The temporal noise filters exploit the temporal redundancy of progressive video frames and the image is effectively averaged across multiple frames such that the noise is averaged out. Temporal filtering can be especially effective for pictures, which have little motion. 179 SkyStream Networks Spatial Filter Auto Mode The default setting for spatial linear filter is dynamic (automatic). To control the filter level statically, you should deselect this box. Spatial Filter Level Once you change the spatial filter mode to static (non-automatic) this field will appear, and you should set the filter level between 0-15. Temporal Filter Auto Mode The default setting for temporal filter is dynamic (automatic). To control the filter level statically, you should deselect this box. Temporal Filter Level Once, you change the temporal filter mode to static (non-automatic), this field will appear, and you should set the filter level between 0-31. Median Filter Type This parameter controls the spatial median filter settings. You can select one of the following options: High and Low Threshold Settings ■ Disabled: Spatial median filter disabled. ■ Horizontal: Search window is horizontal. ■ Vertical: Search window is vertical. ■ Horizontal and Vertical: Search window is both horizontal and vertical. ■ Diagonal: Search window is diagonal. The values set for the high and low fields listed below work in conjunction with each other. For example, a high setting of 150 enables 150-255 and a low setting of 100 enables 0-100 therefore the values 100-150 are filtered out. Luminance High Threshold This controls the threshold above which median filter enables luminance. This will range between 0-255 with default to 0. Luminance Low Threshold This controls the threshold below which median filter enables luminance. This will range between 0-255 with default to 255. Chrominance High Threshold This controls the threshold above which median filter enables chrominance. This will range between 0-255 with default to 0. Chrominance Low Threshold This controls the threshold below which median filter enables chrominance. This will range between 0-255 with default to 255. 180 Port Configuration and Statistics Mediaplex-20 User Guide Encoder Audio PID This is the PID used to carry the audio stream for the encoded program. Encoder Video PID This is the PID used to carry the video stream for the encoded program. Encoder PCR PID This is the PID used to carry PCR information for the encoded program. Encoder PMT PID This is the PID used to carry the PMT for the encoded program. Encoder Program Number This is the program number that identifies the encoded program. Encoder Audio Type This is the MPEG audio stream type (either MPEG-1 or MPEG-2) indicated in the PMT for the audio stream. NOTE The real-time MPEG encoder Plus supports 2 audio channels. There will be up to 2 sets of Audio PIDs and Audio Type parameters that appear. However, the Audio Type parameters will not appear if Dolby Digital (AC-3) is selected; this parameter only applies to MPEG-1 Layer 2 audio. 181 SkyStream Networks Transrater The Xrtr port is one of six ports on a DSP submodule installed on the TRM blades. Xrtr Configuration The Xrtr Configuration page allows you to configure the Transrater DSP. Since this is a physical device, you do not create this port in the same way as logical ports. Select Configuration from the menu. You can find the Xrtr configuration page under either Ports or the TRM blade. After completing the configuration, click Apply. Configuration Xrtr Description: Type an added description, if required. Bit Rate (bps): Type the desired bit rate as bit per second. Strict CBR: Select one of the following values from the drop-down list: Disabled, NULL packets, or Video packets. By disabling strict CBR, the transrater will guarantee that the outgoing bit rate never exceeds the configured bit rate, but it may fall under. The output stream is still VBR, but capped. If you set strict CBR to Video Packets or NULL Packets, the padded stream will become a CBR stream. The padding consist of NULL packets or empty Video packets (i.e., packets in the video PID). The intension of Strict CBR is to create streams for video servers that require CBR operation. Since some video servers strip NULL packets, Mediaplex offers padding in the video PID as well. Video PID to Transrate: Type the video PID in hexadecimal format for a stream route and 0 to auto-detect the video PID of a program route. 182 Port Configuration and Statistics Mediaplex-20 User Guide Xrtr Statistics To view the statistics for the Transrater port select Statistics from the menu and select Ports. This will display the Summary Port List. Click the Xrtr link to display a list of all Xrtr ports, then select Xrtr3/2 to view this specific port. 183 SkyStream Networks Logical Output Ports Logical output ports always have an association. If the intention of this port is to output over Gigabit Ethernet, its logical association is with an input port (UDP In, RTP In, TCP In, ASI In, File In, ATM In or Encoder). This logical association gives a “limit” to the Mediaplex as to which input port will provide the data for routing so that the Mediaplex can optimize its internal routing. If the intention of this port is to output over ATM, then its logical association is with the particular ATM submodule it will use—these ports have no input restrictions. ATM Out ports are an exception in the sense that they always have an association with an ATM submodule. For the remainder of this section, the examples use ports with a Gigabit Ethernet output and an ASI In association. NOTE If a logical output port (e.g., UDP Out) is associated with a logical input port (e.g., UDP In), the logical input port cannot be deleted until the associated logical output port(s) is (are) deleted. For example, if you create UDPIn1/0 and then create UDPOut1/0 and UDPOut1/1, both associated with UDPIn1/0and then attempt to delete UDPIn1/0, this operation will fail (regardless of whether or not there are routes between these ports). 184 Port Configuration and Statistics Mediaplex-20 User Guide UDP Out Configuration In the UDP Out port configuration page enter the appropriate parameters for TOS Bit Field, TTL Value, Destination IP Address, and Port Number, then select a VLAN, Enable SAP SDP, type the Transport Stream ID, select the Output Stream Type, and, if desired, Enable CAT Generation. After adding parameters, click Apply. 185 SkyStream Networks Port Parameters Port Name: Shows the name and location of the interface. TOS (Type Of Service) A field in an IP packet (IP datagram) that is used for quality of service (QoS). TTL (Time To Live) This value decrements each time the IP frame moves through a router. When the number reaches the value of zero, the stream is discarded. IP DESTINATION Port Type: Shows type of port. Port Association: Shows the port associated with UDP Out. Configuration UDP Out Description: Type an additional description. TOS Bit Field: Type the value of the TOS bit field. TTL Value: Type the TTL value, which is the number of hops the packet can have before being discarded. Destination IP Address: Enter IP address of destination. NOTE The port will be created even if you do not enter a valid IP address or click Apply. However, make sure you do have a valid IP address. Port Number: Enter port number of destination. VLAN Name: Select a VLAN. SAP (Session Announcement Protocol) An IETF protocol for distributing session description messages to potential recipients. It is used to send SDP messages. Enable SAP SDP: Click this box and the following parameters will display: Session Name, Session Description, Session E-mail, Session Phone Number, Multicast Address, Session Port Number and a check box to initiate the session. SDP (Session Description Protocol) An IETF protocol that defines a text-based message format for describing a multimedia session. Data such as version number, contact information, broadcast times and audio and video encoding types are included in the message. NOTE Enable SAP SDP is not available on UDP Out ports created over SME. 186 Port Configuration and Statistics Mediaplex-20 User Guide If you select ATM as the network interface when creating the UDP out port the following parameters will display: IP DESTINATION OVER ATM IP Address: Enter IP address of destination. Port Number: Enter port number of destination. VPI: Enter the Virtual Path Identifier for the PVC to be used in this route. VCI: Enter the Virtual Circuit Identifier for the PVC to be used in this route. ATM TRAFFIC CLASS UBR (Unspecified Bit Rate) An asynchronous transfer mode (ATM) level of service that does not guarantee available bandwidth. It is very efficient, but not used for critical data. CBR (Constant Bit Rate) A stream with constant short term bit rate. The bit rate of these streams may only vary within a very narrow range. ATM Traffic Class: Select UBR, VBR, or CBR from the drop-down list. If you select UBR there are no additional parameters to enter. If you select CBR you must specify the Bit Rate. If you select VBR there are three additional parameters—Peak Bit Rate, Sustained Bit Rate, Maximum Burst Size. NOTE The traffic class controls the traffic shaping at the Mediaplex ATM output. If you select a traffic class with parameters that are not appropriate for the outgoing traffic, there will be data loss. If in doubt, select UBR. Bit Rate (bps): Enter the bit rate value in bits per second (CBR only). Peak Bit Rate (bps): Enter the peak bit rate value in bits per second (VBR only). Sustained Bit Rate (bps): Enter the sustained bit rate value in bits per second (VBR only). Max Burst Size: Enter the maximum burst size (VBR only). VBR (Variable Bit Rate) A stream with varying short-term and long term bit rates. The bit rate of the stream can vary randomly within a well-defined range. 187 SkyStream Networks Additionally, you can select SME as the network interface for a UDP Out ports the following parameters will display: IP DESTINATION OVER SME Destination IP Address: Enter IP address of destination. Port Number: Enter port number of destination. PID: Type MPEG PID (hexadecimal) for this IP injection route. IP Mapping MAC Address: Select the check box for the IP address to form the MAC address and set the first and second MAC bytes. MAC Address: Type the MAC address of the next hop for this IP injection route. Discipline: Select the MPE discipline name. For more details, see SME Configuration in the previous chapter. Transport Stream This section contains specific MPEG and/or DVB parameters, when you select MPEG only the Transport Stream ID and Output Stream Type display. Transport Stream ID: Type the Transport Stream Identifier number. Output Stream Type: Select the type of output stream: MPEG or DVB. If you Enable CAT Generation, enter the following parameters: CA System ID, EMM PID, and Private Data (hexadecimal format). Click Add for each entry. To delete an entry, select the Delete check box and click the Delete button. 188 Port Configuration and Statistics Mediaplex-20 User Guide When you select DVB the following additional parameter display: Network ID: Type the Network Identifier number Enable SDT Generation: Select to enable SDT generation. SDT (Service Description Table) A DVB SI table that contains descriptions of the services in the system e.g. names of services, the service provider, etc. TDT (Time and Date Table) A DVB SI table that gives information relating to the present time and date. This information is given a separate table due to the frequent updating of this information. Enable TDT Generation: Select to enable TDT generation. If enabled an additional parameter for Time Zone displays, from which you can select Local or UTC. Enable TOT Generation: Select to enable TOT generation. If enabled the following fields will display: Country Code, Country Region ID, Local Time Offset Polarity, Local Time Offset, Date of Change, Time of Change, and Next Local Time Offset, see the next section for a description of these parameter. TOT (Time Offset Table) A DVB SI table that contains time zone and time offset information in relation to the TDT. NIT (Network Information Table) A table that provides physical information about the network. Country Code: Type the code for the country. Country Region ID: Type the country region identification number. Local Time Offset Polarity: Select to enable the local time offset polarity. L o c a l T i m e O f f s e t ( h h : m m : s s ) : Ty p e t h e t i m e o f f s e t u s i n g t h e (hour:minute:second) format. Date of Change (mm/dd/yyyy): Type the change date using the (month/day / year) format. 189 SkyStream Networks T i m e o f C h a n g e ( h h : m m : s s ) : Ty p e t h e c h a n g e t i m e u s i n g t h e (hour:minute:second) format. Next Local Time Offset (hh:mm:ss): Type the next time offset using the (hour:minute:second) format. Enable NIT Generation: Select to enable NIT generation. If enabled the following fields will display: Network Name and Network Delivery Type (Satellite, Cable, or Terrestrial). Selecting Satellite as the network deliver y type displays the following parameters: Satellite Delivery QPSK (Quadrature Phase Shift Keying) A phase modulation scheme used in satellite data transmission. Bits are encoded in sequential carrier phase transitions. 190 Frequency (GHz): Enter the RF feed frequency in gigahertz. Orbital Position (Degrees): Enter the satellite orbital position in degrees. West or East: Click the satellite direction. Polarization: Select the desired signal position: Linear-Horizontal, LinearVertical, Circular-Left or Circular-Right. Modulation: Gives the type of modulation: Gigabit. Symbol Rate (Msymbols/s): Enter the symbol rate in megasymbols per second. FEC Inner: Select the Inner Forward Error Correction rate: 1/2, 2/3, 3/4, 5/6, or 7/8. See DVB specification EN 300 468. Port Configuration and Statistics Mediaplex-20 User Guide Selecting Cable as the network delivery type displays the following parameters: Cable Delivery Frequency (MHz): Enter the RF feed frequency in megahertz. FEC Outer: Select the desired Outer Forward Error Correction rate: No outer FEC coding or RS (204/188). Modulation: Gives the type of modulation: 16, 32, 64, 128 or 256 QAM. Symbol Rate (Msymbols/s): Enter the symbol rate in megasymbols per second. FEC Inner: Select the Inner Forward Error Correction rate: 1/2, 2/3, 3/4, 5/6, or 7/8. See DVB specification EN 300 468. 191 SkyStream Networks Selecting Terrestrial as the network delivery type displays the following parameters: Terrestrial Delivery Center Frequency: Type center frequency: range is 10 to 42949672950. HP code rate (High Priority code rate) A high priority bit stream. Two different code rates applied to two different levels of the modulation have the aim of achieving hierarchy. Transmission then starts with the code rate for the HP level of the modulation and ends with the one for the LP level. LP code rate (Low Priority code rate) A low priority bit stream. Two different code rates applied to two different levels of the modulation have the aim of achieving hierarchy. Transmission then starts with the code rate for the HP level of the modulation and ends with the one for the LP level. 192 Bandwidth (MHz): Select bandwidth in megahertz: 7 or 8. Constellation: Select constellation: Gigabit, 16-QAM, or 64-QAM. Hierarchy: Select hierarchy: Non-hierarchical, alpha = 1, alpha = 2, or alpha = 4. HP Code Rate: Select HP code rate: 1/2, 2/3, 3/4, 5/6, or 7/8. LP Code Rate: Select LP code rate: 1/2, 2/3, 3/4, 5/6, or 7/8. Guard Interval: Select guard interval: 1/32, 1/16, 1/8, or 1/4. Transmission Mode: Select transmission mode: 2k Mode, or 8k Mode. Other Frequency Flag: Click radio button: No other frequency in use or One or more other frequency in use. See DVB specification EN 300 468. Port Configuration and Statistics Mediaplex-20 User Guide UDP Out Statistics To view the statistics for the UDP Out port select Statistics from the menu and select Ports. This will display the Summary Port List. Click the UDP Out link to display a list of all UDP Out ports, then select UDPOut17/0 to view this specific port. To obtain current data, click the Reset Counters button. The configuration section describes most of the parameters that appear on the statistics page; however, the following statistics will also display: UDP Out Statistics Bytes Sent: Shows the number of bytes sent. UDP Packets Sent: Shows the number of UDP packets sent. UDP Packets Dropped: Shows the number of UDP packets dropped. TS Packets Forwarded: Shows the number of TS packets forwarded. TS Packets Dropped: Shows the number of TS packets dropped. 193 SkyStream Networks RTP Out Configuration When creating the RTP Out port, you have the option to Enable RTCP. The RTP port behaves differently than the other output ports, when you enter the Port Number use an even number—the system will automatically create a control port using the odd number. Enable RTCP: Select check box to enable RTCP. After completing the configuration, click the Create button. NOTE If you receive a message saying that the Mediaplex cannot create the port, make sure you the port number is an even number and that it is not being used by another port. Some ports may also be used internally by the system and will not be available. It is recommended that you use port numbers over 2000. 194 Port Configuration and Statistics Mediaplex-20 User Guide 195 SkyStream Networks After adding parameters, click Apply. Port Parameters RTCP (RTP Control Protocol) A companion protocol to RTP that is used to maintain QoS. RTP nodes analyze network conditions and periodically sends each other RTCP packets that report on network congestion. CSRC (Contributing SouRCe) The source of an RTP stream. Port Name: Shows the name and location of the interface. Port Type: Shows type of port. Port Association: Shows the associated port sending the data. Configuration RTP Out Description: Type an additional description. RTP Recv Port: Shows receive port number entered at time of creation. TOS Bit Field: Type the value of the TOS bit field. TTL Value: Type the TTL value, which is the number of hops the packet can have before being discarded. IP DESTINATION IP Address: Type destination IP address. Port Number: Type destination port number. VLAN Name: Select a VLAN name, if applicable. RTP LINK RELIABILITY FEC Group Size: This is the number of RTP packets combined to generate one FEC packet. For example, if the FEC Group Size is set to two, for every two RTP packets we will send one FEC packet. ENABLE SAP SDP Link Reliability: Select None, Retransmission, or FEC from the drop-down box. If you select None, there are no additional fields to configure. If you select Retransmission, you must set the Retransmission Buffer Size; and if you select FEC, you must set the FEC Group Size. Retransmission Buffer Size: Type the number of packets required for retransmission (range 1-500); that is, increase the number to recover from a greater delay. FEC Group Size: Type the number of RTP packets used to generate an FEC packet (range 2-24); that is, lower the number to increase the bandwidth. Enable SAP SDP: Click this box and the following parameters will display: Session Name, Session Description, Session Email, Session Phone Number, Multicast Address and a check box to initiate the session. Transport Stream Transport Stream ID: Type the Transport Stream Identifier number. Output Stream Type: Click the type of output stream: MPEG or DVB. By clicking DVB, you can enable the following check boxes: SDT Generation, TDT Generation, TOT Generation and NIT Generation. For details, see Configuration UDP Out. ENABLE CAT GENERATION Enable CAT Generation: Select to enable CAT generation. If you selected the check box Enable RTCP when creating this port, the following fields are present: 196 RTCP Enter Local Information, such as canonical name (alias), given name (true name), e-mail address, location, and phone number; then select the check boxes for the information you want to send via RTCP. CRSC INFORMATION Click Apply before entering CRSC information, such as: name, e-mail address, location, and phone number. Once you enter the information, click Add. If you have subsequent entries, you must click the Add button for each entry. When complete, click Apply. Port Configuration and Statistics Mediaplex-20 User Guide RTP Out Statistics To view the statistics for the RTP Out port select Statistics from the menu and then Ports. This will display the Summary Port List. Click the RTP Out link to display a list of all RTP Out ports, then select RTPOut17/2 to view this specific port. 197 SkyStream Networks A description for most of the statistic values for the RTP Out port are in the configuration section, except for the following additional fields: RTCP RECEIVER REPORT If the receiver has RTCP enabled, it will send a receiver report to the sender. It uses the CSRC information for identification. Fraction Lost: Displays the fraction lost of RTP packets between the two receiver reports. Packet Lost: Displays the number of packets lost since the beginning of the transmission. Receiver Time: Displays the time the sender received the report. When selecting ATM as the Network Interface for RTP Out, the following fields display: IP Destination over ATM If your IP destination is over ATM, select the Network Interface radio button. NOTE You must have an ATM submodule available. IP Address: Enter the destination IP address. Port Number: Enter the destination port number. VPI: Enter the Virtual Path Identifier for the PVC used in this route. VCI: Enter the Virtual Circuit Identifier for the PVC used in this route. NOTE VCIs from 0- 31 are typically reserved. 198 Port Configuration and Statistics Mediaplex-20 User Guide ATM Out Configuration When creating the native ATM Out port, you must associate it with a physical Network Interface (ATM submodule). Port Parameters Port Name: Shows the name and location of the ATM Out port. PDU (Protocol Data Unit) The technical name for a frame of data transmitted over a data link (layer2) in a communications network. Port Type: Shows the type of port. Port Association: Shows the ATM submodule interface associated with ATM Out port. Configuration ATM Out Description: Type added description. VPI: Type the Virtual Path Identifier for this route (ATM only). VCI: Type the Virtual Circuit Identifier for this route (ATM only). TS Packets per PDU: Type the number of Transport Stream packets per AAL-5 PDU. 199 SkyStream Networks ATM TRAFFIC CLASS UBR (Unspecified Bit Rate) An asynchronous transfer mode (ATM) level of service that does not guarantee available bandwidth. It is very efficient, but not used for critical data. CBR (Constant Bit Rate) A stream with constant short term bit rate. The bit rate of these streams may only vary within a very narrow range. VBR (Variable Bit Rate) A stream with varying short-term and long term bit rates. The bit rate of the stream can vary randomly within a well-defined range. ENABLE CAT GENERATION 200 ATM Traffic Class: Select UBR, VBR, or CBR from the drop-down list. If you select UBR there are no additional parameters to enter. If you select CBR, you must specify the Bit Rate. If you select VBR there are three additional parameters: Peak Bit Rate, Sustained Bit Rate, Maximum Burst Size. Bit Rate (bps): Enter the bit rate value in bits per second (CBR only). Peak Bit Rate (bps): Enter the peak bit rate value in bits per second (VBR only). Sustained Bit Rate (bps): Enter the sustained bit rate value in bits per second (VBR only). Max Burst Size: Enter the maximum burst size (VBR only). Transport Stream Transport Stream ID: Type Transport Stream Identifier number. Output Stream Type: Click the type of output stream: MPEG or DVB. By clicking DVB, you can enable the following check boxes: SDT Generation, TDT Generation, and NIT Generation. Selecting NIT will give you the option of the following delivery systems: Satellite, Cable, and Terrestrial. For details see Configuration UDP Out in the previous section. Enable CAT Generation: Select to enable CAT generation Port Configuration and Statistics Mediaplex-20 User Guide ATM Out Statistics The ATM Out link opens the Port Statistics page for the native ATM Out port, which provides specific statistics for ATM Out. Port Parameters Port Name: Shows the name and location of the ATM Out interface. Port Type: Shows the type of interface. Port Association: Shows the name and location of the associated interface. Statistics ATM Out Description: Shows added description. VPI: Gives Virtual Path Identifier for this route (ATM only). VCI: Gives Virtual Circuit Identifier for this route (ATM only). TS Packets per PDU: Shows the number of Transport Stream packets per PDU. ATM TRAFFIC CLASS ATM Traffic Class: Shows the traffic class as UBR, VBR, or CBR. If UBR is selected there are no additional parameters shown. If you select CBR, the Bit Rate is displayed. If you select VBR, there are three additional parameters that display: Peak Bit Rate, Sustained Bit Rate, Maximum Burst Size. Bit Rate (bps): Shows the bit rate in bits per second (CBR only). Peak Bit Rate (bps): Shows the peak bit rate in bits per second (VBR only). Sustained Bit Rate (bps): Shows the sustained bit rate in bits per second (VBR only). Max Burst Size: Shows the maximum burst size (VBR only). 201 SkyStream Networks Physical Output Ports The Mediaplex currently supports one physical output port: ASI Out. ASI Out Configuration The ASI Out Configuration page allows you to configure ASI Out interfaces. Since this is a physical device, you do not create this port the same way as logical output ports. Select Configuration from the menu. You can find the ASI Out configuration page under either Ports or the MCM blade. 202 Port Configuration and Statistics Mediaplex-20 User Guide After completing the configuration, click Apply. Interface ASI Out Description: Type addition information. Output Bit Rate (bps): Type the output bit rate. ASI Output Packet Size: Select the output packet size, either: 188 or 204. Transport Stream Transport Stream ID: Type Transport Stream Identifier number. Output Stream Type: Click the type of output stream: MPEG or DVB. By clicking DVB you can enable the following check boxes: SDT Generation, TDT Generation, TOT Generation, and NIT Generation. Selecting NIT will give you the option of the following delivery systems: Satellite, Cable, and Terrestrial. For details see UDP Out Configuration in the previous section. ENABLE CAT GENERATION Enable CAT Generation: Select to enable CAT generation 203 SkyStream Networks ASI Out Statistics To view the statistics for the ASI Out select Statistics from the menu and select Ports. This will display the Summary Port List. Click the ASI Out link to display a list of all ASI Out ports, then select ASIOut17/2 to view this specific port. The configuration section describes most of the parameters that appear on the statistics page; however, the following statistics will also display: FIRMWARE VERSION Main Processor: Shows firmware version for the main processor. Aux Processor: Shows firmware version for the aux processor. 204 Port Configuration and Statistics Mediaplex-20 User Guide Descriptors The Descriptor button gives a list of descriptors used in the designated stream. Use this page to select the descriptors to route from the input to the output. If the descriptor is present on the input and you select the corresponding check box, then the Mediaplex will route the descriptor with the program to the output. NOTE These descriptors do not pass through Mediaplex table processing; and therefore, if other aspects of the program are changed, such as PID numbers, the descriptors will not be altered to reflect these changes. To enable descriptors select the check box and click Apply. Click the Port Configuration button to return to the port you are configuring. Descriptor List For descriptor infor mation see DVB specification EN 300 468 and MPEG specification ISO/IEC 13818-1. Click the individual check boxes to enable specific descriptors. 205 SkyStream Networks 206 Port Configuration and Statistics Mediaplex-20 User Guide Chapter 5: Configuration Scenarios 207 SkyStream Networks Configuration Scenarios In this chapter, you will go step-by-step through the operation of configuring the Mediaplex for typical operation scenarios; first using the Web GUI and second using CLI. Moreover, this chapter contains typical configuration issues in a Question and Answer format. Menu commands appear in the following format: Main Menu item > Sub Menu item > and so forth. For example, Configuration > IP Routing> VLAN; that is, click Configuration from the main menu, then click IP Routing, which displays under Configuration, and finally click VLAN, which displays under IP Routing. The configuration scenarios described in detail are as follows: • • Single Program Route from ASI In to UDP Out Single Program Routed from ASI In to UDP Out Custom Program Routed from ASI In to UDP Out The first configuration might be a setup for receiving a Transport Stream containing video information sent to an IP set-top box through the Gigabit Ethernet port as a channel for watching the video content. Physical Setup MCM: ASI In cable to ASI In port SCM: Fiber cable connected to Gigabit Ethernet [GE1] to the network switch, router or another Mediaplex. STEPS 1 Create a VLAN—as a point of reference for the Gigabit Ethernet. 2 Configure ASI In port. 3 Check ASI In statistics. 4 Create a UDP Out port. 5 Configure Media Routing—to direct the program from ASI In to UDP Out. 6 Check port statistics. 7 Select channel at IP set-top box—and view video content. 208 Configuration Scenarios Mediaplex-20 User Guide STEP 1 Set up the VLAN Configuration > IP Routing > VLAN VLAN (Virtual LAN) A logical subgroup within a local area network that is created via software rather than manually moving cables in the wiring closet. GE (Gigabit Ethernet) An Ethernet technology that raises transmission speed to 1 Gbps. It is used primarily for backbones. The first IEEE standard (802.3z) for Gigabit Ethernet defined its use over Multi-mode optical fiber providing full-duplex operation from switch to end station or to another switch and half-duplex using CSMA/CD in a shared environment. In the VLAN Configuration page enter the following parameters: NOTE The first VLAN ID default is “2.” • • • IP address of port—depends on user network. Example: 172.30.1.1 Subnet mask—depends on user network. Example: 255.255.255.0 Select GE1 and Untagged from the drop-down box to select the Gigabit Ethernet 1 port, or select Tagged if your network uses the VLAN tag (if you are not sure, ask your network administrator). Click the Add button or use the Delete button in conjunction with the Delete check box to remove the entry. After completing the configuration, click the Apply button. Check SCM Click Home on the main menu tree or go to the physical Mediaplex chassis; on the SCM you should see a green light by the selected Gigabit Ethernet if it has an optical fiber connection. 209 SkyStream Networks STEP 2 Configure ASI In Configuration > MCM > ASI In > ASIIn17/4 ASI (Asynchronous Serial Interface) One of DVB’s physical interfaces used for transmitting MPEG-2 Transport Streams. GI (General Instruments) refers to DigiCipher II (DCII): a proprietary MPEG-2 based distribution system developed originally by General Instruments prior to the completion of the DVB standard. Used by most cable channels in North America, it has a major presence in cable head-ends and is widely used in satellite turnaround applications via “Headend In The Sky” (HITS) systems. STEP 3 In the ASI In Configuration page type a description of the interface and select the active channel (the ASI In submodule has two physical inputs, A and B— input A is located at the top of that submodule). The stream type must match the incoming stream (GI, MPEG, DVB or ATSC). For this example, we will assume a DVB feed. For DVB feeds, you have the option of parsing the SDT, NIT, and CAT—more information about the stream displays (e.g., program names from the SDT). After completing the configuration, click Apply. Check ASI In Statistics Statistics > MCM > ASI In > ASIIN17/4 If the Programs List is empty, there is no feed. Check by clicking Stream. If there are no statistics then there is no signal. Check the port: Statistics > Ports >ASI In. The port should say “In Sync.” If the port says “No Signal,” there is a problem with the connection or the feed upstream. 210 Configuration Scenarios Mediaplex-20 User Guide STEP 4 Create UDP Out Port Configuration > New Port The first item on the Configuration menu tree allows you to create a new logical network port. Select the Port Type you want use from the Port Parameters drop-down list box: UDP Out In the next page, select the blade you want to use for the ASI In port. Select the Gigabit Ethernet radio button to transmit via the Gigabit Ethernet port(s). Next, you need to select the input that contains the content that you intend to route through that port. Once created, this port will only allow you to route content from the selected input. Click the Create button. Configure the Port Configuration page as follows: • • • Type the description of the port (optional). • • Type a multicast address in Destination IP Address. Enter a value for the TOS Bit Field (range: 0-255) Enter a value for TTL (range: 0-255), which is the number of hops the packet can have before being discarded. Type a port number (range: 1024 - 65535). NOTE The IP address and port number must match what the set-top box is expecting. • Select the VLAN you wish this stream to route through. 211 SkyStream Networks After completing the configuration, click Apply. 212 Configuration Scenarios Mediaplex-20 User Guide STEP 5 Configure Media Routing Configuration > Media Routing The Media Routing Configuration page contains several display frames for configuration purposes. Routing tools allow you to designate Program Routes, Add Programs, Add Elements, Stream Routes, and Remove Selected items. From the Output List select the UDP Out you just created and click the Program Route button. The ASI In associated with the UDP Out will display in the Input List. You will see all the programs coming from the ASI In. For UDP Out you will probably route one program for the destination set-top box. Select the program you want to route by clicking the check box next to the program and click the Route Selected button. 213 SkyStream Networks NOTE If you have a TRM blade in your chassis, you can select a Shaper from the drop-down box, otherwise this field is not available. Click the Route button. The Program Routes Output should show the selected program in green. In the ASI In Input List the program should say (Routed) and the check box will not be present. Click OK and then click Apply. The following message will display: Apply configuration succeeded on UDP Out. By clicking the Back button, you will see the UDP Out with the routed programs from ASI In. 214 Configuration Scenarios Mediaplex-20 User Guide STEP 6 Check Port Statistics Statistics > Ports > UDP Out > UDPOut17/4 Look at the Program List. You can also view a graphical representation of the stream by clicking View Chart. STEP 7 Select Channel at IP Set-Top Box You should be able to tune the set-top box to this channel and watch the program you routed. 215 SkyStream Networks Steps of Operation Using CLI To Route a Single Program from ASI In to UDP Out: You can also route media using the command line interface. The following example shows how to route and create a UDPOut port, configure ASIIn port, and route a program to output interfaces. In this example, the MCM blade is in slot 17 with ASI Input submodule in slot 4. All the user inputs are in bold Routing Media to UDP Out Interface italics. 1 Enter configuration mode using the command config. [root@mediaplex] config 2 Create a VLAN, assign it IP address 172.30.1.1, and add GE port 1 and port 2 to this vlan. NOTE When configuring a VLAN there are seven key value parameters that must be set. [config#] system { [system config#] vlanSetup { [system vlanSetup config#] vlanId 2 [system vlanSetup config#] ipAddress 172.30.1.1 [system vlanSetup config#] subnetMask 255.255.255.0 [system vlanSetup config#] ge1 ‘Tagged’ [system vlanSetup config#]ge2 ‘Untagged’ [system vlanSetup config#]ge3 ‘No’ [system vlanSetup config#]ge4 ‘No’ [system vlanSetup config#] } [system config#] } [config#] 3 Create UDP Out interface and assign destination IP address, port number and vlan. TIP Remember to type single quotes (‘) where indicated. [config#]interface UDPOut17/4 ASIIn17/4 { [UDPOut17/4 config#] ipDestination { [UDPOut17/4 ipDestination config#] destinationIpAddress 225.1.1.1 [UDPOut17/4 ipDestination config#] portNumber 2000 [UDPOut17/4 ipDestination config#] vlanName ‘vlan_2’ [UDPOut17/4 ipDestination config#] } [UDPOut17/4 config#] } [config #] 4 Configure ASI Input interface, set the input stream type to DVB, and enable SDT/NIT parsing on this input interface. [config#]interface ASIIn17/4 { [ASIIn17/4 config#] inputStreamType 'DVB' [ASIIn17/4 config#] enableSdtParsing true [ASIIn17/4 config#] enableNitParsing true [ASIIn17/4 config#] } [config#] 5 Exit the configuration mode and see the programs available on the input interface using command show program ASIIn17/4. [config#] exit 216 Configuration Scenarios Mediaplex-20 User Guide [root@mediaplex] show program ASIIn17/4 Total 3programs on interface ASIIn17/4 Program PMT PCR Service Service Service Number PID PID Name Provider Type 150 0xFBC 0xFBC EURONEWS DIGITAL TELEVISION 1 151 0xFBC 0xFBC EURONEWS ADDITIONAL AUDIO 1 152 0xFBB 0xFBB ALMANAR DIGITAL TELEVISION 1 Original Network Id 6 Now let’s route program number 152 (ALMANAR) to UDPOut interface, enter configuration mode, and route the media using media-route command. [root@mediaplex] config [config#] media-routes { [media-routes config#] programRoute { [media-routes programRoute config#] inputPort 'ASIIn17/4' [media-routes programRoute config#] outputPort 'UDPOut17/4' [media-routes programRoute config#] inputProgram 152 [media-routes programRoute config#] outputProgram 152 [media-routes programRoute config#] programAutoFix 'false' [media-routes programRoute config#] outputPmtPid 0x21 [media-routes programRoute config#] pmtAutoFix 'false' [media-routes programRoute config#] } [media-routes config#] } [config#] exit 7 You can verify the routed content by using show program and show stats commands for UDPOut17/4 interface. [root@mediaplex] show program UDPOut17/4 Total 1 program on interface ASIIn17/4 Program PMT PCR Service Service Service Original Number PID PID Name Provider Type Network Id 152 0xFBB 0xFBB ALMANAR ALMANAR DIGITAL TELEVISION 1 [root@mediaplex] show stats UDPOut17/4 Stream statistics for port UDPOut17/4 PID # packets # duplicates # errors bitrate (b/s) 0x0 2742 0 0 15066 0x21 2742 0 0 15066 0xFBB 657998 0 0 3609968 0xFC5 36689 0 0 201099 Total: 3.84 Mb/s 217 SkyStream Networks Custom Program Route from ASI In to UDP Out The second configuration might have a non-compliant stream from the encoder that lacks tables, or you may just want to change SDT information, the program number or the PID value. The Mediaplex can compensate for the non-compliant stream as long as the operator knows which kind of stream is in each PID. Given this information, the Mediaplex can generate the tables and add them to the stream. Additionally, the Mediaplex can modify existing values within the stream, such as a program number. In this example, we will assume an encoder connected to ASIIn17/6 with MPEG-2 video on PID 0x20, MPEG-2 audio on PID 0x21, and PCRs in the video PID. Physical Setup MCM: ASI In cable to ASI In port from an external Encoder or a demodulator. SCM: Fiber cable connected to Gigabit Ethernet [GE1] to the network switch, router or another Mediaplex. STEPS 1 Create a UDP Out port. 2 Configure Media Routing—to create tables and route the stream. ■ Program Creation. ■ Add a Video Element. ■ Add an Audio Element. ■ Route the Stream. 3 Check UDP Out port statistics. 4 Select channel at IP set-top box. 218 Configuration Scenarios Mediaplex-20 User Guide STEP 1 Create UDP Out Port Configuration > New Port The first item on the Configuration menu tree allows you to create a new logical network port. Select the Port Type you want use from the Port Parameters drop-down list box: UDP Out In the next page, select the blade you want to use for the ASI In port. Select the Gigabit Ethernet radio button to transmit via the Gigabit Ethernet port(s). Next, you need to select the input that contains the content that you intend to route through that port. Once created, this port will only allow you to route content from the selected input. Click the Create button. Configure the Port Configuration page as follows: • • • Type the description of the port (optional). • • Type a multicast address in Destination IP Address. Enter a value for the TOS Bit Field (range: 0-255) Enter a value for TTL (range: 0-255), which is the number of hops the packet can have before being discarded. Type a Port Number (range: 1024 - 65535). NOTE The IP address and port number must match what the set-top box is expecting. • • • • Select the VLAN Name you wish this stream to come through. Enter the Transport Stream ID for the stream. Select the Output Stream Type (MPEG or DVB), in this example MPEG is selected. Enable CAT Generation, if required. 219 SkyStream Networks STEP 2 Configure Media Routing Configuration > Media Routing Select the UDP Out port (you created in step 1) from the Output List dropdown box and click Add Program. Program Creation The Program Creation window displays on the right side of the screen. Enter the following parameters and click Create. • Program Number: Type the desired program number. For IP set-top boxes, leave this number as the default of 1000. • PMT PID: Type a PID that does not conflict with your streams. In this case, there is traffic on PIDs 0x20 and 0x21, so change the default value of 0x21 to something else, for example 0x30. • PCR PID: Type the encoder output PID for the PCR. In most cases, the PCR goes in the Video PID. In this case, the video PID is 0x20, so replace the default value of 0x1FFF to 0x20. The Program Configuration window displays two check boxes. If required, you can enable SDT or CA info for editing; click OK. The program will appear in red under the port number. Red means that it has not been applied. 220 Configuration Scenarios Mediaplex-20 User Guide Add a Video Element On the left-side of the screen, under UDPOut17/2, click the red program number (1000 in this case). Then click the Add Element button from the Routing Tools section in the middle of the screen. The Element Creation screen displays on the right. Enter the following parameters into the Element Creation screen: ■ PID Number: Enter 0x20 ■ Stream Type: Select MPEG-2 Video depending on your encoder mode. When complete, click Create. The Element Configuration screen displays. Now you can add an audio, video, or data descriptor, if required; click OK. The new element will now appear on the left window, under UDPOut17/2, also in red. Add an Audio Element Click the red program number as you did for the Video Element and click Add Element. Enter the following parameters into the Element Creation screen: ■ PID Number: Enter 0x21 the actual PID of the audio stream ■ Stream Type: Select MPEG-2 Audio depending on your encoder mode. When complete, click Create. The Element Configuration screen displays. Now you can add an audio, video, or data descriptor, if required; click OK. At this point, you should have the two elements listed under the program number in the left window. The previous steps only created the tables for the output. If you click Apply now, the Mediaplex will start streaming these tables on the UDP output. Now, it 221 SkyStream Networks is time to route the actual bitstream from the ASI input to the output. Click the Stream Route button. Route the Stream The stream route screen displays with the appropriate port selected from the Input List. Below, you should see an entry for ASIIn17/6, and underneath the PIDs present on that input, all tagged as Unknown (since there are no tables at the input, Mediaplex does not know what they are). Select the check boxes next to PIDs 0x20 and 0x21, and click the Route Selected button on the top-right of the page. The Stream Routes Configuration screen will display in the top-right of the page. This box allows you to remap the PIDs, if desired. Because of the way the tables were built, there is no need to remap the PIDs. Without making any changes in that page, click the Route button. NOTE If you have a TRM blade in your chassis, you can select a Shaper from the drop-down box, otherwise this field is not available. The next page Stream Routes Output displays, showing the routes in green. This is informational only. Click OK. 222 Configuration Scenarios Mediaplex-20 User Guide This box is now replaced by a message indicating that the configuration needs to be applied. Click the Apply button. At this point, the stream is transmitting via the Gigabit Ethernet port and the set-top should be able to play the program. STEP 3 Check Port Statistics Statistics > Ports > UDP Out > UDPOut17/2 Look at the Program List at the bottom of the page to view the program that you just created. Next, select the Elements radio button to display the audio and video elements. STEP 4 Select Channel at IP Set-Top Box You should be able to tune the set-top box to this channel and watch the program you routed. 223 SkyStream Networks Steps of Operation Using CLI To Route a Custom Program from ASI In to UDP Out: You can also route media using the command line interface. The following example shows how to route and create a UDPOut port, configure ASIIn port, and route a program to output interfaces. In this example, the MCM blade is in slot 17 with ASI Input submodule in slot 4. All the user inputs are in bold Routing Media to UDP Out Interface italics. 1 Enter configuration mode using the command config. [root@mediaplex] config 2 Create and configure a UDP Out port [config#]interface UDPOut17/2 ASIIn17/6 { [UDPOut17/2 config#]description "MP-20 UDPOut17/2 from ASIIn17/6" [UDPOut17/2 config#]outputStreamType 'MPEG' [UDPOut17/2 config#]transportStreamId 1 [UDPOut17/2 config#]enableDescriptorConfiguration false [UDPOut17/2 config#]enableCatGeneration false [UDPOut17/2 config#]ipDestination { [UDPOut17/2 ipDestination config#]destinationIpAddress 225.1.10.10 [UDPOut17/2 ipDestination config#]portNumber 2000 [UDPOut17/2 ipDestination config#]vlanName 'vlan_3' [UDPOut17/2 ipDestination config#]} [UDPOut17/2 config#]tosBitField 0 [UDPOut17/2 config#]enableSapSdp false [UDPOut17/2 config#] } 3 Create and configure a program [config#] custom-program-services { [custom-program-services config#] programCreation { [custom-program-services programCreation config#] outputPortName 'UDPOut17/2' [custom-program-services programCreation config#] programNumber 1000 [custom-program-services programCreation config#] pmtPid 0x30 [custom-program-services programCreation config#] pcrPid 0x20 [custom-program-services programCreation config#] } [custom-program-services config#] } [config#] 4 Add a Video element [config#] custom-element-services { [custom-element-services config#] elementCreation { [custom-elementCreation config#] outputPortName 'UDPOut17/2' [custom-element-services elementCreation config#] programNumber 1000 [custom-element-services elementCreation config#] pidNumber 0x20 [custom-element-services elementCreation config#] streamType 'MPEG2 Video' [custom-element-services elementCreation config#] } [custom-element-services config#] 5 Add an audio Element [custom-element-services config#] elementCreation { [custom-element-services elementCreation config#]outputPortName'UDPOut17/2' [custom-element-services elementCreation config#] programNumber 1000 [custom-element-services elementCreation config#] pidNumber 0x21 [custom-element-services elementCreation config#] streamType 'MPEG2 Audio' [custom-element-services elementCreation config#] } [custom-element-services config#] } [config#] 224 Configuration Scenarios Mediaplex-20 User Guide 6 Add an audio descriptor [config#] element-details UDPOut17/2 1000 0x21 { [UDPOut17/2 1000 0x21 config#] elementDescriptor ‘Audio' [UDPOut17/2 1000 0x21 config#] audioInformation { [UDPOut17/2 1000 0x21 audioInformation config#] languageCode "eng" [UDPOut17/2 1000 0x21 audioInformation config#]audioType 'Hearing impaired' [UDPOut17/2 1000 0x21 audioInformation config#] } [UDPOut17/2 1000 0x21 config#] } [config#] 7 Route the stream [config#] media-routes { [media-routes config#] streamRoute [media-routes streamRoute config#] [media-routes streamRoute config#] [media-routes streamRoute config#] [media-routes streamRoute config#] [media-routes streamRoute config#] [media-routes streamRoute config#] [media-routes config#] } [config#] { inputPort 'ASIIn17/6' outputPort 'UDPOut17/2' inputPid 0x1822 shaper 'Xrtr9/0' outputPid 0x20 } 225 SkyStream Networks Configuration Questions and Answers The following section covers some of the configuration issues you may encounter while setting up the Mediaplex. Topic 1 QUESTION ANSWER UDPOut Settings Can the UDPOut port access more than one specified input port? There are three kinds of UDPOut ports: 1 Ports that transmit over the Gigabit Ethernet (GE) interface(s) 2 Ports that transmit over the ATM interface(s) 3 Ports that transmit over the SME interface(s) Gigabit Ethernet Ports can only transmit prog rams from a single input. However, ports that transmit over ATM interfaces can transmit programs from multiple inputs. This is really not an important limitation, because you can always create multiple ports on the same interface. In addition, if you are doing video backhaul, the Mediaplex can combine multiple UDP streams into an ASI out port on the other side. QUESTION ANSWER QUESTION ANSWER In UDPOut is the IP designation acting as IP of server or broadcast network? The IP address you enter in the UDPOut port is the IP destination address of the stream—that is the address you send the streams to. This can be a unicast address or a multicast address. What is the relationship between output ports and input ports/blades? Input and output streams have associated “ports.” The ports may be either physical ports; that is, ASI Input or Output ports, or logical ports that you create, such as UDP or RTP ports. Ports exist in the chassis blades. For physical ports, the blade is where the port is physically present; for logical ports, you must choose the blade based on the following criteria: ■ ■ ■ QUESTION ANSWER 226 If you want to create an UDP out port that streams over ATM, then you have to create it on the blade that has the relevant ATM submodule. The same applies for an UDPIn port that receives from ATM. If you want to create an UDP out port that streams out on Gigabit Ethernet, then you must create it in the blade that has the content that you want to route. If you want to create an UDP in port that receives from Gigabit Ethernet, you can create it in any arbitrary blade, although SkyStream recommends that you create it on the blade where you will route most of the outputs. Does the IP stream input only accept single source streams? Yes. If you have multiple sources, just create multiple UDPIn ports. Configuration Scenarios Mediaplex-20 User Guide QUESTION ANSWER Topic 2 QUESTION ANSWER How is channel selection made on input streams from server? What characterizes each UDPIn is a UDP port number and possibly by a multicast IP address, if you are using multicast. You need to configure the UDP In ports to match what the server is doing. For example, if your server has two streams out, one on 225.1.1.1, port 2001, and another on 225.1.1.2, port 2002, you create the two UDPIn ports with these parameters, and you have a one-toone “connection” between the ports and the content. Mediaplex IP Settings Are the GE ports assigned through the VLAN settings? Yes. The Mediaplex has full VLAN capability on the GE ports. The way it works is as follows: you can group an arbitrary subset of the GE ports into a VLAN. Then you assign an IP address to this VLAN. Logically, it works like this: You must go to the Configuration/IP Routing/VLAN menu, create a new VLAN, select which physical GE ports will be in this VLAN, and assign it an IP address/port. The Mediaplex will respond to that address on any of the selected ports, and will provide a traditional transparent bridge for unicast traffic. Also note that, in the UDPOut configuration window, you can select into which VLAN that particular traffic will egress. If the VLAN has multiple members and the UDPOut has a multicast destination IP address, by default, the packets will egress on all ports, but you can change that in the Configuration/IP Routing/ Multicast window. QUESTION ANSWER Does the control ports and GE ports need to be on a different network? Yes, they do. This means that you cannot have a streaming client in the same machine that you are using for control, unless that machine has multiple Ethernets to the different LANs. 227 SkyStream Networks 228 Configuration Scenarios Mediaplex-20 User Guide Chapter 6: Redundancy 229 SkyStream Networks Blade Redundancy Partnerships The Mediaplex-20 supports several configurations for redundancy, both internal to the chassis as well as externally via redundancy switch equipment. Starting with a solid hardware foundation, dual passive backplane design, three hot swappable power supplies and three hot swappable fan trays, the Mediaplex offers one-to-one redundancy within the chassis itself on a per blade basis, either all blades are redundant or not. 230 Redundancy Mediaplex-20 User Guide The Mediaplex-20 supports one-to-one redundancy between all blades, allowing you to build a completely redundant platform in a single chassis. In order for MCM and TRM blades to be redundant partners, you must configure them identically from a hardware perspective with the same I/O submodules in the same slots. PRESS PRESS PRESS PRESS PRESS PRESS PRESS PRESS PRESS PRESS PRESS PRESS PRESS PRESS MCM and TRM Blade Redundancy PRESS PRESS PRESS PRESS PRESS PRESS PRESS PRESS PRESS PRESS PRESS PRESS PRESS PRESS Mediaplex 20 Additionally, you must insert the redundant partners into specific slots. The following is a list of valid redundant slots and partner slots: 1-19, 3-17, 5-15, 713, 8-14, and 9-12. As MCM blades take up two slots, 8-14 and 9-12 are not valid for MCM blades. However, TRM blades are single slot blades that can only be inserted into slots 1, 3, 5, 7, 8, 9, 12, 13, 14, 15, 17, 19. Slots 10 and 11 are for SCM blades only. 231 SkyStream Networks TIP When you enable redundancy all MCM and TRM blades will reboot. When Chassis Redundancy is enabled, all identical blades inserted into the appropriate locations of the chassis automatically establish a redundancy partnership. When the backup blade boots, it synchronizes with the primary blade. The synchronization process displays on the Web GUI Home page as a yellow color bar at the top of each blade synchronizing. The synchronization process is also indicated on the Redundancy Configuration page. Additional color bars displayed on the Home page are as follows: Green—Primary, Blue—Backup, Orange—Loading a configuration file and Yellow—Syncing. After synchronization reaches completion, the blades become redundant partners with the backup operating in “hot standby” mode. In “hot standby” mode, the submodules (ASI In, ASI Out, Encoders) of the MCM blade are fully functional. The assumption is that an external device will mute unnecessary ASI 232 Redundancy Mediaplex-20 User Guide output. The primary ATM submodule will show lock and sync with the upstream switch or router; the backup will not transmit any data. The Mediaplex software running on the SCM is responsible for managing the redundancy of the chassis. The SCM can detect the removal and insertion of blades along with their current alarm state. Using this information, it manages when, and if, it should make the switch from backup to primary. The following four situations will cause the backup blade to become primary: 1 Removing the primary blade from the chassis. 2 Pressing the Reset button on the front of the primary blade. 3 Initiating a “Flip” command via one of the Mediaplex Management Console (MPMC) interfaces (SNMP, Web GUI, or CLI). 4 An error (at the hardware or software level) causes the primary blade to stop functioning. NOTE The causes for a “critical” alarm are limited to major failures within the blade. SCM Blade Redundancy Each Mediaplex-20 chassis supports two SCM blades enabling one-to-one redundancy. The SCMs are in a true primary/backup relationship with the primary, performing all functions while the backup SCM is waiting in “hot standby” mode. When you inser t two SCMs into the chassis, they will automatically become redundant partners. The switchover to the backup SCM is automatic on the failure of the primary SCM and handled internal to the chassis requiring no external interaction. Operators may also choose to manually switch to the backup SCM via the MPMC. While the backup SCM is in “hot standby” mode configuration changes to the primary SCM are automatically synchronized with the backup SCM. In addition to serving as the control layer to the Mediaplex, the SCM also provides the Gigabit Ethernet (GE) output of the chassis, thus in an operational environment you can connect GE interfaces on both SCMs to the upstream switches. While both blades would show an active link with the upstream Ethernet switches, only the interfaces on the primary SCM would transmit data. The SCMs communicate with each other via a private connection, which is strictly point-to-point and are not routed anywhere else. The following four situations will cause the backup SCM to become primary: 1 Removing the primary SCM from the chassis. 2 Pressing the Reset button on the front of the primary SCM. 3 Initiating a “Flip” command via one of the Mediaplex management interfaces (SNMP, Web GUI, CLI). 4 Errors (at the hardware or software level) causing the Primary SCM to stop functioning. 233 SkyStream Networks Configuration Changes and Redundancy Configuration changes made to a primary blade automatically change in the associated backup blade, as well. NOTE It is very important that you save all configuration changes to the startup config file, as changes are not automatically saved. See Chapter:3 Using the Web GUI—Configuration File, Copy Startup in the previous section for a description on how to save the running-config to the startup. Software Upgrade of a Live Chassis In a fully redundant Mediaplex-20 configuration, it is possible to upgrade the software of the unit without affecting service or requiring downtime. The following steps describe the process for upgrading the Mediaplex-20 in such a manner. For the process, the assumption is that the Mediaplex-20 is in a complete “1 to 1” configuration with one SCM and one MCM running as primary, and one SCM and one MCM running in backup mode. (Backups will be referred to as SCMb and MCMb, and the primary blades SCMp and MCMp.) Moreover, the assumption is that all running configurations saved to the startup configuration, and all redundant partners, are in sync. 1 Load the latest software image onto SCMb, and then configure the SCM to boot with that new image. Methods for uploading the software image are as follows: ■ ■ ■ Copy the new image to one of the SCM’s two onboard flash locations. Copy the new image to a Compact Flash (CF) card and insert that card into the backup SCM’s CF slot. Place the new image on a TFTP server accessible to the Mediaplex. 2 Reset SCMb. When it boots, it will load the new version of software. 3 Initiate a “Flip” causing SCMb to become primary and SCMp to become backup. 4 Reset MCMb. It will boot, loading its software image from the primary SCM (which is now SCMb). 5 Initiate a “Flip” causing MCMb to become primary and MCMp to become backup. At this point, the live service is now running on the upgraded software with the backup blades running the previous version. It is still possible at this stage to “fall back” to the previous release by initiating a flip putting SCMp and MCMp as the primaries. If satisfied with the Mediaplex operation post upgrade, you can upgrade the rest of the blades by upgrading SCMp and resetting MCMp. You will then boot with the latest version of software. 234 Redundancy Mediaplex-20 User Guide Method of Operation Using External Redundancy Switches This section explains how you can use external redundancy switches in conjunction with the Mediaplex platform. The external redundancy switches switch between redundant ASI Outputs. You can use any hardware switch that provides at least one of the modes of operations according to the following description: Automatic Mode When you configure an external switch in automatic mode, it does not need operator intervention for switching to the redundant output in the event of failure of the output from the primary blade. The switch is capable of detecting the alarm on the primary chain and able to switch to the output of the standby blade automatically. The Mediaplex supports this mode and handles the transition seamlessly without user intervention in the event of failures. When you decide to use this operation mode, you must set the Mediaplex Redundancy Mode to “Automatic.” Manual Mode When you configure an external switch in manual mode, it does require manual intervention for switching to the redundant output in the event of failure of the output from the primary blade. In this mode, the external redundancy switches are capable of detecting and sounding the alarm on the primary chain but they will not switch to the backup output until you manually activate the switch. The Mediaplex supports this mode in the same way as automatic, and handles the transition to the backup blade internally. However, remember that you still need to switch to output of the standby blade on the external switch. When you decide to use this operation mode, you must set the Mediaplex Redundancy Mode to “Manual.” Alarms The Mediaplex supports three configurable alarms: Loss of Encoder Sync, Loss of ASI Input, and Loss of ATM Link. When you enable Loss of Encoder Sync alarm, a primary blade will reboot if its encoder submodule detects loss of input. Rebooting the primary blade results in a redundancy flip; the primary blade’s associated backup blade becomes the 235 SkyStream Networks primary. In a similar fashion, when you enable the Loss of ASI Input alarm, a primary blade will reboot if its ASI input submodule detects a loss of input. When you enable the Loss of ATM Link alarm, a primary blade will reboot if its ATM input submodule detects loss of link. Sync Files Selecting the Sync Files button results in the synchronization of file systems between the primary SCM and the backup SCM. Then the files contained in the flash directory, the pcmcia/data directory, and the config directory transfer from the primary SCM to the backup SCM. The exception to this is the startup-config file in the config directory. The startup-config file transfers automatically to the backup SCM at initialization. NOTE The Sync Files button is only available if you have redundant SCMs. 236 Redundancy Mediaplex-20 User Guide Chapter 7: CLI Commands and Operation 237 SkyStream Networks Command Line Interface CLI Basics This chapter covers the basic operation and commands of the Command Line Interface (CLI). After reading this chapter, you will be able use the CLI to configure and manage the Mediaplex. However, this chapter only gives the basic commands as examples of syntax; for information on parameters, you need to reference Chapter 3: Using the Web GUI. You can access the SkyStream Mediaplex’s command line interface through a telnet, SSH, or console (serial port) connection. Accessing the command line interface is referred to as a CLI session. SSH (Secure SHell) A protocol that runs over TCP to cryptographically secure login sessions. When you establish a CLI session, commands within the Mediaplex’s CLI are in a tree structure. To configure the Mediaplex, you need to understand how to navigate the CLI tree structure. The following section walks you through navigating within the CLI tree. With the help of the question mark (?) and “Show” functions, you will learn how to determine where you are in the tree, and what functions and subcommands are available. Depending on the position within the tree structure, you will have access to different command options. Once in a given configuration branch, you may enter the system level configuration commands that apply to that particular level. In addition, the command prompt changes to reflect the position within the tree structure to assists with navigation. This allows for easy reference within the tree structure when in configuration mode. To start Telnet from Windows: 1 Click the Windows Start button. TIP It is recommended that only users familiar with the CLI format use the Command Line Interface. 2 Click Run. 3 In the Open box, type: telnet xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx (the IP address of the Mediaplex Management Port you are connecting to) 4 Click OK. 5 At the login prompt enter the user name, at the next prompt enter the password. Mediaplex will respond “Welcome to SkyStream Networks Mediaplex-20.” It will also include the software version and date. The next prompt will display [root@mediaplex] or <us er name@host name>. To list the available commands, at the prompt type a question mark (?) and press Enter. Typing “?” at the prompt will display the following top-level commands: show, reset, debug, no, config, copy, delete, reboot, set, and shell. NOTE The “root” user has full access to all commands. The user groups “administrator” and “operator” have limited access. If access is denied after entering a command, make sure the login was for “root” user and try again. 238 CLI Commands and Operation Mediaplex-20 User Guide Additional Connection Method AT command set A series of machine instructions used to activate features on an intelligent modem. Developed by Hayes Microcomputer Products and officially known as the Hayes Standard AT Command Set, it is used entirely or partially by most every modem manufacturer. AT is a mnemonic code for ATtention, which is the prefix that initiates each command to the modem. In case of failure of the management network, it may be desirable to connect a modem to the Mediaplex console port on the SCM blade to dial into the console port of a remote Mediaplex. For example, one could use a Mediaplex to provide video-over-IP services to a small community installed on an unmanned local head end connected to the Network Operations Center (NOC) through a T1 line for management. If the T1 line fails, the NOC will lose connectivity to the Mediaplex and could use the modem to reach its control console. As part of its boot process, the Mediaplex sends modem configuration commands to set up an external modem connected to its control console port. These configuration commands will work with most common external modems that support the AT command set. It is also possible to connect a modem after booting the Mediaplex; however, in this case you must pre-configure the modem prior to connection, as follows: ■ Baud rate 9600 ■ No command echo ■ No online echo ■ No result codes (quiet mode) ■ Fixed DTE speed ■ Disable transmit and receive flow control ■ Ignore RTS and DTR ■ Auto-answer in the first ring The sequence of commands sent by the Mediaplex to the modem on boot time is as follows: ATZ AT E0 F1 M1 Q1 X0 AT &B1 &H0 &I0 &R1 AT &C1 &D0 &S0 AT S0=1 239 SkyStream Networks Mediaplex-20 Interface Naming Convention There are two port types in Mediaplex: physical and logical. The discovery of physical ports occurs as part of initial submodule discovery; the user creates logical ports. The naming convention for physical ports (submodules) is as follows: PortTypeSlotNumber/UnitNumber. The logical por t’s naming convention is: PortTypeSlotNumber/NumberUsed. SlotNumber The Mediaplex has 20 slots numbered from 1 to 20. UnitNumber and NumberUsed In physical ports, the unit number starts with 0. Each submodule slot on an MCM contains two unit numbers with a range from 0 to 7. In logical ports, the user assigns the number and has no range. MCM EXAMPLE You can have an MCM blade in slot 5 with one ASI input in submodule slot one, an Encoder in slot two, an ATM in slot three, and ASI output in slot four. Since each ASI submodule has two ports, you have two available interfaces; however, encoders and ATM submodules have only one interface per submodule. The following names for this blade would be as follows: ASIIn5/0 and ASIIn5/1, ENC5/2, ATM5/4, ASIOut5/6 and ASIOut5/7. The ASI input port creates a SMD (SkyStream MPE Decapsulation) interface. The SMD interface associated with ASIIn5/0 will be smd5/0 and the ASIIn5/1 will be smd5/1. The ASI output creates a SME (SkyStream MPE Encapsulation) interface. The SME interface attached to ASIOut5/6 will be sme5/6 and the ASIOut5/7 will be sme5/7. Additionally, the user can create UDP logical output port with unit number 0, and receive the name UDPOut5/0. Logical ports include: UDPIn/Out, RTPIn/Out, FileIn, and TCPIn. 240 SCM EXAMPLE Each SCM blade has four Gigabit Ethernet interfaces: gei1, gei2, gei3, and gei4. TRM EXAMPLE You can have a TRM blade in slot 3 with one DSP submodule in each slot, there are four slots per blade and each submodule contains six ports. The following names for this blade would be as follows: Xrtr3/0, Xrtr3/1, Xrtr3/2, Xrtr3/3, Xrtr3/4, Xrtr3/5 (for the first slot), and so on—the last port on slot four would be named Xrtr3/23. CLI Commands and Operation Mediaplex-20 User Guide CLI Tree The diagram below is a visual representation of the CLI command levels. For the two main commands “show” and “config.” For detailed information, see Show Commands and Config Commands in this chapter. ? <file name> config blade chassis show reset debug no config copy delete upload clear reboot set shell syncfs <blade number> cli config all interface web snmp scmconfig mcastconf vlanconf ripconf chassismgr netroutes mutex redundancy license mediaserver messageq rednhb log file <interface name> port program element stream stats <interface name> debug running-config chassis blade iproute interface media-routes stats program stream element vlan log tech-support serial ntp status system snmp-server iproutes redundancy interface alarms media-routes custom-program-services custom-element-services program-details element-details copy running-config startup-config or copy running-config ascii-filename or copy startup-config running-config 241 SkyStream Networks Command Definitions The following section defines all the commands provided by CLI. ? (root) Command Description Example Type: ? Shows all top-level root nodes show reset debug no config copy delete upload clear reboot set shell syncfs Show commands to display information reset commands Enable/Disable debug commands Disable commands Enter the config mode Copy configuration files Delete command Upload command Clear command reboot blade or chassis Set commands Start a shell process Synchronize file systems on SCMs show Command Description Example 242 Type: show ? Shows all show nodes running-config chassis blade iproute interface media-routes stats program stream element vlan log tech-support serial ntpstatus Display the current configuration Show chassis information Show blade information Show all Netwrok routes--IP, MPE and ATM Show interface information Show media-route information Show stats information Show program information Show stream information Show element information for a program Show vlan information Show log Show technical support information Show serial output log Show NTP status CLI Commands and Operation Mediaplex-20 User Guide reset Command Description Example Command 2 Example Type: reset ? Shows reset commands stats Reset stats information Type: reset stats ? gei1 gei2 gei3 gei4 blade1 blade3 blade5 blade7 blade8 blade9 blade12 blade13 blade14 blade15 blade17 blade19 Xrtr3/0 Xrtr3/1 Xrtr3/2 Xrtr3/3 Xrtr3/4 Xrtr3/5 ASIOut17/0 ASIOut17/1 ENC17/2 ASIIn17/6 ASIIn17/7 Reset GE port statistics Reset GE port statistics Reset GE port statistics Reset GE port statistics Reset blade statistics Reset blade statistics Reset blade statistics Reset blade statistics Reset blade statistics Reset blade statistics Reset blade statistics Reset blade statistics Reset blade statistics Reset blade statistics Reset blade statistics Reset blade statistics Reset statistics for Xrtr3/0 Reset statistics for Xrtr3/1 Reset statistics for Xrtr3/2 Reset statistics for Xrtr3/3 Reset statistics for Xrtr3/4 Reset statistics for Xrtr3/5 Reset statistics for ASIOut17/0 Reset statistics for ASIOut17/1 Reset statistics for ENC17/2 Reset statistics for ASIIn17/6 Reset statistics for ASIIn17/7 Command 3 Type: reset stats ENC17/4 Example Counters for ENC17/4 are reset debug Command Description Example Type: debug ? Shows debug commands (for advanced users only) cli config all interface web snmp Debug CLI process Debug Configuration parser Enable/disable all debugging Debug interface drivers Debug Web Debug SNMP 243 SkyStream Networks scmconfig mcastconf igmpcong vlanconf ripconf chassismgr netroutes mutex redundancy license mediaserver enum mediaroute messageq rednhb Debug Debug Debug Debug Debug Debug Debug Debug Debug Debug Debug Debug Debug Debug Debug SCM configuration Multicast configuration IGMP configuration VLAN configuration RIP configuration Chassis Manager Network Routes Mutex Redundancy Manager License Manager Media Server Enum list MediaRoute parameter MessageQ redundancy heartbeats no Command Description Example Command 2 Type: no ? Only used to disable the debug command. debug Enable/Disable debug commands Type: no debug config Command Description Changes prompt to config-mode Command 2 At config# Type: ? Description Shows all [config#] subcommands NOTE Type “exit” to get out of config mode. Example 244 Type: config system redundancy snmp-server interface ipRoutes alarms licenses media-routes custom-program-services custom-element-services program-details element-details - Configure system wide configuration Configure redundancy parameters Configure SNMP agent Configure interfaces Configure IP Route Configure Alarms Configure Licenses Configure media routes Create custom programs Create custom elements Configure parameters for custom programs Configure parameters for custom elements CLI Commands and Operation Mediaplex-20 User Guide To configure system parameters enter system configuration mode by entering system { To configure snmp-server parameters enter snmp-server configuration mode by entering snmp-server { copy Command Description Example Type: copy ? Shows copy commands copy running-config startup-config or copy running-config ascii-filename or copy startup-config running-config Command 2 Type: copy running-config <filename> Description Creates an ascii file of current running-configuration as the specified name. delete Command Description Example Type: delete ? Shows copy commands port program element stream Command 2 Type: delete port ? Description Shows existing ports Example Command 3 UDPOut17/2 UDPOut17/0 UDPOut17/1 Delete Remove Remove Remove specific port program from specific interface element from specific interface stream from specific interface Delete interface UDPOut17/2 Delete interface UDPOut17/0 Delete interface UDPOut17/1 Type: delete port UDPOut17/2 NOTE Follow the same procedure and syntax for program, element, and stream. 245 SkyStream Networks upload Command Description Example Type: upload ? Shows upload commands log Upload log file Command 2 Type: upload log <filename> Description Uploads the specified file. clear Command Description Example Type: clear ? Shows clear commands log Clear log file Command 2 Type: clear log <filename> Description Clears the specified file. reboot Command Description Example 246 Type: reboot ? Shows reboot commands blade chassis Reboot specific blade Reboot Chassis Command 2 Type: reboot blade <slot-num> Description Reboots the specified blade. CLI Commands and Operation Mediaplex-20 User Guide set Command Description Example Type: set ? Shows set commands date config blade-primary Set system date and time (Format MMDDhhmmCCYY) Set configuration from a file Set specific blade as primary Command 2 Type: set blade-primary ? Description Shows the primary blades Command 3 Type: set blade-primary <blade number> Description Sets specified blade as primary. Command 4 Type: set config <filename> Description Sets specified configuration file. shell Command Description Example Command 2 Type: shell To enter shell mode (for advanced users only) sh-2.04# Type: help Example GNU bash, version 2.04.0(1)-release (powerpc-unknown-linux-gnu) These shell commands are defined internally. Type `help' to see this list. Type `help name' to find out more about the function `name'. Use `info bash' to find out more about the shell in general. A star (*) next to a name means that the command is disabled. %[DIGITS | WORD] [&] : . filename [ arg... ] 247 SkyStream Networks alias [-p] [name[=value] ... ] bind [-lpvsPVS] [-m keymap] [-f fi builtin [shell-builtin [arg ...]] cd [-PL] [dir] compgen [-abcdefjkvu] [-A action] continue [n] dirs [-clpv] [+N] [-N] echo [-neE] [arg ...] eval [arg ...] exit [n] false fg [job_spec] function NAME { COMMANDS ; } or NA hash [-r] [-p pathname] [name ...] history [-c] [-d offset] [n] or hi jobs [-lnprs] [jobspec ...] or job let arg [arg ...] logout printf format [arguments] pwd [-PL] readonly [-anf] [name ...] or read select NAME [in WORDS ... ;] do CO shift [n] source filename test [expr] times true typeset [-afFrxi] [-p] name[=value umask [-p] [-S] [mode] unset [-f] [-v] [name ...] variables - Some variable names an while COMMANDS; do COMMANDS; done sh-2.04# bg [job_spec] break [n] case WORD in [PATTERN [| PATTERN]. command [-pVv] command [arg ...] complete [-abcdefjkvu] [-pr] [-A a declare [-afFrxi] [-p] name[=value disown [-h] [-ar] [jobspec ...] enable [-pnds] [-a] [-f filename] exec [-cl] [-a name] file [redirec export [-nf] [name ...] or export fc [-e ename] [-nlr] [first] [last for NAME [in WORDS ... ;] do COMMA getopts optstring name [arg] help [-s] [pattern ...] if COMMANDS; then COMMANDS; [ elif kill [-s sigspec | -n signum | -si local name[=value] ... popd [+N | -N] [-n] pushd [dir | +N | -N] [-n] read [-ers] [-t timeout] [-p promp return [n] set [--abefhkmnptuvxBCHP] [-o opti shopt [-pqsu] [-o long-option] opt suspend [-f] time [-p] PIPELINE trap [arg] [signal_spec ...] or tr type [-apt] name [name ...] ulimit [-SHacdflmnpstuv] [limit] unalias [-a] [name ...] until COMMANDS; do COMMANDS; done wait [n] { COMMANDS ; } NOTE Type “CLI” at the prompt to return to CLI. syncfs Command Description Example 248 Type: syncfs Syncronizes files, for use with redundant SCMs. sh-2.04# CLI Commands and Operation Mediaplex-20 User Guide Show Commands show Command Description Example Type: show ? Shows all show nodes running-config chassis blade iproute interface media-routes stats program stream element vlan log tech-support serial ntpstatus Display the current configuration Show chassis information Show blade information Show IP routes--IP, MPE and ATM Show interface information Show media-route information Show stats information Show program information Show stream information Show element information for a program Show vlan information Show log Show technical support information Show serial output log Show NTP status show running-config Command Type: show running-config NOTE The following message will appear: This command may take long time to complete, are you sure [Y/N]? Description Example Shows current Mediaplex configuration. system { hostName "mediaplex" dnsDomainName "SKYSTREAM.COM" chassisIpAddress 0.0.0.0 defaultRouter 192.168.19.1 vlanSetup { vlanId 2 ipAddress 172.30.1.1 subnetMask 255.255.255.0 ge1 'Untagged' ge2 'No' ge3 'No' ge4 'No' } vlanSetup { vlanId 3 ipAddress 10.2.3.1 subnetMask 255.255.255.0 ge1 'Tagged' ge2 'No' 249 SkyStream Networks ge3 'No' ge4 'No' } multicastSetup { vlanName 'vlan_2' ge1 true ge2 false ge3 false ge4 false ipAddress 239.225.225.0 } enableRip false dnsServer { ipAddress 192.168.1.11 } syslogHost { ipAddress 192.168.1.55 } sessionTimeout 40000 backplaneSubnet 172.17.1.0 timeZone 'GMT-8' ntpServers { ipAddress 192.168.1.18 } } snmp-server { snmpCommunityStrings { snmpReadCommunity "public" snmpReadWriteCommunity "private" } snmpLocation "Lab " snmpContact "LabAdmin" snmpTrapCommunity "private" trapDestination { ipAddress 192.168.1.11 } snmpV3User { userName "LabAdmin" password "skystream" authProtocol 'SHA' securityLevel 'noauth' } } redundancy { } ipRoutes { } alarms { configurableAlarm { configurableAlarmType 'Loss of Encoder Sync' enableStatus false } configurableAlarm { configurableAlarmType 'Loss of ASI Input' enableStatus false } configurableAlarm { configurableAlarmType 'Loss of ATM Link' 250 CLI Commands and Operation Mediaplex-20 User Guide enableStatus false } } licenses { } interface Xrtr3/0 { description "" cbrStreamerMode true maximumBitRate { bitRate 3000000 strictCbr 'Disabled' } videoPidToTransrate 0x0 } interface Xrtr3/1 { description "" cbrStreamerMode true maximumBitRate { bitRate 3000000 strictCbr 'Disabled' } videoPidToTransrate 0x0 } interface Xrtr3/2 { description "" cbrStreamerMode true maximumBitRate { bitRate 3000000 strictCbr 'Disabled' } videoPidToTransrate 0x0 } interface Xrtr3/3 { description "" cbrStreamerMode true maximumBitRate { bitRate 3000000 strictCbr 'Disabled' } NOTE This is an shortened sample configuration. The particular nodes shown will be a function of the Mediaplex chassis configuration. 251 SkyStream Networks show chassis Command Description Type: show chassis Shows chassis run-time operational statistics. Example Chassis Serial Number: 0xB5214A080000 Slot 3 TRM ONLINE(primary) OS 2.0 4 PMC sites PMC slot #1 DSP/6PAC #channels 6, , , , , , PMC slot #2 DSP/6PAC #channels 6, , , , , , PMC slot #3 DSP/6PAC #channels 6, , , , , , PMC slot #4 empty CPU: 0 Current CPU Utilization 48% Started on: Fri Aug 11 15:45:24 2000 Total memory 241086(kb) Free memory 27338(kb) Allocted memory 213748(kb) ASI Buffer Manager Number of Buffer Ref 200000 Number of Buffers 100000 Available Buffers 177793 No Buffer Ref Count 0 No Buffers Count 0 Buffer Highwater mark 22337 UDP Buffer Manager Number of Buffer Ref 200 Number of Buffers 100 Available Buffers 200 No Buffer Ref Count 0 No Buffers Count 0 Buffer Highwater mark 0 Section Buffer Manager Number of Buffer Ref 800 Number of Buffers 400 Available Buffers 752 No Buffer Ref Count 0 No Buffers Count 0 Buffer Highwater mark 49 4K_Pool Buffer Manager Number of Buffer Ref 250000 Number of Buffers 15000 Available Buffers 247351 No Buffer Ref Count 0 No Buffers Count 0 Buffer Highwater mark 4658 CPU: 1 Current CPU Utilization 4% Started on: Fri Aug 11 15:45:24 2000 Total memory 241556(kb) Free memory 36810(kb) Allocted memory 204746(kb) ASI Buffer Manager Number of Buffer Ref 200000 Number of Buffers 100000 --More-- (18% of 7271 bytes) NOTE This is an shortened sample configuration. The particular nodes shown will be a function of the Mediaplex chassis configuration. 252 CLI Commands and Operation Mediaplex-20 User Guide show iproute Command Description Type: show iproute Shows routes present in the chassis. Example ROUTING TABLE MPE Routes Destination Manual 172.16.5.0 172.16.5.16 172.16.17.32 172.16.17.48 IP Routes Destination 172.30.1.0 192.168.19.0 10.2.3.0 127.0.0.0 0.0.0.0 172.16.5.96 172.16.5.112 172.16.17.64 172.16.17.80 172.16.17.96 172.16.17.112 Mask Gateway Interface PID MAC Address 255.255.255.240 255.255.255.240 255.255.255.240 255.255.255.240 172.16.5.1 172.16.5.17 172.16.17.33 172.16.17.49 sme5/0 sme5/1 sme17/2 sme17/3 0x1FFF 0x1FFF 0x1FFF 0x1FFF Mask 255.255.255.0 255.255.255.0 255.255.255.0 255.0.0.0 0.0.0.0 255.255.255.240 255.255.255.240 255.255.255.240 255.255.255.240 255.255.255.240 255.255.255.240 Gateway 172.30.1.1 192.168.19.182 10.2.3.1 127.0.0.1 192.168.19.1 172.16.5.97 172.16.5.113 172.16.17.65 172.16.17.81 172.16.17.97 172.16.17.113 Interface Manual vlan_2 eth2 vlan_3 lo eth2 smd5/6 smd5/7 smd17/4 smd17/5 smd17/6 smd17/7 Discipline 00:00:00:00:00:00 00:00:00:00:00:00 00:00:00:00:00:00 00:00:00:00:00:00 show interface Command Description Example Type: show interface ? Shows interfaces present in the chassis. TCPIn5/0 Display TCPIn5/1 Display UDPOut5/0 Display UDPOut5/2 Display UDPOut5/1 Display RTPOut5/0 Display UDPIn17/0 Display UDPIn17/1 Display UDPIn17/2 Display UDPIn17/4 Display UDPIn17/5 Display --More-- (35% of 3950 bytes) interface interface interface interface interface interface interface interface interface interface interface information information information information information information information information information information information for for for for for for for for for for for TCPIn5/0 TCPIn5/1 UDPOut5/0 UDPOut5/2 UDPOut5/1 RTPOut5/0 UDPIn17/0 UDPIn17/1 UDPIn17/2 UDPIn17/4 UDPIn17/5 NOTE This is an shortened sample configuration. The particular nodes shown will be a function of the Mediaplex chassis configuration. 253 SkyStream Networks show interface TCPIn5/0 NOTE This is just an example of the show interface command. Follow the same syntax for all interfaces. Command Type: show interface TCPIn5/0 NOTE CLI is case sensitive; therefore, upper and lower case characters must be entered correctly. Description Example Shows configuration of specified interface Information of interface TCPIn5/0 : Port Type: TCP Input Port State: Processing Port Packetizer: MPEG-2 Transport Unapplied Config: no -- Description -Description: show media-routes Command Description Type: show media-routes ? Shows a list of media-routes Example all TCPIn5/0 TCPIn5/1 UDPIn17/0 UDPIn17/1 UDPIn17/2 UDPIn17/4 UDPIn17/5 UDPIn17/6 TCPIn17/0 TCPIn17/1 FILEIn17/0 ASIIn5/6 ASIIn5/7 ENC5/4 ASIIn17/4 ASIIn17/5 ASIIn17/6 ASIIn17/7 254 Show Show Show Show Show Show Show Show Show Show Show Show Show Show Show Show Show Show media-routes media-routes media-routes media-routes media-routes media-routes media-routes media-routes media-routes media-routes media-routes media-routes media-routes media-routes media-routes media-routes media-routes media-routes from from from from from from from from from from from from from from from from from from <TCPIn5/0> to <ASIOut5/0> <TCPIn5/1> to <ASIOut5/0> <UDPIn17/0> to <ASIOut5/0> <UDPIn17/1> to <ASIOut5/0> <UDPIn17/2> to <ASIOut5/0> <UDPIn17/4> to <ASIOut5/0> <UDPIn17/5> to <ASIOut5/0> <UDPIn17/6> to <ASIOut5/0> <TCPIn17/0> to <ASIOut5/0> <TCPIn17/1> to <ASIOut5/0> <FILEIn17/0> to <ASIOut5/0> <ASIIn5/6> to <ASIOut5/0> <ASIIn5/7> to <ASIOut5/0> <ENC5/4> to <ASIOut5/0> <ASIIn17/4> to <ASIOut5/0> <ASIIn17/5> to <ASIOut5/0> <ASIIn17/6> to <ASIOut5/0> <ASIIn17/7> to <ASIOut5/0> CLI Commands and Operation Mediaplex-20 User Guide show media-routes all all Command Description Type: show media-routes all all Shows a list of media-routes Example Type PROGRAM PROGRAM PROGRAM PROGRAM PROGRAM PROGRAM PROGRAM PROGRAM PROGRAM PROGRAM PROGRAM PROGRAM (public) (public) (public) (public) (public) (public) (public) (public) (public) (public) (public) (public) Input Interface ASIIn17/4 ASIIn17/4 ASIIn17/4 ASIIn17/4 ASIIn17/4 ASIIn17/4 ASIIn17/4 ASIIn17/4 ASIIn17/4 ASIIn17/4 ASIIn17/4 ASIIn17/4 Filter Xrtr3/0 Xrtr3/5 Xrtr3/1 Xrtr3/2 Xrtr3/3 Xrtr3/4 Xrtr3/6 Xrtr3/7 Xrtr3/8 Xrtr3/9 Xrtr3/10 Xrtr3/11 Output Interface UDPOut17/0 UDPOut17/2 UDPOut17/0 UDPOut17/0 UDPOut17/0 UDPOut17/0 UDPOut17/0 UDPOut17/0 UDPOut17/0 UDPOut17/0 UDPOut17/0 UDPOut17/0 Source Pgm 150 150 151 152 153 154 156 157 158 159 160 161 Dest Pgm 150 150 151 152 153 154 156 157 158 159 160 161 Source PID N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A Dest PID N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A show stats Command Description Example Type: show stats ? Shows a list of interfaces statistics available to view gei1 Show gei2 Show gei3 Show gei4 Show blade1 Show blade3 Show blade5 Show blade7 Show blade8 Show blade9 Show blade12 Show blade13 Show blade14 Show blade15 Show blade17 Show blade19 Show multicast Show backplane Show TCPIn5/0 Show TCPIn5/1 Show --More-- (28% of 3992 bytes) GE port statistics GE port statistics GE port statistics GE port statistics blade statistics blade statistics blade statistics blade statistics blade statistics blade statistics blade statistics blade statistics blade statistics blade statistics blade statistics blade statistics Multicast config backplane config statistics for TCPIn5/0 statistics for TCPIn5/1 255 SkyStream Networks show stats gei1 NOTE CLI is case sensitive; therefore, upper and lower case characters must be entered correctly. Command Description Example Type: show stats gei1 Shows GE statistics for a particular port. GE fiber port 1 Link DOWN No Sync Bytes Tx 31197895728 Bad Bytes Tx 0 Unicast Packets Tx 0 Multicast Packets Tx 22905944 Broadcast Packets Tx 0 Collision Packets Tx 0 Bytes Rx 0 Bad Bytes Rx 0 Unicast Packets Rx 0 Multicast Packets Rx 0 Broadcast Packets Rx 0 CRC & Align Errors 0 show stats blade3 Command Description Example 256 Type: show stats blade3 Shows statistics for a particular blade. Statistics for blade blade3 Bytes Tx Bad Bytes Tx Unicast Packets Tx Multicast Packets Tx Broadcast Packets Tx Collision Packets Tx Bytes Rx Bad Bytes Rx Unicast Packets Rx Multicast Packets Rx Broadcast Packets Rx CRC & Align Errors 96538556318 0 20050 70877141 2580 0 38741330256 0 36533 28440634 11 0 CLI Commands and Operation Mediaplex-20 User Guide show stats ASIOut3/2 Command Description Example Type: show stats ASIOut3/2 Shows ASI Out statistics for a particular port. Stream statistics for port ASIIn3/2 PID # packets # duplicates 0x0 24572 0 0x1 29459 0 0x20 2457 0 0x1FFF 0 0 Total: # errors bitrate (b/s) 1 15066 1 18237 0 1585 0 9074581 30.50 Mb/s show stats ENC13/0 Command Description Example Type: show stats ENC13/0 Shows encoder statistics Stream statistics for port ENC13/0 PID # packets # duplicates 0 33625 0 60 33625 0 101 76217 0 8191 2441930 0 Total: # errors bitrate (b/s) 0 21441 0 21441 0 49236 0 1561269 2.22 Mb/s show program Command Description Example Type: show program ? Shows programs ASIIn5/2 ASIIn5/3 ASIIn17/2 ASIIn17/3 ASIIn17/4 ASIIn17/5 ASIIn17/6 ASIIn17/7 ENC13/0 Xrtr3/0 Xrtr3/1 Xrtr3/2 Xrtr3/3 Xrtr3/4 Display Display Display Display Display Display Display Display Display Display Display Display Display Display program program program program program program program program program program program program program program information information information information information information information information information information information information information information for for for for for for for for for for for for for for ASIIn5/2 ASIIn5/3 ASIIn13/2 ASIIn13/3 ASIIn13/4 ASIIn13/5 ASIIn13/6 ASIIn13/7 ENC13/0 Xrtr3/0 Xrtr3/1 Xrtr3/2 Xrtr3/3 Xrtr3/4 257 SkyStream Networks show program ASIIn17/4 NOTE CLI is case sensitive; therefore, upper and lower case characters must be entered correctly. Command Description Type: show program ASIIn17/4 Shows ASI In programs Example Total 10 programs on interface ASIIn17/4 ProgramPMT PCR Service Service Number PID PID Name Provider 150 0xFBC 0xFBC Euronews 151 0xFBC 0xFBC Euronews (additional audio) 152 0xFBB 0xFBB Al Manar 153 0xFB5 0xFB5 SSC 154 0x99C 0x99C SBC TV 155 0x938 0x938 Jordan TV 156 0x67C 0x67C German TV 157 0x852 0x852 German TV Radio 158 0x8D4 0x8D4 TV Polonia 159 0x8D4 0x8D4 Polskie Radio 3 Service Original Type Network Id DIGITAL TELEVISON 1 DIGITAL TELEVISON DIGITAL TELEVISON 1 DIGITAL TELEVISON 1 DIGITAL TELEVISON 1 DIGITAL TELEVISON 1 DIGITAL TELEVISON 1 DIGITAL RADIO 1 DIGITAL TELEVISON 1 DIGITAL RADIO 1 show program ENC7/0 Command Description Type: show program ENC7/0 Shows encoder programs Example Total 1 programs on interface ENC5/6 ProgramPMT PCR Service Number PID PID Name 1 0x65 0x65 Service Provider Service Type USER DEFINED Original Network Id 0 show stream Command Description Example 258 Type: show stream ? Shows what streams are running ASIIn5/2 ASIIn5/3 ASIIn17/2 ASIIn17/3 Xrtr3/0 Display Display Display Display Display stream stream stream stream stream information information information information information for for for for for ASIIn5/2 ASIIn5/3 ASIIn17/2 ASIIn17/3 Xrtr3/0 CLI Commands and Operation Mediaplex-20 User Guide show stream ASIIn5/2 Command Description Example Type: show stream ASIIn5/2 Shows configuration of a specified ASI In stream. Total 29 streams on interface ASIIn5/2 Pid Stream Program (hex) Type Number 0x0 PAT 0 0x1 CAT 0 0x10 NIT 0 0x11 SDT 0 0x21 PMT 0 0x1001 Audio 222 show element Command Description Type: show element ? Shows what elements are running Example ASIIn5/2 ASIIn5/3 ASIIn17/2 ASIIn17/3 Xrtr3/0 Xrtr3/1 Xrtr3/2 Xrtr3/3 Display Display Display Display Display Display Display Display element element element element element element element element information information information information information information information information for for for for for for for for a a a a a a a a program program program program program program program program on on on on on on on on ASIIn5/2 ASIIn5/3 ASIIn17/2 ASIIn17/3 Xrtr3/0 Xrtr3/1 Xrtr3/2 Xrtr3/3 show element ASIIn3/5 Command Description Example Command 2 Type: show element ASIIn3/5 Shows configuration of specified elements show element <interface> <program-num> Type: show element ASIIn3/5 17 Example Information Pid PCR Pid 0x12C no 0x12D no for program #17 on interface ASIIn3/5: Stream Type MPEG2 Video MPEG1 Audio Cur/ Next yes yes Element Flags 0 0 Ver Tag # 1 0 1 0 259 SkyStream Networks show vlan Command Description Example Type: show vlan Shows all defined vlans VLAN ID 2 3 IP Address 172.30.1.1 10.2.3.1 Subnet Mask 255.255.255.0 255.255.255.0 GE1 U T GE2 - GE3 - GE4 - show log Command Description Type: show log ? Shows log usage Example Usage: show log [all|slot-num][all|warning|error|info|critical|notice] Example: show log 3 warning Will display all warning messages from blade3 show log 7 error Will display all error messages from blade7 show log 17 Will display all error messages from blade17 show log all Will display all error messages from all blades Command 2 Type: show log all all Example AUG 11 19:21:58 blade17 BLADE_MGR-6-STATS_RESET: Stream statistics have been reset for port:ASIIn17/7 Jun 2 09:00:14 mediaplex ctrlLayer[698]: SCMCONTROL-6-BLADE_CONFIG: Apply configuration for blade 17 Jun 2 09:00:14 mediaplex ctrlLayer[698]: SCMCONTROL-6-CONFIG_PARSER_UNLOCK: Config parser unlocked by parseConfig line 3222 Jun 2 09:00:14 mediaplex ctrlLayer[698]: SCMCONTROL-6-SYSTEM_CONFIG: System configuration changed at Mon Jun 2 09:00:14 2003 Jun 2 09:00:13 mediaplex ctrlLayer[699]: SCMCONTROL-6-BLADE_CONFIG: Apply configuration for blade 3 Jun 2 09:00:13 mediaplex ctrlLayer[698]: SCMCONTROL-6-CONFIG_PARSER_LOCK: Config parser locked by parseConfig blade 10 partner 65535 applyMode 2 Jun 2 09:00:13 mediaplex ctrlLayer[699]: SCMCONTROL-6-CONFIG_PARSER_UNLOCK: Config parser unlocked by parseConfig line 3222 --More-- (11% of 9429 bytes) NOTE This example is just a portion of what you may see depending upon your configuration. Command 3 Type: show log 3 info Example FEB 12 18:50:06 Blade5/172.17.1.5 BLADE_MGR-6-PORT_CREATE: Port:ASIIn5/2 has been created 260 CLI Commands and Operation Mediaplex-20 User Guide show tech-support Command Description Example Type: show tech-support Shows entire configuration This command may take long time to complete, are you sure[Y/N]? show serial Command Description Example Type: show serial Shows usage Usage: show serial MCM slot-num/cpu-num Example: show serial Will show serial Will MCM 5/0 display the MCM log from blade5 cpu 0 TRM 7/1 display the TRM log from blade7 cpu 1 Command 2 Type: show serial MCM 17/0 Description Shows blade log of cpu 0 show ntpstatus Command Description Type: show ntpstatus Shows status of NTP Example remote refid st t when poll reach delay offset jitter ====================================================================================== *192.168.1.18 132.239.1.6 3 u 32 64 377 2.207 -3.922 0.001 172.17.255.255 0.0.0.0 16 u 64 0 0.000 0.000 16000.0 261 SkyStream Networks Config Commands Navigation in config-mode The CLI has a special configuration mode that allows you to configure individual subsystems. By typing “config” at the prompt, you will enter configuration mode. The prompt will then change to: [config#] To review what functions are available, enter a question mark (?). The following functions will display: system, redundancy, snmp-server, interface, ipRoutes, alarms, licenses, media-routes, custom-program-services, customelement-services, program-details, and element-details. At the [config#] prompt, enter the next node you wish to access; for example, enter interface followed by a question mark to get a list of interfaces. Then enter interface and the <name of the interface> exactly as it appears in the list, (interface ASIIn17/4) followed by an opening brace ({), and at the prompt enter a question mark (?). This will display the parameters available to configure for that interface, the example below has already selected DVB as the input stream type therefore the two DVB tables are listed in the parameters available to configure. [config#] interface ASIIn17/4 { [ASIIn17/4 config#] ? channelActive Identifier of active plug on particular a physical input description Extended Description of the Object inputStreamType Input transport stream format enableCatParsing Enable the parsing of MPEG-CAT table enableNitParsing Enable the parsing of DVB-NIT tables enableSdtParsing Enable the parsing of DVB-SDT tables Configuration Values Each configuration option has a command followed by a value. Following the above example, to select the input stream type for ASI In, at the prompt [ASIIn17/4 config#] you must enter the value in single quotes inputStreamType ‘DVB’ to set the stream type value to DVB. NOTE Enumerated values must be entered using single quotes. Integer values do not require single quotes. Check syntax for entering parameter values by typing the name of the parameter and a question mark (?). For example: [ASIIn17/4 config#] channelActive ? This will provide the choices and method for entering parameters. After configuration you must end with a closing brace (}) to apply the configuration. To cancel the configuration type exit before entering a close brace(}). NOTE To return to the root prompt from [config#], type “exit.” Key Values Some configuration parameters must be entered in sequence for the values to be applied. When configuring an MPE route there are three key values that must be set the other values are optional. [ipRoutes manualMpeRoute config#] ? network MPE route base IP address netmask MPE route netmask gateway MPE route gateway pid MPE route PID ipMappingMacAddress IP mapping MAC address macAddress MPE route destination MAC address discipline MPE route discipline name 262 Key value Key value Key value CLI Commands and Operation Mediaplex-20 User Guide config Command Type: config Description Changes prompt to config-mode Command 2 At config# Type: ? Description Shows all [config#] subcommands Example system redundancy snmp-server interface ipRoutes alarms licenses media-routes custom-program-services custom-element-services program-details element-details - Configure system wide configuration Configure redundancy parameters Configure SNMP agent Configure interfaces Configure IP Route Configure Alarms Configure Licenses Configure media routes Create custom programs Create custom elements Configure parameters for custom programs Configure parameters for custom elements To configure system parameters enter system configuration mode by entering system { To configure snmp-server parameters enter snmp-server configuration mode by entering snmp-server { [config] system Command In [config#] Type: system { Description Changes prompt to [system config #] Command 2 At [system config#] Type: ? Description Shows all [system config#] subcommands Example hostName dnsDomainName managementIp chassisIpAddress defaultRouter boot tftpHost SCM host name DNS domain name Management IP address IP address of the chassis Default router Boot choice (TFTP,Flash,PCMCIA) Host configuration for TFTP boot 263 SkyStream Networks vlanSetup multicastSetup automaticMulticastSetup enableRip dnsServer syslogHost sessionTimeout backplaneSubnet timeZone ntpServers Set up a new VLAN Set up a Multicast group, and add port to the group Multicast created with a UDP_Out port. Can change only GE config Enable RIP routing protocol DNS server address Syslog server address User interface session timeout interval A /26 IP subnet used for chassis back Time zone setting for the chassis NTP Servers NOTE Type attribute and a question mark (?) for information on the attribute’s parameters. Then type the attribute and parameters separated by a space. Values NOTE Values are examples only. ■ hostName: Type SCM host name, string (max length 255) values must be entered within double quotes. Type <hostName “mediaplex”> ■ dnsDomainName: Type the DNS domain name, string (max length 255) values must be entered within double quotes. Type <dnsDomainName “skystream.com”> ■ managementIp: This parameter has multiple attributes to configure. Type managementIp { at the prompt enter parameters: —ipAddress: IP address for the management port. Type <ipAddress xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx> —netmask: Netmask for the management port. Type <netmask xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx> NOTE You must type a close brace } to return to system configuration. ■ chassisIpAddress: Type the chassis IP address. Type <chassisIpAddress xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx>. ■ defaultRouter: Type the IP address of the default router. Type <defaultRouter xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx>. ■ boot: Type one of the following boot choices (TFTP, Flash, PCMCIA) Possible values are: TFTP, Flash1, Flash2, PCMCIA1, PCMCIA2, and DHCP. Enumerated values must be entered within single quotes. Type <boot ‘Flash1’> ■ tftpHost: This parameter has multiple attributes to configure. Type tftpHost { at the prompt enter parameters: —tftpHost: IP address for the TFTP Host. Type <ipAddress xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx> —tftpFileName: File name to boot from, string (max length 255) values must be entered within double quotes. Type <tftpFileName “mediaplex-image”> ■ vlanSetup: This parameter has multiple attributes to configure. Type vlanSetup { at the prompt enter parameters: —vlanId: VLAN ID for the new VLAN, integer (min 2 max 4093). Type <vlanId 4> —ipAddress: VLAN IP Address. Type <ipAddress xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx.> —subnetMask: VLAN Netmask. Type <subnetMask xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx.> —ge1: GE1 port enable for this VLAN. Possible values are: No, Untagged, Tagged. Enumerated values must be entered within single quotes. Type <ge1 ‘Untagged’> 264 CLI Commands and Operation Mediaplex-20 User Guide NOTE It is possible to have multiple tagged VLANs on the same port (GE1, GE2, GE3, or GE4), however, only one untagged. —ge2/ge3/ge4: (see ge1). ■ ■ ■ multicastSetup: This parameter has multiple attributes to configure. Type multicastSetup { at the prompt enter parameters: —vlanName: VLAN name for multicast. Type <vlanName ‘vlan_4’> —ge1: GE1 port enable for this VLAN. Boolean (true or false). Type <ge1 true> —ge2/ge3/ge4: (see ge1). —ipAddress: IP address between 224.0.0.0 and 239.255.255.255. Type <ipAddress xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx.> automaticMulticastSetup: This parameter has multiple attributes to configure. Type automaticMulticastSetup { at the prompt enter parameters: —vlanName: VLAN name for multicast. Type <vlanName ‘vlan_4’> —ge1: GE1 port enable for this VLAN. Boolean (true or false). Type <ge1 true> —ge2/ge3/ge4: (see ge1). —ipAddress: IP address between 224.0.0.0 and 239.255.255.255. Type <ipAddress xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx.> enableRip: Type true or false to enable or disable RIP. Type <enableRip true> once enabled you can type a ? to view additional RIP parameters. —ripVersion: Type Version 1 or Version 2. Type <ripVersion 1> —ripSetup: Type ripSetup { to configure RIP setup there are three parameters: -interfaceName: Type <interfaceName “vlan_2”> (key value) must be entered. -enableRip: Type <enableRip true> Boolean (true or false) -passiveMode: Type <passiveMode true> Boolean (true or false) NOTE You can configure multiple DNS Servers, NTP Servers or Syslog Hosts. ■ dnsServer: Type dnsServer { at the prompt enter parameters: —dnsServer: IP address for the DNS Server. Type <ipAddress xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx> ■ syslogHost: Type syslogHost { at the prompt enter parameters: —syslogHost: IP address for the Syslog Host. Type <ipAddress xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx> ■ sessionTimeout: Type integer for timeout 1 to 65535 (seconds). Type <sessionTimeout 5>. ■ backplaneSubnet: Type the backplane subnet. A /26 IP subnet is used for chassis back. Type <backplaneSubnet xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx> ■ timeZone: Type the time zone setting for the chassis, possible values are: Abidjan, Accra, Acre, ACT, Adak, Addis_Ababa, Adelaide, Aden, Alaska, Aleutian, Algiers, Almaty, Amman, Amsterdam, Anadyr, Anchorage, Auckland, Belfast, Belgrade, Berlin, Brisbane, Cairo, Calcutta, CET, CST6CDT, EET, EST, EST5EDT, GMT, GMT0, GMT-0, GMT+0, GMT-1, GMT+1, GMT-10, GMT+10, GMT-11, GMT+11, GMT-12, GMT+12, GMT-13, GMT-14, GMT2, GMT+2, GMT-3, GMT+3, GMT-4, GMT+4, GMT-5, GMT+5, GMT-6, GMT+6, GMT-7, GMT+7, GMT-8, GMT+8, GMT-9, GMT+9, Greenwich, 265 SkyStream Networks ■ Japan, Los_Angeles, Melbourne, Moscow, Mountain, MST, MST7MDT, Pacific, Pacific-New, PST8PDT, New_York, Taipei, Zurich. Enumerated values must be entered within single quotes. Type <timezone ‘Pacific’> ntpServers: Type ntpServers { at the prompt enter parameters: —ntpServers: IP address for the NTP Servers. Type <ipAddress xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx> [config] redundancy Command Description Example Command 2 Description Command 3 Example In [config#] Type: redundancy { Changes prompt to [redunancy config#] ? chassisRedundancy Chassis Redundancy In [redunancy config#] Type: chassisRedundancy true Enables chassis redundancy In [redunancy config#] Type: ? chassisRedundancy redundancyMode Chassis Redundancy Redundancy Mode NOTE When you enable redundancy the MCM and TRM blades will reboot to establish redundancy. Values ■ ■ chassisRedundancy: Boolean (true or false) redundancyMode: Enumerated parameter possible values are ‘Automatic’ or ‘Manual’ NOTE To “Flip” a blade exit config mode and type set blade-primary <blade number>. To “Sync Files” on the SCM blades exit config mode and type syncfs. 266 CLI Commands and Operation Mediaplex-20 User Guide [config] snmp-server Command Description Example In [config#] Type: snmp-server { Changes prompt to [snmp-server config#] ? snmpCommunityStrings snmpLocation snmpContact snmpTrapCommunity trapDestination snmpV3User Read And Read Write Community for SNMP Location for SNMP Contact for SNMP SNMP Community string for SNMP traps NOTE Type attribute and a question mark (?) for information on the attribute’s parameters. Then type the attribute and parameters separated by a space. For example, at the prompt [snmp-server config#] type: snmpCommunityStrings { enter, and at the next prompt [snmp-server snmpCommunityStrings config#] type snmpReadCommunity “public” Values ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ snmpCommunityStrings: Type snmpCommunityStrings { This parameter has multiple attributes. —snmpReadCommunity: Type SNMP read community string within double quotes (maximum. length 255 characters). —snmpReadWriteCommunity: Type SNMP read/write community string within double quotes (maximum. length 255 characters). snmpLoction: Type SNMP location string within double quotes (maximum. length 255 characters). snmpContact: Type SNMP contact string within double quotes (maximum. length 255 characters). snmpTrapCommunity Type SNMP trap community string within double quotes (maximum. length 255 characters). trapDestination: Type trapDestination { —IpAddress: Type IP address for traps to be sent <ipAddress xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx>. snmpV3User: This parameter has multiple key value attributes to configure. Type snmpV3User { at the prompt enter parameters, then type } to set values: —userName: Create SNMPv3 user name, enter a string value (max. length 16) within double quotes. Type <userName “user1”> —password: Create SNMPv3 password, enter a string value (max. length 16) within double quotes. Type <password “sky1”> —authProtocol: Enter an authentication protocol for SNMPv3, possible values are MD5 or SHA and must be entered within single quotes. Type <authProtocol ‘SHA’> —securityLevel: Enter security type for SNMPv3, possible values are noauth or auth and must be entered within single quotes. Type <securityLevel ‘auth’> 267 SkyStream Networks [config] interface Command Description Example 268 In [config#] Type: interface ? Shows available interfaces Possible interface names -Possible interface names are -Xrtr3/0 Xrtr3/1 Xrtr3/2 Xrtr3/3 Xrtr3/4 Xrtr3/5 ASIIn5/6 ASIIn5/7 ENC5/4 RTPIn5/0 RTPIn5/1 TCPIn5/0 TCPIn5/1 UDPIn5/0 UDPIn5/1 UDPIn5/3 ASIOut5/0 ASIOut5/1 ATMOut5/0 RTPOut5/0 UDPOut5/0 UDPOut5/1 ATM5/2 smd5/6 smd5/7 sme5/0 sme5/1 ASIIn17/4 ASIIn17/5 ASIIn17/6 ASIIn17/7 ENC17/0 FILEIn17/0 FILEIn17/1 RTPIn17/0 RTPIn17/1 UDPIn17/0 UDPIn17/1 ASIOut17/2 ASIOut17/3 UDPOut17/0 UDPOut17/1 UDPOut17/2 smd17/4 smd17/5 smd17/6 smd17/7 sme17/2 sme17/3 CLI Commands and Operation Mediaplex-20 User Guide Configuring and Creating Interfaces To configure a physical interface To configure physical interfaces (ASIIn, ASIOut, Encoder or ATM) type the command interface and the interface name with an open brace { Example: At the prompt [config#] type interface ASIIn3/0 { or interface ASIOut5/0 { or interface ENC13/0 { or interface ATM3/2 { To configure or create a logical output interface To configure or create logical network output interfaces (UDPOut, RTPOut) use interface InterfaceName AttachedInterface { Example: At the prompt [config#] type interface UDPOut3/0 ASIIn3/2 { or interface UDPOut5/0 sme5/0 { or you can substitute any input port or network interface when creating the UDPOut port. The same applies to the RTPOut port except for the SME network interface is not supported for the RTP interface. At the prompt [config#] type interface RTPOut3/0 ATM3/2 RTCPEnable { NOTE For RTCP, “RTCPEnable” or “RTCPDisable” must be added. To configure or create a logical network input interface To configure or create logical network input interfaces (UDPIn, TCPIn) use interface InterfaceName AttachedInterface Packetizer { Example: At the prompt [config#] type interface UDPIn3/0 gei3/0 Transport { or for UDP only you can choose the network interface SMD interface TCPIn3/0 ATM3/2 Section { Valid keywords for packetizer are Transport, Section and DataPipe. NOTE For more information on the packetizers see Chapter 4: Port Configuration and Statistics—Data Type Packetizers (M2T is the same as Transport). To configure or create FileIn device To configure or create FILEIn device use interface InterfaceName Packetizer { Example: At the prompt [config#] type interface FILEIn3/0 Transport { Valid keywords for packetizer are Transport, Section and DataPipe To configure or create RTPIn device To c o n f i g u r e o r c r e a t e R T P I n d e v i c e u s e i n t e r f a c e I n t e r f a c e N a m e AttachedInterface { Example: At the prompt [config#] type interface RTPIn3/0 gei3/0 RTCPEnable { or interface RTPIn3/0 ATM3/2 RTCPEnable { NO T E For RT P, “RTC PE nab le” or “RTCP Di sabl e” must be add ed wh en creating a new port. To configure or create ATMIn/ATMOut device To configure or create ATMIn or ATMOut device use interface InterfaceName AttachedInterface { Example: At the prompt [config#] type interface ATMIn3/0 ATM3/2 { or interface ATMOut17/2 ATM17/1 { 269 SkyStream Networks [config] interface ASIIn3/5 Command Description In [config#] Type: interface ASIIn3/5 { Changes prompt to [ASIIn3/5 config#] ? Example channelActive description inputStreamType enableCatParsing enableNitParsing enableSdtParsing Identifier of active plug on particular a physical input Extended Description of the Object Input transport stream format Enable the parsing of MPEG-CAT table Enable the parsing of DVB-NIT tables Enable the parsing of DVB-SDT tables Values ■ ■ ■ ■ channelActive: Identifier of active plug on particular a physical input. Enumerated parameter possible values are: Input A or Input B. Enumerated values must be entered within single quotes. Type <channelActive ‘Input A’> description: Extended Description of the Object. Enter string (max length 80 characters) string values must be entered within double quotes. Type <description “string”> inputStreamType: Input transport stream format. Enumerated parameter possible values are: MPEG, DVB, GI, or ATSC. Enumerated values must be entered within single quotes. Type <inputStreamType ‘DVB’> enableCatParsing: Enable the parsing of MPEG-CAT tables. Boolean (true or false). Type <enableCatParsing true> NOTE The following two parameters are only present when the Input Stream Type is set to DVB. ■ ■ enableNitParsing: Enable the parsing of DVB-NIT tables. Boolean (true or false). Type <enableNitParsing true> enableSdtParsing: Enable the parsing of DVB-SDT tables. Boolean (true or false). Type <enableSdtParsing true> [config] interface ASIOut3/6 Command Description In [config#] Type: interface ASIOut3/6 { Changes prompt to [ASIOut3/6 config#] ? Example autoSelectPidRange autoSelectPmtRange autoSelectProgramRange description outputStreamType 270 Range of PID values to use when auto-fixing PID conflicts Range of PMT values to use when auto-fixing PMT conflicts Range of Program Numbers to use when auto-fixing conflicts Extended Description of the Object Output transport stream format CLI Commands and Operation Mediaplex-20 User Guide transportStreamId enableDescriptorConfiguration enableSdtGeneration enableTdtGeneration enableTotGeneration enableNitGeneration enableCatGeneration networkId outputBitRate asiOutputPacketSize Unique identifier of the output transport stream (0-0xffff) Enable/Disable the descriptor routing configuration page Enable SDT generation on the specified output Enable TDT generation on the specified output Enable TOT generation on the specified output Enable NIT generation on the specified output Enable CAT generation on the specified output Unique identifier of the output network (0-0xffff) Output bit rate (Max 160Mbps shared between both ports) Size of packets (188 or 204-byte) for ASI Output Method of finding attributes and value ranges For information on an attribute’s parameters, type the attribute followed by a question mark (?). If the result indicates that another level exists, type the next level attribute followed by an opening brace ({). For example, at the prompt [ASIOut3/6 config#] type: autoSelectPidRange {. The prompt will change to [ASIOut3/6 autoSelectPidRange config#]. Then type a question mark (?). This will display the next level of attributes. If typing the attribute followed by a question mark provides a list of values, then type the attribute and parameters separated by a space. By using this method, you can find all attributes and their range of values and so configure the interface. For example, at the prompt [ASIOut3/6 autoSelectPidRange config#] type: minimumPidValue 1000. Remember to exit from the current level type a closing brace (}). Values NOTE You can set the ranges of the following three parameters: PIDs, PMTs, and Program Numbers. This is used when selecting AUTO FIX when configuring media routes. ■ ■ ■ ■ autoSelectPidRange: This parameter has multiple attributes to configure. Type autoSelectPidRange { at the prompt enter parameters: —minimumPidValue: Minimum PID values in the auto-select range, integer (min 16 max 8190 ) Type <minimumPidValue 1000> —maximumPidValue: Maximum PID values in the auto-select range, integer (min 16 max 8190 ) Type <maximumPidValue 4000> autoSelectPmtRange: This parameter has multiple attributes to configure. Type autoSelectPmtRange { at the prompt enter parameters: —minimumPidValue: Minimum PID values in the auto-select range, integer (min 16 max 8190 ) Type <minimumPmtValue 500> —maximumPidValue: Maximum PID values in the auto-select range, integer (min 16 max 8190 ). Type <maximumPmtValue 4500> autoSelectProgramRange: This parameter has multiple attributes to configure. Type autoSelectProgramRange { at the prompt enter parameters: —minimumProgramId: Minimum Program number values in the auto-select range, integer (min 1 max 65535). Type <minimumProgramId 30> —maximumProgramId: Maximum Program number values in the auto-select range, integer (min 1 max 65535). Type <maximumProgramId 300> description: Extended Description of the Object. Enter string (max length 80 characters) string values must be entered within double quotes. Type <description “string”> 271 SkyStream Networks outputStreamType: Output transport stream format. Enumerated parameter possible values are: MPEG, or DVB. Enumerated values must be entered within single quotes. Type <outputStreamType ‘DVB’> ■ transportStream Id: Unique identifier of the output transport stream (0-0xffff). Enter an integer (min 0 max 65535). Type <transportStreamId 15> ■ enableDescriptorConfiguration: Enable/Disable the descriptor routing configuration page. Boolean (true or false). Type <enableDescriptorConfiguration true> Once enabled this parameter has two levels of parameters —fixedDescriptorList: Type fixedDescriptorList { this parameter has multiple key value attributes, you must enter the descriptorName and the status for that descriptor. For example: descriptorName “Video Stream” <CR> status true <CR>. —descriptorName: Standard name for the descriptor, string (max length 35), values must be entered within double quotes. Possible values are as follows: Video Stream, Audio Stream, Hierarchy, Registration, Data Stream Alignment, Target Background Grid, Video Window, ISO 639 Language, System Clock, Multiplex Buffer Utilization, Copyright, Maximum Bitrate, Private Data Indicator, Smoothing Buffer, STD, IBP, Service List, Stuffing, Bouquet Name, Service, Country Availability, Linkage, NVOD Reference, Time Shifted Service, Mosaic, Stream Identifier, CA Identifier, Teletext, Telephone, Subtitling, Multilingual Service Name, Private Data Specifier, Service Move, Data Broadcast, or Data Broadcast ID. Type <descriptorName “Video Stream”> —status: Enable/Disable routing of the specified descriptor, boolean (true or false). Type <status true> NOTE If the Output Stream Type is set as ‘MPEG’ you can only enable CAT generation. When it is set to ‘DVB’ the SDT, TDT, TOT, and NIT generation parameters are available to enable. When any of these tables are enabled there will be additional parameters to configure. The network ID and descriptor parameters are also available to configure. ■ networkId: Unique identifier of the output network (0-0xffff). Enter an integer (min 0 max 65535). Type <networkId 15> ■ enableSdtGeneration: Enable SDT generation on the Boolean (true or false). Type <enableSdtGeneration true> When enabled there no additional parameters. ■ enableTdtGeneration: Enable TDT generation on the Boolean (true or false). Type <enableTdtGeneration true> When enabled you have the following additional parameters to configure: —timeZone: Select the correct time zon.e Enumerated parameter possible values are Local or UTC. Enumerated values must be entered within single quotes, type <timeZone ‘Local’> ■ enableTotGeneration: Enable TOT generation on the Boolean (true or false). Type <enableTotGeneration true> When enabled you have the following additional parameters to configure: —localTimeOffsetParameters { To configure the following TOT parameters: --countryCode: Country code of described local time offset --countryRegionId: Individual region identifier of country specified --localTimeOffsetPolarity: Local time offset is either leading or lagging GMT ■ 272 CLI Commands and Operation Mediaplex-20 User Guide ■ time --localTimeOffset: Local time offset (hh:mm:00) --dateOfChange: Date of local time offset change (mm/dd/yyyy) --timeOfChange: Time of local time offset change (hh:mm:ss) --nextLocalTimeOffset: Next local time offset (hh:mm:00) enableNitGeneration: Enable NIT generation on the Boolean (true or false). Type <enableNitGeneration true> When enabled you have the following additional parameters to configure: —networkName: Type network name, string (max length 255) values must be entered within double quotes. Type <networkName “string”> —networkDeliveryType: Specifies the output transmission medium. Enumerated parameter possible values are: satellite, cable or terrestrial. Enumerated parameters must be entered within single quotes. Type <networkDeliveryType ‘satellite’> NOTE Once you select the delivery type you must enter the parameters associated with that delivery type (Cable, Terrestrial, or Satellite). CABLE—DELIVERY TYPE ■ TERRESTRIAL—DELIVERY TYPE ■ cableDelivery: This parameter has multiple attributes to configure. Type cableDelivery { at the prompt enter parameters: —frequency: Modulation frequency (MHz). String (max length 13). String values must be entered within double quotes. Type <frequency “string”> —fecOuter: Specifies the outer Forward Error Correction (FEC) scheme. Enumerated parameter possible values are: Not defined, No outer FEC coding, RS(204/188), or Reserved for future use. Enumerated values must be entered within single quotes. Type <fecOuter ‘Not defined’> —modulation: Specifies the modulation scheme used. Enumerated parameter possible values are: Not defined, 16 QAM, 32 QAM, 64 QAM, 128 QAM, 256 QAM, or Reserved for future use. Enumerated values must be entered within single quotes. Type <modulation “16 QAM”> —symbolRate: Output symbol rate (MSymbols/s). String (max length 13). String values must be entered within double quotes. Type <symbolRate “string”> —fecInner: Specifies the inner Forward Error Correction (FEC) scheme. Enumerated parameter possible values are: Not defined, 1/2 conv. code rate, 2/3 conv. code rate, 3/4 conv. code rate, 5/6 conv. code rate, 7/8 conv. code rate, Reserved for future use, or No conv. coding. Enumerated values must be entered within single quotes. Type <fecInner ‘Not defined’> terrestrialDelivery: This parameter has multiple attributes to configure. Type terrestrialDelivery { at the prompt enter parameters: —centerFrequency: Center frequency value (10 - 42949672950 Hz). String (max length 13) String values must be entered within double quotes. Type <centerFrequency “500000 Hz”> —bandwidth: Specifies the bandwidth in use (8, 7 MHz). Enumerated parameter possible values are: 8, 7 or Reserved for future use. Enumerated values must be entered within single quotes. Type <bandwidth ‘8’> —constellation: Specifies the constellation pattern used. Enumerated parameter possible values are: Gigabit, 16-QAM, 64-QAM, or Reserved for future use. Enumerated values must be entered within single quotes. 273 SkyStream Networks Type <constellation ‘Gigabit’> —hierarchy: Specifies if transmission is hierarchical and the alpha value. Enumerated parameter possible values are: Non-hierarchical, alpha = 1, alpha = 2, alpha = 4 or Reserved for future use. Enumerated values must be entered within single quotes. Type <hierarchy ‘alpha = 1’> —hpCodeRate: Specifies the inner Forward Error Correction (FEC) scheme. Enumerated parameter possible values are: 1/2, 2/3, 3/4, 5/6, 7/8 or Reserved for future use. Enumerated values must be entered within single quotes. Type <hpCodeRate ‘1/2’> —lpCodeRate: Specifies the inner Forward Error Correction (FEC) scheme for th. Enumerated parameter possible values are: 1/2, 2/3, 3/4, 5/6, 7/8 or Reserved for future use. Enumerated values must be entered within single quotes. Type <lpCodeRate ‘1/2’> —guardInterval: Specifies the guard interval used. Enumerated parameter possible values are: 1/32, 1/16, 1/8 or 1/4. Enumerated values must be entered within single quotes. Type <guardInterval ‘1/32’> —transmissionMode: Indicates the number of carriers in a OFDM frame. Enumerated parameter possible values are: 2k Mode, 8k Mode, or Reserved for future use. Enumerated values must be entered within single quotes. Type <transmissionMode ‘2k Mode> —otherFrequencyFlag: Specifies if other frequencies are in use. Enumerated parameter possible values are: No other frequency in use or One or more other frequency in use. Enumerated values must be entered within single quotes. Type <otherFrequencyFlag ‘No other frequency in use’> SATELLITE—DELIVERY TYPE 274 ■ satelliteDelivery: This parameter has multiple attributes to configure. Type satelliteDelivery { at the prompt enter parameters: —frequency: Modulation frequency (GHz). String (max length 13) String values must be entered within double quotes. Type <frequency “string”> —orbitalPosition: Specifies the orbital position (degrees). String (max length 13) String values must be entered within double quotes. Type <orbitalPosition “string”> —westOrEast: Indicating if the satellite is within the west or east. Enumerated parameter possible values are: West or East. Enumerated values must be entered within single quotes. Type <westOrEast ‘West’> —polarization. Specifies the polarization of the signal. Enumerated parameter possible values ar: Linear - Horizontal, Linear - Vertical, Circular - Left and Circular - Right. Enumerated values must be entered within single quotes modulation Specifies the modulation scheme used. Enumerated parameter possible values are: Not defined, Gigabit, or Reserved for future use. Enumerated values must be entered within single quotes. Type <polarization ‘Circular - Right’> —symbolRate: Output symbol rate (MSymbols/s). String (max length 13) String values must be entered within double quotes. Type <symbolRate “string”> —fecInner Specifies the inner Forward Error Correction (FEC) scheme Enumerated parameter possible values are: Not defined, 1/2 conv. code rate, 2/3 conv. code rate, 3/4 conv. code rate, 5/6 conv. code rate, 7/8 conv. code rate, CLI Commands and Operation Mediaplex-20 User Guide ■ ■ ■ Reserved for future use or No conv. coding. Enumerated values must be entered within single quotes. Type <fecInner ‘1/2 conv. code rate’>. enableCatGeneration: Enable CAT generation on the Boolean (true or false). Type <enableCatGeneration true> When enabled you have the following additional parameters to configure: Type catParameters { To configure the following CAT parameters: ---caSystemId: CA System ID this parameter is a Key value —emmPid: EMM PID this parameter is a Key value —privateData: Private Data this is an optional parameter outputBitRate: Output bit rate (integer min 0 max 160000000). Type <outputBitRate 5000000> asiOutputPacketSize: Size of packets (188 or 204-byte) for ASI Output. Enumerated parameter possible values are: 188 or 204. Enumerated values must be entered within single quotes. Type <asiOutputPacketSize ‘188’> [config] interface ENC5/4 Command Description In [config#] Type: interface ENC5/4 { Changes prompt to [ENC5/4 config#] ? NOTE The parameters shown in the example below are for the Real-Time MPEG Encoder (RTME) and most of these parameters are common to both types of encoders, see the next section for the Real-Time MPEG Encoder Plus (RTME Plus) exclusive parameters. RTME Example description encoderStarted videoResolution encodingMethod vbrBitRate encoderInputSelect videoFormat audioDataRate audioOutputMode audioSampleRate enableServiceInformation serviceName analogAudioGain spatialFilterAutoMode temporalFilterAutoMode medianFilterType luminanceHighThreshold luminanceLowThreshold chrominanceHighThreshold chrominanceLowThreshold scalerAndPrefilterSettings gopSize analogVideoPreProcessing Extended Description of the Object Start/Stop video encoding Specifies the video resolution to use for encoding Specifies whether to encode in constant or variable bit rates Encoder input selection (S-Video/Composite) Specifies the video format (NTSC/PAL) Specifies the data rate of the encoded audio Specifies the audio output type (mono, stereo, dual, joint) Specifies the audio sampling rate Enable/Disable the option to enter service information Select Select Median Select Select Select Select to use spatial filter in auto mode to use temporal filter in auto mode Filter Type M.F. Luminance High Threshold M.F. Luminance Low Threshold M.F. Chrominance High Threshold M.F. Chrominance Low Threshold Select the GOP Size to optimize the quality 275 SkyStream Networks inputVideoQuality useDefaults useEmbeddedAudio embeddedAudioChannel encoderServiceInformation enableVideoAgc encoderAudioPid encoderAudioType Input Video Quality Use Defaults Use Embedded Audio Enable automatic gain control for composite or S-Video inputs PID for the encoded audio bitstream Audio type indicated in the PMT Values ■ ■ ■ ■ description: Extended Description of the Object. Enter string (max length 80 characters) string values must be entered within double quotes. Type <description “string”> encoderStarted: Start/Stop video encoding. Boolean (true or false). Type <encoderStarted false> videoResolution: Specifies the video resolution to use for encoding. Enumerated parameter possible values are: 720x 480(NTSC):576(PAL), 704x 480(NTSC):576(PAL), 640x 480(NTSC):576(PAL), 544x 480(NTSC):576(PAL), 528x 480(NTSC):576(PAL), 480x 480(NTSC):576(PAL), 352x 480(NTSC):576(PAL) Enumerated values must be entered within single quotes. Type <videoResolution ‘720x 480(NTSC):576(PAL)’> encodingMethod: Specifies whether to encode in constant or variable bit rates. Enumerated parameter possible values are: VBR or CBR. Enumerated values must be entered within single quotes. Type <encodingMethod ‘VBR’> NOTE If you select ‘VBR’ as the encodingMethod the following vbrBitRate parameters are available. ■ ■ ■ ■ 276 vbrBitRate: To configure vbrBitRate enter vbrBitRate { vbrBitRate has multiple attributes: —videoBitRate: Specifies the bit rate of the encoded stream (Integer min: 1000000 max: 15000000) —peakBitRate: Specifies the bit rate variance for the encoded stream (Integer min: 1000000 max: 15000000) encoderInputSelect: Encoder input selection (S-Video/Composite). Enumerated parameter possible values are: S-Video, Composite Channel-1, Composite Channel-2 or SDI(Digital Video). Enumerated values must be entered within single quotes. Type <encoderInputSelect ‘S-Video’> videoFormat: Specifies the video format (NTSC/PAL). Enumerated parameter possible values are: NTSC or PAL. Enumerated values must be entered within single quotes. Type <videoFormat ‘PAL’> audioDataRate: Specifies the data rate of the encoded audio. Enumerated parameter possible values are: 128, 160, 192, 224 or 256. Enumerated values must be entered within single quotes. Type <audioDataRate ‘224’> CLI Commands and Operation Mediaplex-20 User Guide ■ ■ ■ audioOutputMode: Specifies the audio output type (mono, stereo, dual). Enumerated parameter possible values are: Stereo, Dual or Mono. Enumerated values must be entered within single quotes. Type <audioOutputMode ‘Mono’> audioSampleRate: Specifies the audio sampling rate. Enumerated parameter possible values are: 44.1, 48 or 32. Enumerated values must be entered within single quotes. Type <audioSampleRate ‘48’> enableServiceInformation: Enable/Disable the option to enter service information. Boolean (true or false). Type <enableServiceInformation true> NOTE Once enableServiceInformation is set to true the serviceName parameter becomes available. ■ ■ serviceName: This parameter has multiple attributes to configure. Type serviceName { at the prompt enter parameters: —serviceName: Name given to the service. String (max length 255) String values must be entered within double quotes. Type <serviceName “string”> —serviceProviderName: Name of the provider of the service. String (max length 255) String values must be entered within double quotes. Type <serviceProviderName “string”> —serviceType: Type of the service (ETSI EN300-468v1.4.1 Table 72). Enumerated parameter possible values are: Reserved, Digital television service, Digital radio sound television, Teletext service, NVOD reference service, NVOD time-shifted service, Mosaic service, PAL coded signal, SECAM coded signal, D/D2-MAC, FM radio, NTSC coded signal, Data broadcast service, Reserved, RCS map, RCS FLS, DVB MHP service, Reserved, or User Defined. Enumerated values must be entered within single quotes. Type <serviceType ‘RCS map’> —originalNetworkId: Should be set to the same as the Network ID (integer min 0 max 65535). Type <originalNetworkId 4000> analogAudioGain: This parameter has multiple attributes to configure. Type analogAudioGain { at the prompt enter parameters: NOTE By default the Left and Right Channel Gain is set to 3dB. If you select Enable Audio Booster, the level will jum to +23dB. Additionally, when using Unbalance inputs the gain range is reduced to -96dB to 0. —enableAudioBooster: Enable 20 dB boost to analog audio. Boolean (true or false). Type <enableAudioBooster false> —leftChannelGain: Set analog audio left channel gain (integer min -96 max 12). Type <leftChannelGain 4> —rightChannelGain: Set analog audio right channel gain (integer min -96 max 12). Type <rightChannelGain 4> NOTE See Chapter 4: Port Configuration and Statistics—Description of Advanced Encoder Settings for more details on the following parameters. ■ ■ spatialFilterAutoMode: Select to use spatial filter in auto mode. Boolean (true or false). Type <spatialFilterAutoMode true> temporalFilterAutoMode: Select to use temporal filter in auto mode. Boolean (true or false). Type <temporalFilterAutoMode false> 277 SkyStream Networks ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ 278 medianFilterType: Select median filter type. Enumerated parameter possible values are: Disabled, Horizontal, Vertical, Horizontal/Vertical or Diagonal. Enumerated values must be entered within single quotes. Type <medianFilterType ‘Vertical’> luminanceHighThreshold: Select M.F. Luminance High Threshold (integer min 0 max 255). Type <luminanceHighThreshold 156> luminanceLowThreshold: Select M.F. Luminance Low Threshold (integer min 0 max 255). Type <luminanceLowThreshold 62> chrominanceHighThreshold: Select M.F. Chrominance High Threshold (integer min 0 max 255). Type <chrominanceHighThreshold 156> chrominanceLowThreshold: Select M.F. Chrominance Low Threshold (integer min 0 max 255). Type <chrominanceHighThreshold 62> scalerAndPreFilterSettings: This parameter has multiple attributes to configure. Type scalerAndPreFilterSettings { at the prompt enter parameters: —prefilterLuminanceControl: FIR Prefilter Luminance Control. Enumerated parameter possible values are: FIR Filter Bypassed, FIR Filter Low, FIR Filter Medium or FIR Filter High. Enumerated values must be entered within single quotes. Type <prefilterLuminanceControl ‘FIR Filter Low’> —prefilterChrominanceControl: FIR Prefilter Chrominance Control. Enumerated parameter possible values are: FIR Filter Bypassed, FIR Filter Low, FIR Filter Medium or FIR Filter High. Enumerated values must be entered within single quotes. Type <prefilterChrominanceControl ‘FIR Filter High> —prescalerBrightnessGain: Prescaler Luminance Brightness Gain (integer min 0 max 255). Type <prescalerBrightnessGain 168> —prescalerContrastGain: Prescaler Luminance Contrast Gain (integer min 0 max 127). Type <prescalerContrastGain 88> —prescalerSaturationGain: Prescaler Chrominance Saturation Gain (integer min 0 max 127). Type <prescalerSaturationGain 100> gopSize: Select the GOP Size to optimize the quality (integer min 6 max 30). Type <gopSize 20> analogVideoPreProcessing: This parameter has multiple attributes to configure. Type analogVideoPreProcessing { at the prompt enter parameters: —luminanceFilterControl: Luminance Control. Enumerated parameter possible values are: Resolution Enhancement Filter 8.0 dB, Resolution Enhancement Filter 6.8 dB, Resolution Enhancement Filter 5.1 dB, Resolution Enhancement Filter 4.1 dB, Resolution Enhancement Filter 3.0 dB, Resolution Enhancement Filter 2.3 dB, Resolution Enhancement Filter 1.6 dB, Plain Response, Low Pass Filter 2 dB, Low Pass Filter 3 dB, Low Pass Filter 4 dB, Low Pass Filter 8 dB or Low Pass Filter 14 dB. Enumerated values must be entered within single quotes. Type <luminanceFilterControl ‘Resolution Enhancement Filter 6.8 dB’> —chrominanceGainControl: Chrominance Gain Control (0 for auto, integer min 0 max 127). Type <chrominanceGainControl 64> —brightnessControl: Brightness Control (integer min 0 max 255). CLI Commands and Operation Mediaplex-20 User Guide Type <brightnessControl 180> —contrastControl: Contrast Control (integer min 0 max 127). Type <contrastControl 100> —chrominanceSaturation: Chrominance Saturation (integer min 0 max 127). Type <chrominanceSaturation 90> —chrominanceHue: Chrominance Hue (integer min 0 max 360). Type <chrominanceHue 230> ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ inputVideoQuality: Enumerated parameter possible values are: Consumer Quality or Professional Quality, values must be entered within single quotes. Type <inputVideoQuality ‘Professional Quality’> useDefaults: Use Defaults. Boolean (true or false). Type <useDefaults true> useEmbeddedAudio: Use Embedded Audio. Boolean (true or false). Type <useEmbeddedAudio true> embeddedAudioChannel: This parameter has multiple attributes to configure. Type embeddedAudioChannel { at the prompt enter parameters: —embeddedAudioGroup: Embedded Audio Group. Enumerated parameter possible values are: Group-1, Group-2, Group-3 or Group-4. Enumerated values must be entered within single quotes. Type <embeddedAudioGroup ‘Group-4’> —embeddedAudioChannel: Embedded Audio Channel. Enumerated parameter possible values are: Stereo Pair 1 or Stereo Pair 2. Enumerated values must be entered within single quotes. Type <embeddedAudioChannel ‘Stereo Pair 1’> encoderServiceInformation: This parameter has multiple attributes to configure. Type encoderServiceInformation { at the prompt enter parameters: —encoderVideoPid: PID for the encoded video bitstream (integer (in hex) min 0x20 max 0x1FFE). Type <encoderVideoPid 0x1000> —encoderPcrPid: PID to inject the PCR, normally the same as video (integer (in hex) min 0x20 max 0x1FFE). Type <encoderPcrPid 0x1001> —encoderPmtPid: PID for the Program Map Table (integer (in hex) min 0x20 max 0x1FFE). Type <encoderPmtPid 0x1002> —encoderProgramNumber: PMT Program Number for the encoded bitstream (integer min 1 max 65535). Type <encoderProgramNumber 3069> enableVideoAgc: Enable automatic gain control for composite or S-Video inputs. Boolean (true or false). Type <enableVideoAgc false> encoderAudioPid: PID for the encoded audio bitstream (integer (in hex) min 0x20 max 0x1FFE). Type <encoderAudioPid 567> encoderAudioType: Audio type indicated in the PMTe numerated parameter possible values are MPEG1 Audio or MPEG2 Audio values must be entered within single quotes. Type <encoderAudioType ‘MPEG2’> 279 SkyStream Networks [config] interface ENC17/0 Command Description In [config#] Type: interface ENC17/0 { Changes prompt to [ENC17/0 config#] ? NOTE The parameters shown in the example below are for the Real-Time MPEG Encoder Plus (RTME Plus), channel 1 is configured for MPEG-1 Layer 2 and channel 2 is configured for Dolby Digital (AC-3). Therefore, all the common parameters do not display Ch1 or Ch2. MPEG-1 Layer 2 specific parameters will display Ch1 after those specific parameters and Dolby Digital (AC-3) displays Ch2. RTME Plus Example description Extended Description of the Object encoderStarted Start/Stop video encoding videoResolution Specifies the video resolution to use for encoding encodingMethod Specifies whether to encode in constant or variable bit rates vbrBitRate encoderInputSelect Encoder input selection (S-Video/Composite) videoFormat Specifies the video format (NTSC/PAL) enableServiceInformation Enable/Disable the option to enter service information serviceName analogAudioGain spatialFilterAutoMode Select to use spatial filter in auto mode temporalFilterAutoMode Select to use temporal filter in auto mode medianFilterType Median Filter Type luminanceHighThreshold Select M.F. Luminance High Threshold luminanceLowThreshold Select M.F. Luminance Low Threshold chrominanceHighThreshold Select M.F. Chrominance High Threshold chrominanceLowThreshold Select M.F. Chrominance Low Threshold scalerAndPrefilterSettings gopSize Select the GOP Size to optimize the quality analogVideoPreProcessing inputVideoQuality Input Video Quality useDefaults Use Defaults embeddedAudioChannel encoderServiceInformation channel1Active Enable audio channel 1 channel2Active Enable audio channel 2 audioInput Select audio input: input cable or SDI (Ch. 1) audioInputCh2 Select audio input: input cable or SDI (Ch. 2) audioEncodingMethod Select audio encoding method (AC-3 or MPEG-1 Layer 2) (Ch. 1) audioEncodingMethodCh2 Select audio encoding method (AC-3 or MPEG-1 Layer 2) (Ch. 2) sampleRateCh2 AC-3 input audio sample rate (Ch. 2) dataRate2_0Ch2 Output data rate of AC-3 bitstream (Ch. 2) audioCodingModeCh2 Specifies which channels (C or L,R) will be coded (Ch. 2) dolbyDigitalMoreAudioServiceConfigCh2 Config Ch 2 dolbySurroundModeCh2 Whether encoded audio is Dolby Surround stereo mix (Ch. 2) audioProductionInfoExistsCh2 2 mixLevelCh2 Acoustic sound pressure level (SPL) during final mixing (Ch. 2) roomTypeCh2 Type and calibration of mixing room during final mixing (Ch. 2) copyrightCh2 Whether bitstream indicates as protected by copyright (Ch. 2) originalBitstreamCh2 Whether bitstream is an original bitstream (Ch. 2) dolbyDigitalPcmPreprocessingCh2Ch 2 mpeg-1Layer2Ch1 enableVideoAgc Enable automatic gain control for composite or S-Video inputs encoderAudioPid PID for the encoded audio bitstream encoderAudioPidCh2 PID for the encoded audio bitstream (Ch. 2) encoderAudioType Audio type indicated in the PMT analogAudioGainCh2 embeddedAudioChannelCh2 280 CLI Commands and Operation Mediaplex-20 User Guide Values NOTE For a description of the common encoder parameters, see Values for [config#] interface ENC5/4 { in the previous section, except for the following parameters that are exclusive to the RTME Plus. Additionally, by following the example some of the parameters are exclusive to Dolby Digital (AC-3) and are listed for Ch2 only. ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ DOLBY DIGITAL AC-3 PARAMETERS channel1Active: Enable audio channel 1. Boolean (true or false). Type <channel1Active true> channel2Active: Enable audio channel 2. Boolean (true or false). Type <channel2Active true> audioInput: Enumerated parameter possible values are: Input Cable or SDI (Ch.1). Enumerated values must be entered within single quotes. Type <audioInput ‘SDI’> audioInputCh2: As above for channel 2, Type <audioInput ‘Input Cable’> audioEncodingMethod: Enumerated parameter possible values are: MPEG-1 Layer 2 or Dolby Digital (AC-3). Enumerated values must be entered within single quotes. Type <audioEncodingMethod: ‘MPEG-1 Layer 2’> audioEncodingMethodCh2: As above for <audioEncodingMethod: ‘Dolby Digital (AC-3)’> channel 2, Type See the License and Warranty section in the front of this user guide for Dolby Digital trademark licensing information. NOTE A license key is required to enable Dolby Digital (AC-3) audio encoding. This key must be purchased from SkyStream and is tied to the chassis. ■ ■ ■ ■ sampleRateCh2: AC-3 input audio sample rate (Ch. 2). Enumerated parameter possible values are: 44.1, 48 or 32. Enumerated values must be entered within single quotes. Type <SampleRate ‘48’> dataRate2_0Ch2: Output data rate of AC-3 bitstream (Ch. 2). Enumerated parameter possible values are: 96, 112, 128, 160, 192, 224, 256, 320, 384, 448, 512, 576, or 640. Enumerated values must be entered within single quotes. Type <dataRate2_0Ch2 ‘96’> audioCodingModeCh2: Specifies which channels (C or L, R) will be coded (Ch.2). Enumerated parameter possible values are: 1/0: C or 2/0: L, R. Type <audioCodingModeCh2 ‘2/0: L, R’> dolbyDigitalMoreAudioServiceConfigCh2: Configure channel 2. This parameter has multiple attributes to configure. Type dolbyDigitalMoreAudioServiceConfigCh2 { at the prompt enter parameters: —bitstreamModeCh2: Type of service conveyed in the bitstream (Ch. 2). Enumerated parameter possible values are: Complete Main, Music and Effects, Visually Impaired, Hearing Impaired, Dialogue, Commentary, Emergency, or Voiceover/Karaoke. Enumerated values must be entered within single quotes. Type <bitstreamModeCh2 ‘Commentary’> 281 SkyStream Networks —dialogNormalizationCh2: Average dialogue level relative to digital 100% (Ch. 2) (integer min -31 step 1). Type <dialogNormalization -25> ■ ■ dolbySurroundModeCh2: Whether encoded audio is Dolby Surround stereo mix (Ch. 2). Enumerated parameter possible values are: Not Indicated, Not Surround Encoded or Surround Encoded. Enumerated values must be entered within single quotes. Type <dolbySurroundModeCh2 ‘Surround Encoded’> audioProductionInfoExistsCh2: Whether audio production info exists (Ch. 2). Enumerated parameter possible values are: Off or On. Enumerated values must be entered within single quotes. Type <audioProductionInfoExistsCh2 ‘On’> NOTE Enabling audioProductionInfoExistsCh2 provides the following two parameters for configuration. ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ 282 mixLevelCh2: Acoustic sound pressure level (SPL) during final mixing (Ch. 2). Enter integer min 80 max 111. Type <mixLevelCh2 94> roomTypeCh2: Type and calibration of mixing room during final mixing (Ch. 2). Enumerated parameter possible values are: Not Indicated, Large Room or Small Room. Enumerated values must be entered within single quotes. Type <roomTypeCh2 ‘Small Room’> copyrightCh2: Whether bitstream indicates as protected by copyright (Ch. 2). Enumerated parameter possible values are: Off or On. Enumerated values must be entered within single quotes. Type <copyrightCh2 ‘On’> originalBitstreamCh2: Whether bitstream is an original bitstream (Ch. 1). Enumerated parameter possible values are: Off or On. Enumerated values must be entered within single quotes. Type <originalBitstreamCH2 ‘Off ’> dolbyDigitalPcmPreprocessingCh2: Configure channel 2. This parameter has multiple attributes to configure. Type dolbyDigitalPcmPreprocessingCh2 { at the prompt enter parameters: —digitalDe-emphasis2: Whether the input channels are digitally deemphasized (Ch. 2). Enumerated parameter possible values are: Off or On. Enumerated values must be entered within single quotes. Type <digitalDe-emphasisCh2 ‘Off ’> —dcHigh-passFilterCh2: Whether a DC blocking 3 Hz highpass filter is applied (Ch. 2). Enumerated parameter possible values are: Off or On. Enumerated values must be entered within single quotes. Type <dcHigh-passFilterCh2 ‘Off ’> —bandwidthLow-passFilterCh2: Whether a bandwidth-limiting lowpass filter is applied (Ch. 2). Enumerated parameter possible values are: Off or On. Enumerated values must be entered within single quotes. Type <bandwidthLow-passFilterCh2 ‘On’> —rfOvermodulationProtectionCh2: Whether an RF pre-emphasis filter is used (Ch. 2). Enumerated parameter possible values are: Off or On. CLI Commands and Operation Mediaplex-20 User Guide Enumerated values must be entered within single quotes. Type <rfOvermodulationProtectionCh2 ‘Off ’> —dynamicRangeProfileCh2: Dynamic range compression characteristic - Line mode (Ch. 2). Enumerated parameter possible values are: None, Film Standard, Film Light, Music Standard, Music Light, or Speech. Enumerated values must be entered within single quotes. Type <dynamicRangeProfileCh2 ‘Film Light’> —compressionProfileCh2: Heavy dynamic range compression characteristic - RF mode (Ch. 2). Enumerated parameter possible values are: None, Film Standard, Film Light, Music Standard, Music Light or Speech. Enumerated values must be entered within single quotes. Type <commpressionProfileCh2 ‘Speech’> MPEG-1 LAYER 2 PARAMETERS ■ mpeg-1Layer2Ch1: This parameter has multiple attributes to configure. Type mpeg-1Layer2Ch1 { at the prompt enter parameters: —sampleRate: Audio Sample Rate (Ch. 1). Enumerated possible values are: 44.1, 48, or 32. Enumerated values must be entered within single quotes. Type <sampleRate ‘32’> —dataRate: Output data rate of encoded audio (Ch. 1). Enumerated parameter possible values are: 32, 48, 56, 64, 80, 96, 112, 128, 160, 192, 224, 256, 320 or 384. Enumerated values must be entered within single quotes. Type <dataRate ‘48’> —audioMode: Output mode (mono, stereo, dual, joint) (Ch. 1). Enumerated parameter possible values are: Stereo, Joint, Dual or Mono. Enumerated values must be entered within single quotes. Type <audioMode ‘Mono’> 283 SkyStream Networks [config] interface ATM3/5 Command Description Example interfaceIpAddress atmAdapterMode framingMode In [config#] Type: interface ATM3/5 { Changes prompt to [ATM3/5 config#] ? Unique IP Address/Subnet Mask for this interface No help defined No help defined Values ■ ■ ■ interfaceIpAddress: This parameter has multiple attributes to configure. Type interfaceIpAddress { at the prompt enter parameters: —ipAddress: Unique identifier for this for this interface on a TCP/IP network. Type <ipAddress xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx> —subnetMask: A mask used to determine the subnet from an IP address. Type <subnetMask xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx> atmAdapterMode: This parameter has multiple attributes to configure. Type atmAdapterMode { at the prompt enter parameters: —modeFlag: Enumerated parameter possible values are: Bridged mode and Router mode. Enumerated values must be entered within single quotes. Type <modeFlag ‘Bridged mode’> —defaultVpi: (integer min 0 max 16). Type <defaultVpi 5> —defaultVci: (integer min 0 max 255). Type <defaultVci 200> framingMode: Enumerated parameter possible values are: SONET Frame Mode or SDH Frame Mode. Enumerated values must be entered within single quotes. Type <framingMode ‘SONET Frame Mode’> [config] interface ATMIn17/0 ATM17/2 Command Description Example description inputStreamType enableCatParsing vpivci In [config#] Type: interface ATMIn17/0 ATM17/2 { Changes prompt to [ATMIn17/0 config#] ? Extended Description of the Object Input transport stream format Enable the parsing of MPEG-CAT table VPI and VCI to listen for incoming packets Values For a description of the configurable input parameters, see ASIIn, except for the following parameters that are exclusive to ATMIn ports. ■ 284 vpivci: This parameter has multiple attributes to configure. Type vpivci { at the prompt enter parameters: —vpi: (integer min 0 max 4095). Type <vpi 20> —vci: (integer min 0 max 4095). Type <vci 20> CLI Commands and Operation Mediaplex-20 User Guide [config] interface ATMOut17/0 ATM17/2 Command Description In [config#] Type: interface ATMOut17/0 ATM17/2 { Changes prompt to [ATMOut17/0 config#] ? Example autoSelectPidRange autoSelectPmtRange autoSelectProgramRange description outputStreamType transportStreamId enableDescriptorConfiguration enableCatGeneration atmvpivci tsPacketsPerPdu atmTrafficClass Range of PID values to use when auto-fixing PID conflicts Range of PMT values to use when auto-fixing PMT conflicts Range of Program Numbers to use when auto-fixing conflicts Extended Description of the Object Output transport stream format Unique identifier of the output transport stream (0-0xffff) Enable/Disable the descriptor routing configuration page Enable CAT generation on the specified output Vpi Vci of the destination TS Packets per PDU ATM traffic class QOS Param Values For a description of the configurable output parameters, see ASIOut, except for the following parameters that are exclusive to ATMOut ports. NOTE You must set the VCI and VPI before you can configure the traffic class parameter. ■ ■ ■ atmvcivpi: This parameter has multiple attributes to configure. Type atmvpivci { at the prompt enter parameters: —vpi: (integer min 0 max 4095). Type <vpi 20> —vci: (integer min 0 max 4095). Type <vci 20> tsPacletsPerPdu: Transport Stream packets per PDU (integer min 2 max 20). Type <tsPacketsPerPdu 10> atmTrafficClass: ATM traffic class QOS parameter possible values are UBR, VBR, or CBR. Enumerated values must be entered within single quotes. Depending on your selection you may have additional parameters to configure, UBR selection has no additional parameters. For example type <atmTrafficClass ‘VBR’>, <atmTrafficClass ‘CBR’>, oe <atmTrafficClass ‘UBR’> VBR: Type atmVbrTrafficParameters { to set the following VBR parameters: —peakBitRate: Peak bit rate in bps (Integer min: 64000 max: 135000000) —sustainedBitRate: Sustained bit rate in bps (Integer min: 64000 max: 135000000) —maxBurstSize: MaxBurstSize in number of cells (Integer min: 1 max: 100000) CBR: There is only one additional parameter for a CBR setting. —bitRate: Bit rate QOS Parameter (Integer min: 64000 max: 135000000) 285 SkyStream Networks [config] interface FILEIn17/1 Command In [config#] Type: interface FILEIn17/2 Section { NOTE One of the following packetizers must be attached: Transport, Section or DataPipe. In the example the Section packetizer is selected. Description Changes prompt to [FILEIn17/1 config#] ? Example description inputStreamType enableCatParsing sectionPortPidValue sectionPacking fileInput Extended Description of the Object Input transport stream format Enable the parsing of MPEG-CAT table PID to be used for creating the transport packets Enables packing of sections in the same transport packet Values For a description of the configurable input parameters, see ASIIn, except for the following parameters that are either exclusive to the FILEIn port or the Section packetizer. ■ ■ ■ sectionPortPidValue: PID to be used for creating the transport packets, integer value (in Hex) min 0x0 max 0x1FFE step 1. Type <sectionPortPidValue 0x36> sectionPacking: Enables packing of sections in the same transport packet, boolean (true or false). Type <sectionPacking true> fileInput: This parameter has multiple attributes to configure. Type fileInput { at the prompt enter parameters: —enableFileSpooling: Start/Stop spooling of the specified file. Boolean (true or false). Type <enableFileSpooling true> —fileName: Name of the file to spool. String (max length 40) String values must be entered within double quotes. Type <fileName “string”> —bitRate: Bit Rate of the file to spool (bps) (integer min 0 max 100000000). Type <bitRate 5000000> NOTE You must upload files that you want to spool through the FileIn port using the Web GUI, see Chapter 3: Using the Web GUI—Data File, Download Data File. 286 CLI Commands and Operation Mediaplex-20 User Guide [config] interface RTPIn17/0 ATM17/0 Command In [config#] Type: interface RTPIn17/0 ATM17/0 RTCPEnable { NOTE The logical port must be associated with the physical interface on the same blade. In addition, you must select to either enable or disable RTCP. In the example the logical RTPIn port is associated with the ATM network interface. Description Changes prompt to [RTPIn17/0 config#] ? Example description inputStreamType enableCatParsing rtpRecvPort rtpReportDestinationOverAtm vpiVciCombination linkReliability receivedBufferSize Extended Description of the Object Input transport stream format Enable the parsing of MPEG-CAT table List of all source addresses, to which we need to send RTCP back No help defined Link reliability for video backhaul applications Number of packets the receiver buffers before consuming Values For a description of the configurable input parameters, see ASIIn, except for the following parameters that are exclusive to the RTPIn port over ATM interface. ■ ■ rtpRecvPort: RTP Receive Port (integer min 1024 max 65535 step 2). You must enter an even number as the RTPIn port number. Type <rtpRecvPort 2004> rtcpEnable: Turn On/Off RTCP on the RTP port. Boolean (true or false). Type <rtcpEnable false> NOTE If your port is over the Gigabit Ethernet interface the following parameter will read rtpReportDestination and contains an additional parameter vlanName type <vlanName ‘vlan_3’>, as well as the ipAddress and portNumber. ■ ■ ■ ■ rtpReportDestinationOverAtm: This parameter has multiple attributes to configure. Type rtpReportDestinationOverAtm { at the prompt enter parameters: —ipAddress: IP address of one source needing RTCP Report IP Address (xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx). Type <ipAddress xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx> —portNumber: Port number of one source needing RTCP Report, integer min: 1024 max: 65534 step 2. Type <portNumber 2004> vpiVciCombination: This parameter has multiple attributes to configure. Type vpiVciCombination { at the prompt enter parameters: —vpi: (integer min 0 max 4095). Type <vpi 20> —vci: (integer min 0 max 4095). Type <vci 20> linkReliability: Link reliability for video backhaul applications, enumerated parameter possible values are: None, Retransmission, or FEC, values must be entered within single quotes. Type <linkReliability ‘FEC’> receivedBufferSize: Number of packets the receiver buffers before consuming, integer min: 1 max: 25 step 1. Type <receivedBufferSize 12> 287 SkyStream Networks [config] interface TCPIn5/3 ATM5/2 Command In [config#] Type: interface TCPIn5/3 ATM5/2 DataPipe { NOTE The logical port must be associated with the physical interface on the same blade. In addition, one of the following packetizers must be attached: Transport, Section or DataPipe. Description Changes prompt to [TCPIn5/3 config#] ? Example description inputStreamType enableCatParsing dataPipePidValue dataPipeTimeoutEnable dataPipeTimeoutValue portNumber Extended Description of the Object Input transport stream format Enable the parsing of MPEG-CAT table PID to be used for creating data pipe transport packets Enable/Disable Data Piping timeout Data Piping flush timeout, in milliseconds Values For a description of the configurable input parameters, see ASIIn, except for the following parameters that are exclusive to the TCPIn port and the Data Pipe packetizer. ■ ■ dataPipePidValue: PID to be used for creating data pipe transport packets, integer (in Hex) min 0x0 max 0x1FFE step 1. Type <dataPipePidValue 0x22> dataPipeTimeoutEnable: Enable/Disable Data Piping timeout, boolean (true or false). Type <dataPipeTimeoutEnable true> NOTE Once the dataPipeTimeoutEnable dataPipeTimeoutValue parameter is available. ■ ■ value is set to true the dataPipeTimeoutValue: Data Piping flush timeout, in milliseconds, integer min: 20 max: 120000 step 1. Type <dataPipeTimeoutValue 10000> portNumber: (integer 1024 min 65535 max). Type <portNumber 3000> NOTE ON TCPIN PORTS OVER ATM: The TCPIn port supports operation over ATM. Since the TCP protocol itself does not support multicast operation, the TCPIn port over ATM will use whatever PVC is configured for unicast traffic for that particular physical port. The exact details of this operation are a function of the mode set for the ATM adapter (routed or bridged), as follows: —If the ATM adapter is in bridged mode, all TCP traffic will use the default PVC. Since the Mediaplex does not support the concept of a next-hop gateway in bridged mode, in practice this limits TCPIn external endpoints (i.e., data sources) to the subnet defined for the ATM adapter. —If the ATM adapter is in routed mode, the TCP traffic will use the ATM routing table. Packets will use whatever PVCs are defined to reach the destination subnetwork, or the default PVC if there is no specific route. 288 CLI Commands and Operation Mediaplex-20 User Guide [config] interface UDPIn5/0 ATM5/2 Command Description In [config#] Type: interface UDPIn5/0 ATM5/2 Transport { Changes prompt to [UDPIn5/0 config#] ? Example description inputStreamType enableCatParsing multicastIpAddressOverAtm atmRxVpiVci portNumber Extended Description of the Object Input transport stream format Enable the parsing of MPEG-CAT table VPI and VCI to listen for incoming packets Values For a description of the configurable input parameters, see ASIIn, except for the following parameters that are exclusive to the UDPIn port and the ATM interface. NOTE For unicast delivery the default value 0.0.0.0 is required. Once you have created this port you can locate the appropriate IP address to direct your data traffic to using the show interface UDPIn5/0 command. ■ ■ ■ multicastIpAddressOverAtm: IP address (xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx). Type <multicastIpAddressOverAtm xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx> atmRxVpiVci: This parameter has multiple attributes to configure. Type atmRxVpiVci { at the prompt enter parameters: —vpi: (integer min 0 max 4095). Type <vpi 20> —vci: (integer min 0 max 4095). Type <vci 20> portNumber: (integer 1024 min 65535 max). Type <portNumber 3000> To create UDPIn over SMD at the prompt type: interface UDPIn5/1 smd5/6 Transport { For UDP over SMD the multicast IP address parameter changes. ■ multicastIpAddressOverSmd: IP address (xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx). Type <multicastIpAddressOverSmd xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx> To create UDPIn over Gigabit Ethernet at the prompt type: interface UDPIn5/1 gei2/0 Transport { For UDP over Gigabit Ethernet the multicast IP address parameter changes. ■ multicastIpAddress: This parameter has multiple attributes to configure. Type multicastIpAddress {at the prompt enter parameters: —ipAddress: IP Address (XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX). Type <ipAddress 172.1.3.1> —vlanName: VLAN Name enumerated parameter possible values are: vlan_2 or vlan_3 (this list will vary depending on how many VLANs are currently created. Enumerated values must be entered within single quotes. Type <vlanName ‘vlan_2’> 289 SkyStream Networks [config] interface smd5/6 Command Description In [config#] Type: interface smd5/6 { Changes prompt to [smd5/6 config#] ? Example interfaceIpAddress enableMacFiltering listOfMacAddress enableIpSniffing pidList Unique IP Address/Subnet Mask for this interface Enable/Disable the MAC filtering Show all the MAC address the MPE Decapsulation will accept No help defined List of PID for the MPE Decapsulation Values ■ ■ interfaceIpAddress: This parameter has multiple attributes to configure. Type interfaceIpAddress { at the prompt enter parameters: —ipAddress: Unique identifier for this for this interface on a TCP/IP network. Type <ipAddress xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx> —subnetMask: A mask used to determine the subnet from an IP address. Type <subnetMask xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx> enableMacFiltering: Enable MAC filtering enter Boolean (true or false). Type <enableMacFiltering true> NOTE Once enableMacFiltering is set to true the additional parameter listOfMacAddress is available. ■ ■ ■ 290 listOfMacAddress: This parameter has multiple key value attributes to configure. Type listOfMacAddress { at the prompt enter parameters for all MAC addresses MPE decapsulation will take. —macAddress: Enter all the MAC address the MPE Decapsulation will accept. Type <macAddress XX:XX:XX:XX:XX:XX> enableIpSniffing: Boolean (true or false). Type <enableIpSniffing true> pidList: This parameter allows multiplekey value entries for PIDs. Type pidList { at the prompt enter parameters: —pid: PID for the MPE decapsulation, integer (in Hex) min 0x0 max 0x1FFF step 1, key valuePID for MPE decapsulation. Type <pid 0x422> CLI Commands and Operation Mediaplex-20 User Guide [config] interface sme5/0 Command Description In [config#] Type: interface sme5/0 { Changes prompt to [sme5/0 config#] ? Example interfaceIpAddress afDiscipline efDiscipline beDiscipline Unique IP Address/Subnet Mask for this interface List of AF Discipline List of EF Discipline List of BE Discipline Values ■ ■ ■ ■ interfaceIpAddress: This parameter has multiple attributes to configure. Type interfaceIpAddress { at the prompt enter parameters: —ipAddress: Unique identifier for this for this interface on a TCP/IP network. Type <ipAddress xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx> —subnetMask: A mask used to determine the subnet from an IP address. Type <subnetMask xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx> afDiscipline: This parameter has multiple attributes to configure. Type afDiscipline { at the prompt enter parameters: —disciplineName: Name of the discipline for IP QoS. String (max length 7). String values must be entered within double quotes. Type <disciplineName “string”> —minimumBitRate: Minimum Bit Rate (Guarantee for AF Discipline). Integer min 4096 max 160000000. Type <minimumBitRate 5000> —maximumBitRate: Maximum Bit Rate (Guarantee for AF Discipline). Integer min 4096 max 160000000. Type <maximumBitRate 1500000> efDiscipline: This parameter has multiple attributes to configure. Type efDiscipline { at the prompt enter parameters: —disciplineName: Name of the discipline for IP QoS. String (max length 7). String values must be entered within double quotes. Type <disciplineName “string”> —maximumBitRate: Maximum Bit Rate (Guarantee for AF Discipline). Integer min 4096 max 160000000. Type <maximumBitRate 1500000> beDiscipline: This parameter has multiple attributes to configure. Type beDiscipline { at the prompt enter parameters: —disciplineName: Name of the discipline for IP QoS. String (max length 7). String values must be entered within double quotes. Type <disciplineName “string”> —queueSize: Number of buffer for the queue. Integer min. 1 max. 100. Type <queueSize 50> 291 SkyStream Networks [config] interface RTPOut17/2 ASIIn17/4 Command I n [ c o n f i g # ] Ty p e : i n t e r f a c e R T P O u t 1 7 / 2 A S I I n 1 7 / 4 RTCPEnable { NOTE The logical port must be associated with the physical interface on the same blade. In addition, “RTCPEnable” or “RTCPDisable” must be added if you are creating a new port. Description Changes prompt to [RTPOut17/2 config#] ? Example description outputStreamType transportStreamId enableDescriptorConfiguration enableCatGeneration rtpRecvPort ipDestination tosBitField ttl informationToSend informationLocal csrcInformation linkReliability enableSapSdp Extended Description of the Object Output transport stream format Unique identifier of the output transport stream (0-0xffff) Enable/Disable the descriptor routing configuration page Enable CAT generation on the specified output List of RTP receivers Type of Service field Time to live (TTL) field Set the information to be sent with Local information to be sent during List of all contributor information Link reliability for video backhaul Enable/Disable SAP/SDP announcement RTCP RTCP applications configuration Values For a description of the configurable output parameters, see ASIOut, except for the following parameters that are exclusive to RTPOut ports. ■ rtpRecvPort: RTP Receive Port (integer min 1024 max 65535 step 2). Type <rtpRecvPort 2004> NOTE If you receive a message saying that the Mediaplex can’t create the port, make sure you the port number is an even number and that it isn’t being used by another port. ■ ■ ■ 292 ipDestination: This parameter has multiple attributes to configure. Type ipDestination { at the prompt enter parameters: —ipAddress: IP address of the receiver (could be multicast). IP Address (xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx). Type <ipAddress xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx> —portNumber: Port number of the receiver (integer min 1024 max 65535). Type <portNumber 40500> —vlanName: VLAN Name. Enumerated parameter possible values are: vlan_2, vlan_3, or vlan_4. Enumerated values must be entered within single quotes. Type <vlanName ‘vlan_2’> tosBitField: Type of Service Field (integer min 0 max 255). Type <tosBitField 145> ttl: Time to Live Field (integer min 0 max 255). Type <ttl 190> CLI Commands and Operation Mediaplex-20 User Guide ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ informationToSend: This parameter has multiple attributes to configure. Type informationToSend { at the prompt enter parameters: —name: Enable/Disable NAME. Boolean (true or false). Type <name true> —email: Enable/Disable EMAIL Boolean (true or false). Type <email true> —location: Enable/Disable LOCATION. Boolean (true or false). Type <location true> —phoneNumber: Enable/Disable PHONE. Boolean (true or false). Type <phoneNumber false> informationLocal: This parameter has multiple attributes to configure. Type informationLocal { at the prompt enter parameters: —canonicalName: Canonical Name. String (max length 64) String values must be entered within double quotes. Type <canonicalName “string”> —name: Name. String (max length 64) String values must be entered within double quotes. Type <name “string”> —email: Email Address. String (max length 64) String values must be entered within double quotes. Type <email “string”> —location: Location. String (max length 64) String values must be entered within double quotes. Type <location “string”> —phoneNumber: Phone Number. String (max length 64) String values must be entered within double quotes. Type <phoneNumber “string”> csrcInformation: This parameter has multiple attributes to configure. Type csrcInformation { at the prompt enter parameters: —csrc: CSRC value (integer min 1 max -1). Type <csrc 345”> —name: Name. String (max length 64) String values must be entered within double quotes. Type <name “string”> —email: Email Address. String (max length 64) String values must be entered within double quotes. Type <email “string”> —location: Location. String (max length 64) String values must be entered within double quotes. Type <location “string”> —phoneNumber: Phone Number. String (max length 64) String values must be entered within double quotes. Type <phoneNumber “string”> linkReliability: Link reliability for video backhaul applications, enumerated parameter possible values are: None, Retransmission, or FEC, values must be entered within single quotes. Type <linkReliability ‘FEC’> If you select None, there are no additional parameters to configure. Retransmission: selection provides the following parameter: -retransmissionBufferSize: Number of RTP packet to keep for retransmission, integer min: 1 max: 500 step 1. Type <retransmissionBufferSize 250> FEC: selection provides the following parameter: -fecGroupSize: For each N packets, we send 1 FEC packet, integer min: 2 max: 24 step 1, Type <fecGroupSize 10> enableSapSdp: Enable/Disable SAP/SDP announcement configuration. Boolean (true or false). Type <enableSapSdp false> if you select true additional parameters are available to configure, see UDPOut in the next section for details. 293 SkyStream Networks [config] interface UDPOut17/1 ASIIn17/2 NOTE The logical port must be associated with a physical interface on the same blade. Command Description In [config#] Type: interface UDPOut17/1 ASIIn17/2 { Changes prompt to [UDPOut17/1 config#] ? Example description outputStreamType transportStreamId enableDescriptorConfiguration enableCatGeneration ipDestination tosBitField ttlValue enableSapSdp Extended Description of the Object Output transport stream format Unique identifier of the output transport stream (0-0xffff) Enable/Disable the descriptor routing configuration page Enable CAT generation on the specified output No help defined Type of Service field Time to live (TTL) field Enable/Disable SAP/SDP announcement configuration Values For a description of the configurable output parameters, see ASIOut, except for the following parameters that are exclusive to UDPOut ports. ■ ■ ■ ■ ipDestination: This parameter has multiple attributes to configure. Type ipDestination { at the prompt enter parameters: —destinationIpAddress: IP address of the receiver (could be multicast). IP Address (xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx). Type <destinationIpAddress xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx> —portNumber: Port number of the receiver (integer min 1024 max 65535). Type <portNumber 40500> —vlanName: VLAN Name. Enumerated parameter possible values are: vlan_2, vlan_3, or vlan_4. Enumerated values must be entered within single quotes. Type <vlanName ‘vlan_2’> tosBitField: Type of Service Field (integer min 0 max 255). Type <tosBitField 145> ttlValue: Time to Live Field (integer min 1max 254). Type <ttlValue 190> enableSapSdp: Enable/Disable SAP/SDP announcement configuration. Boolean (true or false). Type <enableSapSdp true> NOTE When enableSapSdp is set to true the following parameters are available. ■ ■ 294 sessionName: Name given to the SAP session. String (max length 50) String values must be entered within double quotes. Type <sessionName “string”> sessionDescription: Description of the SAP session. String (max length 50) String values must be entered within double quotes. Type <sessionDescription “string”> CLI Commands and Operation Mediaplex-20 User Guide ■ ■ ■ ■ sessionEmailAddress: Contact e-mail address (cs@skystream.com). String (max length 50) String values must be entered within double quotes. Type <sessionEmailAddress “string”> sessionPhoneNumber: Contact phone number. String (max length 50) String values must be entered within double quotes. Type <sessionPhoneNumber “string”> sessionMulticastAddress: This parameter has multiple attributes to configure. Type sessionMulticastAddress { at the prompt enter parameters: —multicastAddress: Multicast address on which to announce SAP. IP Address (xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx). Type <multicastAddress xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx> —sessionPortNumber: Port number on which to announce SAP (integer min 1024 max 65535). Type <sessionPortNumber 3400> startSapSdp: Start/Stop SAP announcements. Boolean (true or false). Type <startSapSdp true> To create UDPOut over SME at the prompt type: interface UDPOut17/9 sme17/2 { For UDP over SME the IP Destination parameter changes. ■ ipDestinationOverSme: This parameter has multiple attributes to configure. Type ipDestinationOverSme { at the prompt enter parameters: —destinationIpAddress: IP address of the receiver (could be multicast) Type <destinationIpAddress XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX> —portNumber: Port number of the receiver, integer min: 1024 max: 65535. Type <portNumber 2020> —pid: MPE route PID, integer (in Hex) min 0x0 max 0x1FFF. Type <pid 0x33> —ipMappingMacAddress: IP mapping MAC address Boolean (true or false) Type <ipMappingMacAddress true> —macAddress: MPE route destination MAC address, Type <macAddress XX:XX:XX:XX:XX:XX> —discipline: MPE route discipline name, string (max length 7) String values must be entered within double quotes. Type <discipline “ef ”> To create UDPOut over ATM at the prompt type: interface UDPOut5/2 ATM5/2 { For UDP over ATM the IP Destination parameter changes and additional ATM specific parameters are available to configure. ■ ipDestinationOverAtm: This parameter has multiple attributes to configure. Type ipDestinationOverAtm { at the prompt enter parameters: —ipAddress: IP address of the receiver via ATM device. Type <ipAddress XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX> —portNumber: Port number of the receiver, integer min: 1024 max: 65535. Type <portNumber 2020> —vpi: Vpi integer min: 0 max: 4095 step 1. Type <vpi 12> —vci: Vci integer min: 0 max: 4095 step 1. Type <vci 24> 295 SkyStream Networks [config] interface Xrtr3/0 NOTE The logical port must be associated with a physical interface on the same blade. Command Description In [config#] Type: interface Xrtr3/0 { Changes prompt to [Xrtr3/0 config#] ? Example description cbrStreamerMode maximumBitRate videoPidToTransrate Extended Description of the Object Transrater Mode for single program Constant Bit Rate Output Bit Rate of teh CBR Streamer Manual Selection of Video PID to Transrate. Values ■ ■ ■ description: Extended description of the object, string (max length 80) values must be entered within double quotes. Type <description “Xrtr3”> cbrStreamerMode: Transrater mode for single program constant bit rate (CBR), boolean (true or false). Type <cbrStreamerMode true> maximumBitRate: This parameter has multiple attributes to configure. Type maximumBitRate { at the prompt enter parameters: —bitRate: Integer min: 1500000 max: 4000000. Type <bitRate 3000000> —strictCbr: to generate a strict CBR stream or not Enumerated parameter possible values are: Disabled, NULL Packets, or Video Packets; enumerated values must be entered within single quotes. Type <strictCbr ‘Video Packets’> NOTE You should only enter a video PID when transrating a stream route. For a program route the default of 0x0 should be used. ■ 296 videoPidToTransrate: Manual selection of video pid to transrate, integer (in Hex) min 0x0 max 0x1FFE. Type <videoPidToTransrate 0x30> CLI Commands and Operation Mediaplex-20 User Guide [config] ipRoutes Command Description Example In [config#] Type: ipRoutes { Changes prompt to [ipRoutes config#] ? staticRoutes manualAtmRoute manualMpeRoute manualIpRoute Chassis static route management ATM manual route management MPE manual route management Chassis manual routing management Values ■ ■ ■ ■ staticRoutes: This parameter has multiple key value attributes to configure. Type staticRoutes { at the prompt enter parameters: —ipAddress: Chassis static route base IP address, key value. Type <ipAddress xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx> —subnetMask: Chassis static route subnet mask, key value. Type <subnetMask xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx> —gateway: Chassis static route gateway, key value. Type <gateway xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx> manualAtmRoute: This parameter has multiple key value attributes to configure. Type manualAtmRoute { at the prompt enter parameters: —network: ATM route base IP address, key value. Type <network xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx> —netmask: ATM route netmask, key value. Type <netmask xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx> —gateway: ATM route gateway, key value. Type <gateway ‘ATM5/2’> —vpi: ATM route VPI, integer (min 0 max 4095), key value. Type <vpi 2233> —vci: ATM route VCI, integer (min 0 max 4095), key value. Type <vci 3322> manualMpeRoute: This parameter has multiple key value attributes to configure. Type manualMpeRoute { at the prompt enter parameters: —network: MPE route base IP address, key value. Type <network xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx> —netmask: MPE route netmask, key value. Type <netmask xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx> —gateway: MPE route gateway, key value. Type <gateway ‘sme5/0’> —pid: MPE route PID, integer (min 0 max 8191). Type <vpi 2233> —ipMappingMacAddress: IP mapping MAC address Boolean (true or false) Type <ipMappingMacAddress true> —macAddress: MPE route destination MAC address. Type <macAddress xx:xx:xx:xx:xx:xx> —discipline: MPE route discipline name, string (max length 7) string values must be entered within double quotes. Type <discipline “ef ”> manualIpRoute: This parameter has multiple attributes to configure. Type manualIpRoute { at the prompt enter parameters: —network: Chassis manual routing base IP address, key value. Type <network xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx> —netmask: Chassis manual routing netmask, key value. Type <netmask xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx> —gateway: Chassis manual routing gateway, key value. Type <gateway xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx> 297 SkyStream Networks [config] alarms Command In [config#] Type: alarms { Description Changes prompt to [alarms config#] Command 2 At [alarms config#] Type: ? Description Shows all [alarms config#] subcommands Example configurableAlarm Enable/Disable the critical alarm for blade rebooting Command 3 At [alarms config#] Type: configurableAlarm { Command 4 At [alarms configurableAlarm config#] Type: ? Description Shows all [alarms configurableAlarm config#] subcommands Example configurableAlarmType enableStatus Name of the configurable alarm Enable or disable the configurable alarm Key value Key value Values ■ configurableAlarm: This parameter has multiple key value attributes to configure. Type configurableAlarm { at the prompt enter parameters: —configurableAlarmType: Enumerated parameter possible values are Loss of Encoder Sync, Loss of ASI Input, Loss of ATM Link. Enumerated values must be entered within single quotes, key value. Type <configurableAlarmType ‘Loss of ASI Input’> —enableStatus: Enable or disable configurable alarm. Boolean (true or false), key value. Type <enableStatus true> NOTE To configure Alarms you must type the following for each alarm type: configurableAlarm { <enter> configurableAlarmType ‘Loss of Encoder Sync’ <enter> enableStatus true <enter> } <enter> 298 CLI Commands and Operation Mediaplex-20 User Guide [config] licenses Command In [config#] Type: licenses { Description Changes prompt to [licenses config#] Command 2 At [licenses config#] Type: licenseKeySetup { Command 3 At [licenses licenseKeySetup config#] Type: ? Description Shows all [licenses licenseKeySetup config#] parameters Example licenseKeyId License Key ID for the new license key licenseKeyDescription License Key description licenseKey License key which enables optional features Key value Key value NOTE You must obtain a license key to enable features that require a licenses, contact your sales representative. Values ■ licenseKeySetup: This parameter has multiple attributes to configure. Type licenseKeySetup { at the prompt enter parameters: —licenseKeyId: This parameter is a key value and is a required field to configure the license. Type <licenseKeyId 1> —licenseKeyDescription: This parameter is optional it is an extended description. Enter string (max length 80 characters) string values must be entered within double quotes. Type <licenseKeyDescription “string”> —licenseKey: This parameter is a key value and is a required field to configure the license. License key enables optional features. Type <licenseKey “XXXXXXXXXX-XXXXXX-XXXXX-XXXXX”> [config] media-routes Command In [config#] Type: media-routes { Description Changes prompt to [media-routes config#] Command 2 At [media-routes config#] Type: ? Description Shows all [media-routes config#] subcommands Example streamRoute programRoute Stream Route Program Route 299 SkyStream Networks Values ■ TIP If you set the Auto Fix value to true, the Output PID value is not required. ■ TIP If you set the Program Auto Fix value to true, the Output Program value is not required. TIP If you set the PMT Auto Fix value to true, the Output PMT PID value is not required. 300 streamRoute: This parameter has multiple key value attributes to configure. Type sreamRoute { at the prompt enter parameters: —inputPort: Input port of the stream route. Enumerated parameter possible values are: ASIIn3/2, ASIIn3/3, ENC3/0, ENC17/0, or any input port. Enumerated values must be entered within single quotes, the parameter is a key value and must be entered. Type <inputPort ‘ASIIn3/2’> —outputPort: Output port of the stream route. Enumerated parameter possible values are: ASIOut3/6, ASIOut3/7, UDPOut3/0, UDPOut3/1, or any output port. Enumerated values must be entered within single quotes, the parameter is a key value and must be entered. Type <outputPort ‘UPDOut3/1’> —inputPid: Input PID of the stream route—integer (in Hex) min 0x0 max 0xFFFFFFFF. This parameter is a key value and must be entered. Type <inputPid 0x1> —shaper: Filter port of the stream route. Enumerated parameter possible values are: Xrtr3/0, Xrtr3/1, or any filter port. Enumerated values must be entered within single quotes, this parameter is optional. Type <shaper ‘Xrtr3/1’> —autofix: Auto fix the sream route using Boolean (true or false) this parameter is optional. Type <autofix true> —outputPid: Output PID of the stream route—integer (in Hex) min 0x0 max 0xFFFFFFFF) this parameter is optional. Type <outputPid 0x1> programRoute: This parameter has multiple attributes to configure. Type programRoute { at the prompt enter parameters: —inputPort: Input port of the program route. Enumerated parameter possible values are: ASIIn3/2, ASIIn3/3, ENC3/0, ENC17/0, or any input port. Enumerated values must be entered within single quotes, the parameter is a key value and must be entered. Type <inputPort ‘ASIIn3/2’> —outputPort: Output port of the program route. Enumerated parameter possible values are: ASIOut3/6, ASIOut3/7, UDPOut3/0, UDPOut3/1, or any output port. Enumerated values must be entered within single quotes, the parameter is a key value and must be entered. Type <outputPort ‘UPDOut3/1’> —inputProgram: Input program of the program route. Integer (min 0) the parameter is a key value and must be entered. Type <inputProgram 1000> —shaper: Filter port of the program route. Enumerated parameter possible values are: Xrtr3/0, Xrtr3/1, or any filter port. Enumerated values must be entered within single quotes, this parameter is optional. Type <shaper ‘Xrtr3/1’> —programAutoFix: Enable Program Number Auto Fix for the program route enter the Boolean value (true or false), this parameter is optional. Type <programAutoFix false> —outputProgram: Output program of the program route. Integer (min 0) the parameter is a key value and must be entered. Type <outputProgram 1000> —pmtAutoFix: Enable PMT PID Auto Fix for the program route on the Boolean value (true or false), this parameter is optional. Type <pmtAutoFix true> —outputPmtPid: Output PMT PID of the program route—integer (in Hex) min 0x0 max 0xFFFFFFFF, this parameter is optional. Type <outputPmtPid 0x1> CLI Commands and Operation Mediaplex-20 User Guide [config] custom-program-services Command In [config#] Type: custom-program-services { Description Changes prompt to [custom-program-services config#] Command 2 At [custom-program-services config#] Type: ? Description Shows all [custom-program-services config#] subcommands Example programCreation User Created Program List Command 3 At [custom-program-services config#] Type: programCreation { Description Changes prompt to [custom-program-services programCreation config#] Command 4 At [custom-program-services programCreation config#] Type: ? Example outputPortName programNumber pmtPid pcrPid Output Port Name Program Number PMT PID PCR PID Key Key Key Key value value value value Values ■ programCreation: This parameter has multiple attributes to configure, and all of these parameters are a key values that must be entered. Type programCreation { at the prompt enter parameters: —outputPortName: Output Port Name. Enumerated parameter possible values are: ASIOut3/6, ASIOut3/7, or any output port. Enumerated values must be entered within single quotes. Type <outputPortName ‘ASIOut17/7’> —programNumber: Program Number (integer min 0 max 65535). Type <programNumber 345> —pmtPid: PMT PID—integer (in Hex) min 0x0 max 0x1FFF). Type <pmtPid 0x1000> —pcrPid: PCR PID—integer (in Hex) min 0x0 max 0x1FFF). Type <pcrPid 0x1001> 301 SkyStream Networks [config] custom-element-services Command In [config#] Type: custom-element-services { Description Changes prompt to [custom-element-services config#] Command 2 At [custom-element-services config#] Type: ? Description Shows all [custom-element-services config#] subcommands Example elementCreation User Created Element List Command 3 At [custom-element-services config#] Type: elementCreation { Description Changes prompt to [custom-element-services element Creation config#] Command 4 At [custom-element-services element Creation config#] Type: ? Example outputPortName programNumber pidNumber streamType Output Port Name Program Number PID number Stream Type Key Key Key Key value value value value Values ■ 302 elementCreation: This parameter has multiple attributes to configure, and all of these parameters are a key values that must be entered. Type elementCreation { at the prompt enter parameters: —outputPortName: Output Port Name. Enumerated parameter possible values are: ASIOut3/6, ASIOut3/7, or any output port. Enumerated values must be entered within single quotes. Type <outputPortName ‘ASIOut17/7’> —programNumber: Program Number (integer min 0 max 65535). Type <programNumber 345> —pidNumber: integer (in Hex) min 0x0 max 0x1FFF. Type <pidNumber 0x1000> —streamType: Stream Type. Enumerated parameter possible values are: Reserved, MPEG1 Video, MPEG2 Video, MPEG1 Audio, MPEG2 Audio, Priv. Sec., PES packet, MHEG, DSM CC, H.222.1, type A, type B, type C, type D, auxiliary, Reserved, DCII, AC-3 Audio or User priv. Enumerated values must be entered within single quotes. Type <streamType ‘MPEG2 Audio’> CLI Commands and Operation Mediaplex-20 User Guide [config] program-details Command Description Example In [config#] Type: program-details ? Configure parameters for custom program within a program on specific output interface Example statement: program-details UDPOut17/0 1000 { will allow you to configure program 1000 on interface UDPOut17/0 Command 2 At [config#] Type: program-detail UDPOut17/0 1000 { Command 3 At [UDPOut17/0 1000 config#] Type: ? Example enableSdtInformation enableCaInformation Enable SDT Information Enable CA Information NOTE You must first create a program using custom-program-services before you can configure the program-details. To enable SDT or CA information type enableSdtInformation true<enter> and enableCaInformation true <enter> then type a ? to view enabled parameters— SdtInformation {<enter> then type a ? [config] element-details Command Description Example In [config#] Type: element-details ? Configure parameters for custom element within a program on specific output interface Example: element-details UDPOut17/0 1000 0x21 { would allow you to configure element 0x21 within program 1000 on interface UDPOut17/0 Command 2 At [config#] Type: program-detail UDPOut17/0 1000 0x21 { Command 3 At [UDPOut17/0 1000 0x21 config#] Type: ? Example enableCaInformation elementDescriptor audioInformation enableAudioDescriptor Enable CA Information Element Descriptor Audio Information Enable Audio Descriptor NOTE You must first create an element using custom-element-services before you can configure the element-details. To add a descriptor type elementDescriptor ? <enter> for a list of descriptors. Then for MPEG2 Audio descriptor type elementDescriptor ‘MPEG2 Audio’<enter> then type a ? to view the additional parameters— audioInformation {<enter> then type a ? 303 SkyStream Networks 304 CLI Commands and Operation Mediaplex-20 User Guide Chapter 8: Network Management and Monitoring 305 SkyStream Networks Overview SkyStream Mediaplex video services router provides three ways for monitoring and management. These include the web-based graphical user interface, Command Line Interface (CLI) and SNMP (SNMP v1, v2c and v3 supported). The web interface provides the means for device configuration and monitoring. It is an element management application which provides the capability to configure a single Mediaplex. The web server is run on the Switch Controller Module (SCM) of the Mediaplex and therefore all that is required to access this interface is any PC with a standard web browser. However, the web interface cannot manage or configure multiple Mediaplex devices concurrently. In order to monitor and manage multiple Mediaplex video service routers from a central location, SkyStream recommends the use of the SNMP. SkyStream provides the necessary software for integration with HP OpenView Network Node Manager monitoring system. The integration with HP OpenView is discussed in detail. The first part of this chapter is an introduction to SNMP, followed by SNMP MIB description. T he second part of the chapter is an introduction to HPOpenView Integration. 306 Network Management and Monitoring Mediaplex-20 User Guide Introduction to SNMP Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP) is a widely used network monitoring and control protocol that passed data from SNMP agents to the management workstation used to oversee the network. SNMP agents are hardware or software processes reporting activity in each network device, such as a hub, router, or bridge. The agents return information contained in a Management Information Base (MIB), which is a data structure that defines what is obtainable from the device and what can be controlled. Actually, SNMP is a set of standards for network management that was adopted as a standard for TCP/IP-based internets in 1989. In 1993, an upgrade to SNMP, known as SNMP version 2 (SNMPv2), was issued in 1995. Then in 1998 SNMP version 3 was issued. This last set of standards defines a security capability for SNMP along with an architecture for future enhancements. SNMPv3 works in conjunction with the functionality SNMPv2 and SNMPv1 provided. SNMP-Related Specifications RFC 1155 May 1990–Structure and Identification of Management Information for TCP/IP-based Internets RFC 1155 May 1990 – A Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP) RFC 1155 May 1990 – Concise MIB Definitions RFC 1155 May 1990 – Management Information Base for Network Management of TCP/IP-based Internets: MIB-II RFC 1155 May 1990 – Definition of Managed Objects for the Ethernet-like Interface Types 307 SkyStream Networks Network Management Protocol Architecture The design of SNMP is for an application-level protocol that is part of the TCP/ IP suite of protocols. It is meant to operate over the User Datagram Protocol (UDP). It is also meant to be a stand-alone management station, where a manager process controls access to a central MIB and provides an interface to the network manager. The manager process uses SNMP on top of UDP, IP, and the relevant protocols, such as Ethernet, FDDI, and X.25. From a management station, three types of SNMP messages are issued on behalf of a management application: GetRequest, GetNextRequest, and SetRequest. The first two are variations of the get function. However, all three messages are acknowledged by the agent as a GetResponse message that is passed to the management application. The only operations supported in SNMP are the alteration and inspection of variables. Three general operations may be performed on scalar objects: SNMP Formats 308 • Get – A management station retrieves a scalar object value from a managed station. • Set – A management station updates a scalar object value in a managed station. • Trap – A managed station sends an unsolicited scalar object value to a management station. There is an exchange of information in SNMP between a management station and an agent in the form of a message. Each message includes an SNMP version number, a community name used for the exchange, and one of five types of Protocol Data Units (PDU). The SNMP format is shown in the following diagram. Network Management and Monitoring Mediaplex-20 User Guide Transmission of an SNMP Message An SNMP entity performs the following actions to transmit one of the five PDU types to another SNMP entity: 1 A PDU uses the ASN.1 structure in RFC 1157. 2 It then passes to an authentication service, along with the source and destination address and a community name. It then performs any encryption or authentication code required for this exchange, and returns a result. 3 The protocol entity then constructs a message that consists of a version field, the community name, and the result passed from the authentication service. 4 This new object passes to the transport service, after it receives basic encoding. NOTE In practice, authentication is rarely used. SNMP Messages Field Description version community SNMP version (RFC 1157 is version 1.) An SNMP agent paired with some arbitary set of SNMP application entities. NOTE The community name acts as a password to authenticate the SNMP message. Provides a unique ID to distinguish between outstanding requests. Indicates an exception occurred while processing a request. Values are as follows: noError (0), tooBig (1), noSuchName (2), badValue (3), readOnly (4), genErr (5) request-id error-status 309 SkyStream Networks Field Description error-index When error-status is nonzero, it may provide what variable caused an exception. NOTE A variable is an instance of a managed object. A list of variable names and corresponding values. NOTE In some cases, such as GetRequest PDU, the values are null. A type of object generating trap; based on sysObjectID. The address of object generating trap. A generic trap type. Values are as follows: coldStart (0), warmStart (1), linkDown (2), linkUp (3), authentication-Failure (4), egpNeighborLoss (5), enterprise-Specific (6). A specific trap code. Time elapsed between the last (re)initialization of the network entity and the generation of the trap; contains the value of sysUpTime. variablebindings enterprise agent-addr generic-trap specific-trap time-stamp Conceptual Row Creation SNMP views management information as variables and their values. SNMP operations retrieve or modify the value of objects. A class or type of management information is called an object or an object type. A specific instance from a class of management information is called an SNMP variable or an object of instance. The OBJECT-TYPE construct is used in MIB modules. The structure of management information requires that columnar objects be organized in conceptual tables. When creating a conceptual row, there are four possible potential interactions: selecting an instance-identifier which is not in use; creating the conceptual row; initializing any objects for which the agent does not supply a default; and making the conceptual row available for use by the managed device. Selecting an Instance-Identifier The algorithm used to select an instance-identifier varies for each conceptual row. In some cases, a management station selects the identifier according to significant semantics, such as the destination address of a route. The MIB module that defines the conceptual row provides one or more objects that provide assistance in determining an unused instant-identifier. For example, if the conceptual row is indexed by an integer-value, then an object having an integer-valued SYNTAX clause might be defined for such a purpose, allowing a management station to issue a management protocol retrieval operation. In order to avoid unnecessary collisions between competing management stations, adjacent retrievals of the object should be different. Creating the Conceptual Row Once an unused instance-identifier had been selected, the management station deter mines if it wishes to create and activate the conceptual row in one transaction or in a negotiated set of interactions. Creating and Activating the Conceptual The management station must first determine the column requirements; that is, it must determine those column values for which it must or must not provide 310 Network Management and Monitoring Mediaplex-20 User Guide values. Depending on the complexity of the table and the management station’s knowledge of the agent’s capabilities, this determination can be made locally by the manag ement station. Alter nately, the manag ement station issues a management protocol get operation to examine all columns in the conceptual row that it wishes to create. Once the column requirements have been determined, a management protocol set operation is accordingly issued. This operation also sets the new instance of the rowstatus column “createAndGo.” When the agent processes the set operation, it verifies that it has sufficient information to make the conceptual row available for use by the managed device. The information available to the agent is provided by two sources: the management protocol set operation that creates the conceptual row, and the implementation-specific defaults supplied by the agent. If there is sufficient information available, then the conceptual row is created, a “noError” response is returned, the status column is set to “active,” and no further interactions are necessary. If there is insufficient information, then the conceptual row is not created, and the set operation fails with an error of “inconsistentValue.” Conceptual Row Deletion For deletion of conceptual rows, a management protocol set operation is issued that sets the instance of the status column to “destroy.” This request may be made regardless of the current value of the status column. If the operation succeeds, then all instances associated with the conceptual row are immediately removed. 311 SkyStream Networks SNMPv3 SNMPv3 Brief Overview A weak point of previous SNMP versions has been the lack of a solid, agreed upon, security scheme. Both SNMPv1 and SNMPv2c use only a community string as the security mechanism. A community string is an ASCII password which may be easily discovered. SNMPv3 adds a security scheme which is based on the concept of multiple users. Each user has an associated ASCII user name, possibly an ASCII authentication password, and possibly an ASCII privacy password. The authorization and privacy passwords are represented in human-readable form simply to make life easier for users. These passwords are converted to “secret key” values. Secret keys are long random strings of bytes that are used to generate security information for an SNMP message. This security information is then stored in the header of the SNMP message. The following sections briefly explain how secret keys are used to generate security information. SNMPv3 Authentication Message authentication refers to verifying who the SNMP message came from as well as whether the message has been modified enroute. A Network Management System (NMS) converts the user’s authentication password to a secret key. This secret key is used to generate a “fingerprint” of the SNMP message. This fingerprint is stored in the SNMP message header. When the SNMP agent receives the SNMP message, it also calculates the fingerprint using the same secret key. If the fingerprints match, the message has been authenticated. The fingerprint is generated by using one of the following authentication algorithms: Message Digest 5 (MD5) or Secure Hash Algorithm (SHA-1). Both of these algorithms are described in detail in RFC 2574. SNMPv3 Privacy Message privacy refers to the encryption of the data portion of the SNMP message. The encryption algorithm used is the CBC-DES Symmetric Encryption Protocol. An NMS converts the user’s privacy password to a secret key. This secret key is used to generate an initialization vector which is used to encrypt/decrypt the message data. This vector is stored in the SNMP message header. When the SNMP agent receives the SNMP message, it uses this initialization vector to decrypt the data. Much more detail on DES encryption is provided in RFC 2574. SNMPv3 Configuration Once SNMPv3 is selected and applied via config file or web interface, the SNMP agent will: 312 Network Management and Monitoring Mediaplex-20 User Guide • Set up 3 default SNMPv3 users. See the following sections (Users and Views) for more details. • • Reject all SNMPv1/v2c messages. Send out SNMPv3 traps. SNMPv3 Users The usmUserTable (defined in RFC 2574) contains secret keys and other security information for each user name. When SNMPv3 is enabled, the SNMP agent adds 3 default users to the usmUserTable. When SNMPv1/v2c is enabled, the SNMP agent empties out the usmUserTable. When the usmUserTable is empty, any SNMPv3 message received from an NMS is rejected. The “security level” of a user refers to the authentication and privacy level for the user. A user may have one of the following security levels: • • • No authentication, no privacy Authentication with no privacy Authentication with privacy The security level for each default user which the SNMP agent adds to the usmUserTable is defined as follows: User Authentication Type Privacy Type Default User 1 MD5 DES Default User 2 SHA-1 DES Default User 3 MD5 None The first default user will have a security level of MD5 authentication and DES privacy. T he second default us er wil l h ave a secur ity level o f SHA-1 authentication and DES privacy. The third default user will have a security level of MD5 authentication and no privacy. It is important that the user name/password information for the default users be kept confidential between the NMS and the SNMP agent. If user names/ passwords become known to another NMS, another NMS may send SNMPv3 messages to the SNMP agent which could change the configuration of the SMR. Once an NMS knows user name/password infor mation, it can use the authentication password and privacy password to generate the appropriate security information for an SNMPv3 message. It can then send SNMPv3 messages to the SNMP agent. The SNMP agent will use the secret keys stored for the user to authenticate/decrypt the messages. If the SNMP agent receives an SNMPv3 message from an unknown user, the message is rejected. SNMPv1 and SNMPv2c messages will also be rejected. The only messages the SNMP agent will accept are ones which contain the appropriate security information pertaining to one of the default users. 313 SkyStream Networks An NMS may change the contents of the usmUserTable by sending an SNMPv3 message to the SNMP agent. For example, the NMS may delete a default user from the usmUserTable, it may change the password of an existing user, it may change the security level of an existing user, and so forth. SNMPv3 Views T h e va c mS e c ur i t y To G r o up Tabl e, t h e vac m A c c e ss Tab l e , a n d t h e vacmViewTreeTable provide access control to the MIB. Each of these tables is described in RFC 2575. It is possible to set up these “view tables” so that a specific user only has read or write access to a subset of the MIB. When the SNMP agent adds the 3 default users to the usmUserTable, it also sets up the view tables so that each of these users has read and write access to all objects in the MIB. SNMPv3 Configuration and Example To create SNMPv3 using the Web GUI (see Chapter 3: Using the Web GUI), the user must select: Configuration>SCM>SNMP, then create a user, assign a password, select the authentication protocol (SHA or MD5), and select a security level if you want encrypted messages. A management application can send SNMPv3 request as shown below. The snmpwalk tool used is from the NETSNMP toolkit. • snmpwalk -v 3 -u user1 -l authNoPriv -a MD5 -A skystream 192.168.58.128 vlanMgmtInfoTable or • snmpwalk -v 3 -u user2 -l authNoPriv -a MD5 -A skystream 192.168.58.128 vlanMgmtInfoTable Example If there is one VLAN with IP address 172.30.1.1, the output would be as follows: skyStreamMediaplexMibObjects.skyStreamMediaplexVlanMgmtObjects.vlanMgmtInfoTable.vlanMgmtInfoEntry. vlanIpAddress.0 = IpAddress: 172.30.1.1 s ky S t r e a m Me d i a p l ex V l a n M gm t O b j e ct s . v l a nM g m t I n fo T a b l e . vl a n M g m tI n f o E n tr y . v l a nS u b n e t Ma s k . 0 = 255.255.255.0 skyStreamMediaplexVlanMgmtObjects.vlanMgmtInfoTable.vlanMgmtInfoEntry.vlanGe1.0 = 0 (no) skyStreamMediaplexVlanMgmtObjects.vlanMgmtInfoTable.vlanMgmtInfoEntry.vlanGe2.0 = 0 (no) skyStreamMediaplexVlanMgmtObjects.vlanMgmtInfoTable.vlanMgmtInfoEntry.vlanGe3.0 = 0 (no) skyStreamMediaplexVlanMgmtObjects.vlanMgmtInfoTable.vlanMgmtInfoEntry.vlanGe4.0 = 0 (no) 314 Network Management and Monitoring Mediaplex-20 User Guide SNMP MIB Description References [1]RFC1157 — A Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP) [2]RFC 2573, 2574, 2575 — SNMPv3 Framework [3]RFC 2578 — Structure of Management Information Version 2 (SMIv2) [4]NETSNMP toolkit (http://www.netsnmp.org) This chapter describes the SNMP MIBs that manage the Mediaplex-20 using SNMP. It also describes usage scenarios where applicable. Refer to the actual MIB files for exact MIB object names. All the Mediaplex MIBs conform to SMIv3 as described in RFC2578. The following table lists all of the MIBS supported by the Mediaplex-20 and various OS releases. If you are loading these MIBS in management applications load the MIBs in the order specified. MIB Name SNMPv2-SMI.txt SNMPv2-TC.txt SNMPv2-MIB.txt SKYSTREAM-ROOT-MIB.txt SKYSTREAM-PRODUCTS-MIB.txt MEDIAPLEX-TC.txt MEDIAPLEX-ASIIN-MIB.txt MEDIAPLEX-ASIOUT-MIB.txt MEDIAPLEX-ENCODER-MIB.txt MEDIAPLEX-VLANMGMT-MIB.txt MEDIAPLEX-SOFTWARE-MIB.txt MEDIAPLEX-PROGRAM-MIB.txt MEDIAPLEX-UDPOUT-MIB.txt MEDIAPLEX-ELEMENT-MIB.txt MEDIAPLEX-UDPIN-MIB.txt MEDIAPLEX-PROGRAM-ROUTE.txt MEDIAPLEX-STREAM-ROUTE-MIB.txt MEDIAPLEX-NOTIFICATION-MIB.txt MEDIAPLEX-SME-MIB.txt MEDIAPLEX-IP-ROUTE-MIB.txt MEDIAPLEX-TS-STATS-MIB.txt MEDIAPLEX-RTPIN-MIB.txt MEDIAPLEX-RTPOUT-MIB.txt MEDIAPLEX-ATMIN-MIB.txt MEDIAPLEX-ATMOUT-MIB.txt MEDIAPLEX-REDUNDANCY-MIB.txt MEDIAPLEX-SENSORS-MIB.txt MEDIAPLEX-CHASSIS-MIB.txt MEDIAPLEX-SMD-MIB.txt 315 SkyStream Networks MEDIAPLEX-ATM-MIB.txt MEDIAPLEX-FILEIN-MIB.txt MEDIAPLEX-GE-MIB.txt MEDIAPLEX-ALARMS-MIB.txt MEDIAPLEX-XRATER-MIB.txt MEDIAPLEX-SCM-MIB.txt MEDIAPLEX-ENCODER-AUDIO-MIB.txt MEDIAPLEX-ATM-ROUTE-MIB.txt MEDIAPLEX-MPE-ROUTE-MIB.txt Compiling Mediaplex MIBs in Network Management Applications You can load Mediaplex MIBs into SNMP management applications, such as HP OpenView, MG-SOFT MIB compiler, NetSNMP. When loading the MIB files to an SNMP Manager, you must load them in the following order: ■ SKYSTREAM-ROOT-MIB ■ SKYSTREAM-PRODUCTS-MIB ■ MEDIAPLEX-TC-MIB ■ Other Mediaplex MIBs may be loaded in any order. ROOT MIB The ROOT MIB defines the registration for SkyStream SNMP manageable products. The illustration below shows the structure of the MIB tree. 316 Network Management and Monitoring Mediaplex-20 User Guide The root of the MIB tree is “iso.” “skyStream” is located in the branch enterprise. “skyStreamMediaPlex” has the index 7 in the SkyStream family of products. The indexes for this MIB are as follows: iso (1), org (3), dod (6), internet (1), private (4), enterprises (1), skyStream (3511), skyStreamMgmt (3), skyStreamMediaPlex (7), skyStreamMediaPlexMibObjects (1), skyStreamMediaPlex....Objects ( ). The last index number references one of the following Mediaplex Enterprise MIBs: skyStreamMediaPlexASIInObjects (1) skyStreamMediaPlexASIOutObjects (2) skyStreamMediaPlexEncoderObjects (3) skyStreamMediaPlexVlanMgmtObjects (4) skyStreamMediaPlexSoftwareObjects (5) skyStreamMediaPlexProgramObjects (6) skyStreamMediaPlexUDPOutObjects (7) skyStreamMediaPlexElementObjects (8) skyStreamMediaPlexUDPInObjects (9) skyStreamMediaPlexProgramRouteObjects (10) skyStreamMediaPlexStreamRouteObjects (11) skyStreamMediaPlexNotificationObjects (12) skyStreamMediaPlexSmeObjects (13) skyStreamMediaPlexIpRouteObjects (14) skyStreamMediaPlexTsStatsObjects (15) skyStreamMediaPlexRTPInObjects (16) skyStreamMediaPlexRTPOutObjects (17) skyStreamMediaPlexATMInObjects (18) skyStreamMediaPlexATMOutObjects (19) skyStreamMediaPlexRedundancyObjects (20) skyStreamMediaPlexSensorsObjects (21) skyStreamMediaPlexChassisObjects (22) skyStreamMediaPlexSmdObjects (23) skyStreamMediaPlexATMObjects (24) skyStreamMediaPlexFILEInObjects (25) skyStreamMediaPlexGEObjects (26) skyStreamMediaPlexAlarmsObjects (27) skyStreamMediaPlexXRaterObjects (28) skyStreamMediaPlexScmObjects (29) skyStreamMediaPlexEncoderAudioObjects (30) skyStreamMediaPlexAtmRouteObjects (31) skyStreamMediaplexMpeRouteObjects (32) 317 SkyStream Networks Mediaplex Enterprise MIBs You must check each parameter in the MIB to see which ones you can ‘get’ or ‘set.’ The value is given at the end of each description. Mediaplex ASIIn MIB—skyStreamMediaPlexASIInObjects This module defines the Mediaplex ASIIn MIB objects. It also contains objects that allow ‘get’ and ‘set’. The MIB does not support row creation and row deletion. Mediaplex ASIOut MIB—skyStreamMediaPlexASIOutObjects This module defines the Mediaplex ASIOut MIB objects and has a table for generating CAT. It also contains objects that allow ‘get’ and ‘set’: asiOutCATInfoTable This table provides information about ASI Out CAT parameters. It is only valid if enableCATGeneration = true. If you want to create a new row, you must use the index sequence: bladeNumber, unitNumber, caSystemId, emmPid and you must specify: privateData, catRowStatus ‘createAndGo’ (4). To delete a port, you must use the same index sequence and set catInRowStatus to ‘destroy’ (6). Mediaplex Encoder MIB— skyStreamMediaPlexEncoderObjects This module defines the Mediaplex Encoder MIB objects. It also contains objects that allow ‘get’ and ‘set’. The MIB does not support row creation and row deletion. Mediaplex VLAN Management MIB— skyStreamMediaPlexVlanMgmtObjects This module defines the Mediaplex Vlan Management MIB objects. The index used is the following sequence: vlan id When creating a new VLAN, the management application must provide values for the following MIB objects: ■ vlanIpAddress ■ vlanSubnetMask ■ vlanGe1 ■ vlanGe2 ■ vlanGe3 ■ vlanGe4 ■ vlanRowStatus The following is an example to create VLAN with VLAN ID 3, IP address 172.30.1.1, subnet mask of 255.255.255.0 and configure GE port1 (untagged) and GE port3 (tagged) as members of the vlan—a multiple variable SNMP set 318 Network Management and Monitoring Mediaplex-20 User Guide request must be issued that contains the following variables and corresponding values: MIB Object Value vlanMgmtInfoTable.vlanMgmtInfoEntry.vlanIpAddress.3 vlanMgmtInfoTable.vlanMgmtInfoEntry.vlanSubnetMask.3 vlanMgmtInfoTable.vlanMgmtInfoEntry.vlanGe1.3 vlanMgmtInfoTable.vlanMgmtInfoEntry.vlanGe2.3 vlanMgmtInfoTable.vlanMgmtInfoEntry.vlanGe3.3 vlanMgmtInfoTable.vlanMgmtInfoEntry.vlanGe4.3 vlanMgmtInfoTable.vlanMgmtInfoEntry.vlanRowStatus.3 172.30.1.1 255.255.255.0 1 (untagged) 0 (no) 2 (tagged) 0 (no) 4 (createAndGo) To delete a VLAN, the management application must set value ‘destroy’ (6) for the vlanRowStatus MIB object. You can modify the four GE parameters of VLAN after creation. Mediaplex Software MIB— skyStreamMediaPlexSoftwareObjects This MIB provides information about all software images present in PCMCIA disks and flash partition, and is available in softwareVersionInfoTable. MIB object softwareCurrentVersionNumber provides version information about current software. This MIB also allows users to configure boot source using MIB objects softwar e Bo ot So ur ce. I f t he b oot s ou r c e i s T F TP M I B ob j e c t s, softwareTftpIpAddress and softwareTftpFilename must be set appropriately. Mediaplex Program MIB— skyStreamMediaPlexProgramObjects This MIB provides information about DVB programs available on specific output interface. The MIB also allows the creation and removal of programs from output interfaces. It also contains objects that allow ‘get’ and ‘set’. The index used is the following sequence: blade number, port type, unit number, program number. The port type can be UDPOut, RTPOut, or any of the other logical ports. Each port type has a specific value. You can get this information by looking at the MIB. The MIB also has one table indexed by port type, blade number, unit number, and program number (create/destroy). • pmtPid—Program PMT PID. Set only valid at creation/deletion time: integer (range 0...8191) • pcrPid—Program PCR PID. Set only valid at creation/deletion time: integer (range 0...8191) • programRowStatus—Set only valid at creation/deletion time. 319 SkyStream Networks The following is an example to create a new program 200 from input interface ASIIn3/1 with PMT PID of 0x28 and PCR PID of 0x29: MIB Object Value programInfoTable.programInfoEntry.pcrPid.5.3.1.200 programInfoTable.programInfoEntry.pmtPid.5.3.1.200 programInfoTable.programInfoEntry.programRowStatus.5.3.1.200 40 41 4 (createAndGo) To delete a specific program route from an output interface, the management application must set value ‘destroy’ (6) for the programRowStatus MIB object. Mediaplex UDPOut MIB— skyStreamMediaPlexUDPOutObjects This module defines the Mediaplex MIB for managing UDPOut logical ports. The MIB allows creation and deletion of UDPOut logical interfaces. The index uses the following sequence: blade number, unit number. It also contains objects that allow ‘get’ and ‘set’. To create a new UDPOut interface, the management application must use value createAndGo for udpOutRowStatus column, no other values are supported. When creating a new interface, the management application must also provide values for the following MIB objects: ■ attachedInterface ■ destinationIpAddress (for port associated with GE interfaces) ■ destinationPort (for port associated with GE interface) ■ vlanId (for port associated with GE interface) ■ vpi (for port associated with ATM interface) ■ vci (for port associated with ATM interface) The following is an example to create port UDPOut3/1 and associate it with ASIIn3/0 on VLAN 2—a multiple variables SNMP set request must be issued that contains the following variables and corresponding values: MIB Object Value udpOutInfoTable.udpOutInfoEntry.attachedInterface.3.1 udpOutInfoTable.udpOutInfoEntry.destinationIpAddress.3.1 udpOutInfoTable.udpOutInfoEntry.destinationPort.3.1 udpOutInfoTable.udpOutInfoEntry.vlanId.3.1 udpOutInfoTable.udpOutInfoEntry.udpOutRowStatus.3.1 “ASIIn3/0” 225.1.1.1 2001 2 4 (createAndGo) To delete a UDPOut interface using the management application, you must set the value ‘destroy’ (6) for the udpOutRowStatus. <bladeNumber>.<unitNumber> MIB object. For example, to delete the port UDPOut3/0: udpOutRowStatus.3.0 set to ‘destroy’. 320 Network Management and Monitoring Mediaplex-20 User Guide NOTE UDPOut also has a table for generating CAT. See ASIOut. Mediaplex Element MIB— skyStreamMediaPlexElementObjects This MIB provides information about elements present on specific programs on given interfaces. The MIB also allows the creation and removal of elements within specific programs on a output interface. It also contains objects that allow ‘get’ and ‘set’. The index used is the following sequence: blade number, port type, unit number, program number, element number. The port type can be udpOut, rtpOut, or any of the other logical ports. Each port type has a specific value, you can get this information by looking at the MIB. When creating a new element, the management application must also provide values for the following MIB objects: • streamType The following is an example to add a MPEG-2 video element with PID 0x64 to a program number 20 on output interface ASIOut17/3—a multiple variable SNMP set request must be issued that contains the following variables and corresponding values: MIB Object Value elementInfoTable.elementInfoEntry.streamType.17.asiOut.3.20.100 elementInfoTable.elementInfoEntry.elementRowStatus.17.asiOut.3.20.100 2 (MP2 Video) 4 (createAndGo) To delete a specific program from a output interface using the management application, you must set the value ‘destroy’ (6) for the elementRowStatus MIB object, with the index of the element, which is 17.asiOut.3.20.100 shown above. You must specify udpInRowStatus. Mediaplex UDPIn MIB— skyStreamMediaPlexUDPInObjects This module defines the Mediaplex UDPIn MIB objects. This MIB allows creation and deletion of UDPIn logical interfaces. The index uses the following sequence: blade number, unit number. It also contains objects that allow ‘get’ and ‘set’. To create a new UDPIn interface, the management application must use value createAndGo for udpInRowStatus column, no other values are supported. When creating a new interface, the management application must also provide values for the following MIB objects: ■ attachedInterface ■ portNumber ■ packetizerType 321 SkyStream Networks ■ multicastIpAddress (for port associated with GE interface over UDPOut or ATM interfaces over SME) ■ vlanId (for port associated with GE interface) ■ vpi (for port associated with ATM) ■ vci (for port associated with ATM) The following is an example to create port UDPIn3/1 associated with a GE on VLAN 2—a multiple variables SNMP set request must be issued that contains the following variables and corresponding values: MIB Object Value udpInInfoTable.udpInInfoEntry.attachedInterface.3.1 udpInInfoTable.udpInInfoEntry.portNumber.3.1 udpInInfoTable.udpInInfoEntry.packetizerType.3.1 udpInInfoTable.udpInInfoEntry.multicastIpAddress.3.1 udpInInfoTable.udpInInfoEntry.vlanId.3.1 udpInInfoTable.udpInInfoEntry.udpInRowStatus.3.1 “ASIIn3/0” 2001 1 (dataPipe) 225.1.1.1 2 4 (createAndGo) To delete a UDPIn interface using the management application, you must set the value ‘destroy’ (6) for the udpInRowStatus. <bladeNumber>.<unitNumber> MIB object. Mediaplex Program Route MIB— skyStreamMediaPlexProgramRouteObjects This module defines the Mediaplex MIB for managing the program route. The index used is the following sequence: source port type, source blade number, source unit number, destination port type, destination blade number, destination unit number, source program number, destination program number. In addition, you must specify the filter port for a transrated route. To route a program, the user must provide values for the following MIB objects: ■ destinationPMTPID ■ filterPort (if transrated route) The following is an example to create a new program route 200 from input interface ASIIn3/1 to output interface ASIOut5/15, program number 205, with PMT PID of 0x21—a multiple variable SNMP set request must be issued that contains the following variables and corresponding values: MIB Object Value programRouteInfoTable.programRouteInfoEntry.filterPort.asiIn.3.1.asiOut.5.15.200.205 “Xrtr3/0” programRouteInfoTable.programRouteInfoEntry.destinationPMTPID.asiIn.3.1.asiOut.5.15.200.205 33 programRouteInfoTable.programRouteInfoEntry.programRouteRowStatus.asiIn.3.1.asiOut.5.15.200.205 4 (createAndGo) You cannot modify the parameters of a program route after creation. 322 Network Management and Monitoring Mediaplex-20 User Guide To delete a specific program route from an output interface, the management application must set value ‘destroy’ (6) for the programRouteRowStatus MIB object. Mediaplex Stream Route MIB— skyStreamMediaPlexStreamRouteObjects This module defines the Mediaplex MIB for managing the stream routes. The index used is the following sequence: source port type, source blade number, source unit number, destination port type, destination blade number, destination unit number, source PID, destination PID. In addition, you must specify the filter port for a transrated route. The following is an example to route a PID 0x100 from ASIIn3/1 to an output interface ASIOut5/15 as PID 0x200—a single variable SNMP set request must be issued that contains the following variables and corresponding values: MIB Object Value streamRouteInfoTable.streamRouteInfoEntry.streamRoutefilterPort.asiIn.3.1.asiOut.5.15.256.512 streamRouteInfoTable.streamRouteInfoEntry.streamRouteRowStatus.asiIn.3.1.asiOut.5.15.256.512 “Xrtr3/1” 4 (createAndGo) You cannot modify the parameter of a stream route after creation. To delete a specific stream route from a output interface, the management application must set value ‘destroy’ (6) for the streamRouteRowStatus MIB object. Mediaplex NOTIFICATION MIB— skyStreamMediaPlexNotificationObjects This MIB defines traps generated by the Mediaplex. Mediaplex SME MIB— skyStreamMediaPlexSmeObjects This module defines the Mediaplex SME boot management MIB objects and has three tables that allow you to create or destroy values: efInfoTable, afInforTable, and beInfoTable. It also contains objects that allow ‘get’ and ‘set’. efInfoTable The efInfoTable table allows you to add a new EF discipline by configuring the following parameters: ■ efName ■ efMaxBitRate ■ efRowStatus You must use the index sequence: efBladeNumber, efUnitNumber, efIndex and specify efName, efMaxBitRate, efRowStaus ‘createAndGo’ (4). The following is an example to create EF discipline, named ‘ef1’, with max-bit rate of 100 Kbps, and associate it with SME interface sme3/1—a multiple 323 SkyStream Networks variable SNMP set request must be issued that contains the following variables and corresponding values: MIB Object Value efInfoTable.efInfoEntry.efName.3.1.0 efInfoTable.efInfoEntry.efMaxBitRate.3.1.0 efInfoTable.efInfoEntry.efRowStatus.3.1.0 “ef1” 100000 4 (createAndGo) To delete a EF discipline using the management application, you must set the value ‘destroy’ (6) for the efRowStatus.index MIB object. To delete the first discipline, the management application has to set efRowStatus to 6 (destroy). You cannot modify the discipline attributes after creation. afInfoTable The afInfoTable allows you to create and configure a new AF discipline on a specific SME interface. The index represents the row of the AF discipline, Index 0 will represent the first discipline, Index 1 the second discipline, and so on. To create a new AF discipline, the management application must use value createAndGo for afRowStatus column, no other values are supported. When creating a new AF discipline, the management application must also provide values for the following MIB objects: ■ ■ ■ ■ afName afMinBitRate afMaxBitRate afRowStatus You must use the index sequence: afBladeNumber, afUnitNumber, afIndex and specify: afName, afMinBitRate, afMaxBitRate, afRowStatus ‘createAndGo’ (4). The following is an example to create AF discipline, named ‘af1’, with max-bit rate of 100 Kbps and min-bit rate of 500 bps, and associate it with SME interface sme3/1—a multiple variable SNMP set request must be issued that contains the following variables and corresponding values: MIB Object Value afInfoTable.afInfoEntry.afName.3.1.0 afInfoTable.afInfoEntry.afMinBitRate.3.1.0 afInfoTable.afInfoEntry.afMaxBitRate.3.1.0 afInfoTable.afInfoEntry.afRowStatus.3.1.0 “af1” 500 100000 4 (createAndGo) To delete an AF discipline using the management application, you must set the value ‘destroy’ (6) for the afRowStatus MIB object. You cannot modify the discipline attributes after creation. 324 Network Management and Monitoring Mediaplex-20 User Guide beInfoTable The beInfoTable allows you to create and configure a new BE discipline on a specific SME interface. The index represents the row of the BE discipline, Index 0 will represent the first discipline, Index 1 the second discipline, and so on. To create a new BE discipline, the management application must use value createAndGo for beRowStatus column, no other values are supported. When creating a new BE discipline, the management application must also provide values for the following MIB objects: ■ beName ■ beQueueSize ■ beRowStatus You must use the index sequence: beBladeNumber, beUnitNumber, beIndex and specify: beName, beQueueSize, beRowStatus ‘createAndGo’ (4). The following is an example to create BE discipline, named ‘be1’ with queue size of 500 and associate it with SME interface sme3/1—a multiple variable SNMP set request must be issued that contains the following variables and corresponding values: MIB Object Value beInfoTable.beInfoEntry.beName.3.1.0 beInfoTable.beInfoEntry.beQueueSize.3.1.0 beInfoTable.beInfoEntry.beRowStatus.3.1.10 “be1” 500 4 (createAndGo) To delete a BE discipline using the management application, you must set the value ‘destroy’ (6) for the beRowStatus MIB object. You cannot modify the discipline attributes after creation. Mediaplex IP Route— skyStreamMediaPlexIpRouteObjects This module defines the Mediaplex MIB for managing the IP routes. It has two tables indexed by IP address and netmask (create/destroy): • • gateway—Route Gateway. Set only valid at creation/deletion time. rowStatus—IP route row status. Set only valid at creation/deletion time. You must specify gateway and rowStatus to ‘createAndGo’ (4). MIB Object Value ipRouteInfoTable.ipRouteInfoEntry.gateway.192.168.2.189.225.225.225.0 ipRouteInfoTable.ipRouteInfoEntry.rowStatus.192.168.2.189.225.225.225.0 10.10.10.1 4 (createAndGo) If you want to delete a IP route, you must use the same index sequence, specify rowStatus and set value to ‘destroy’ (6). 325 SkyStream Networks Mediaplex TS Stats MIB— skyStreamMediaPlexTsStatsObjects This MIB provides transport stream statistics for a specific input or output interface. This MIB also provides information about aggregate transport bit rate for an interface. This table does not support row creation and row deletion. Mediaplex RTPIn MIB— skyStreamMediaPlexRTPInObjects This module defines the Mediaplex RTPIn MIB objects, and allows the creation and deletion of RTPIn logical interfaces. The index uses the following sequence: blade number, unit number. It also contains objects that allow ‘get’ and ‘set’. To create a new RTPIn interface, the management application must use value createAndGo for rtpInRowStatus column, no other values are supported. When creating a new RTP In interface, the management application must also provide values for the following MIB objects: ■ attachedInterface ■ portNumber ■ sourceIpAddress (for ports associated to GE interface) ■ sourcePortNumber (for ports associated to GE interface) ■ sourceVlanId (for ports associated to GE interface) ■ atmVpi (for ports associated to ATM interface) ■ atmVci (for ports associated to ATM interface) The following is an example to create port RTPIn3/1 and associate it with ATM3/0, with VPI equal to 10 and VCI equal to 50—a multiple variable SNMP set request must be issued that contains the following variables and corresponding values: MIB Object Value rtpInInfoTable.rtpInInfoEntry.attachedInterface.3.1 rtpInInfoTable.rtpInInfoEntry.portNumber.3.1 rtpInInfoTable.rtpInInfoEntry.sourceIpAddress.3.1 rtpInInfoTable.rtpInInfoEntry.sourcePortNumber.3.1 rtpInInfoTable.rtpInInfoEntry.atmVpi.3.1 rtpInInfoTable.rtpInInfoEntry.atmVci.3.1 rtpInInfoTable.rtpInInfoEntry.rtpInRowStatus.3.1 “ATM3/0” 4000 225.1.1.1 4000 10 50 (4) createAndGo To delete an RTPIn interface using the management application, you must set the value ‘destroy’ (6) for the r tpInRowStatus. <bladeNumber>.<unitNumber> MIB object. 326 Network Management and Monitoring Mediaplex-20 User Guide Mediaplex RTPOut MIB— skyStreamMediaPlexRTPOutObjects This module defines the Mediaplex MIB for managing RTPOut logical ports, and allows the creation and deletion of RTPIn logical interfaces. The index uses the following sequence: blade number, unit number. It also contains objects that allow ‘get’ and ‘set’. To create a new RTPOut interface, the management application must use value createAndGo for RtpOutRowStatus column, no other values are supported. When creating a new interface, the management application must also provide values for the following MIB objects: ■ attachedInterface ■ portNumber ■ destinationIpAddress (for port associated to GE interface) ■ destinationPortNumber (for port associated to GE interface) ■ vlanId (for port associated to GE interface) ■ destinationIpAddressOverAtm (for port associated to ATM interface) ■ destinationPortOverAtm (for port associated to ATM interface) ■ vpi (for port associated to ATM interface) ■ vci (for port associated to ATM interface) The following is an example to create port RTPOut3/1 and associate it with ASIIn3/0 on VLAN 2—a multiple variable SNMP set request must be issued that contains the following variables and corresponding values: MIB Object Value rtpOutInfoTable.rtpOutInfoEntry.attachedInterface.3.1 rtpOutInfoTable.rtpOutInfoEntry.portNumber.3.1 rtpOutInfoTable.rtpOutInfoEntry.vlanId.3.1 rtpOutInfoTable.rtpOutInfoEntry.destinationPortNumber.3.1 rtpOutInfoTable.rtpOutInfoEntry.destinationIpAddress.3.1 rtpOutInfoTable.rtpOutInfoEntry.rtpOutRowStatus.3.1 “ASIIn3/0” 4000 2 4000 225.1.1.1 4 (createAndGo) To delete RTPOut interface using the management application, you must set the value ‘destroy’ (6) for the rtpOutRowStatus. <bladeNumber>.<unitNumber> MIB object. NOTE RTPOut also has a table for generating CAT. See ASIOut. 327 SkyStream Networks Mediaplex ATMIn MIB— skyStreamMediaPlexATMInObjects This module defines the Mediaplex UDPIn MIB objects, and allows the creation and deletion of RTPIn logical interfaces. The index uses the following sequence: blade number, unit number. It also contains objects that allow ‘get’ and ‘set’. To create a new ATMIn interface, the management application must use value createAndGo for atmInRowStatus column, no other values are supported. When creating a new interface, the management application must provide values for the following MIB objects: ■ attachedInterface ■ atmVpi ■ atmVci ■ atmRowStatus The following is an example to create port ATMIn3/1 and associate it with ATM3/0—a multiple variable SNMP set request must be issued that contains the following variables and corresponding values: MIB Object Value atmInInfoTable. atmInInfoEntry.attachedInterface.3.1 atmInInfoTable. atmInInfoEntry.atmVpi.3.1 atmInInfoTable. atmInInfoEntry. atmVci.3.1 atmInInfoTable. atmInInfoEntry. atm.InRowStatus.3.1 “ATM3/0” 0 50 4 (createAndGo) To delete an ATMIn interface using the management application, you must set (6) for the atmInRowStatus. the value ‘destroy’ <bladeNumber>.<unitNumber> MIB object. Mediaplex ATMOut MIB— skyStreamMediaPlexATMOutObjects This module defines the Mediaplex MIB for managing ATMOut logical ports, and allows the creation and deletion of ATMOut logical interfaces. The index uses the following sequence: blade number, unit number. It also contains objects that allow ‘get’ and ‘set’: To create a new ATMOut interface, the management application must use value createAndGo for atmOutRowStatus column, no other values are supported. When creating new interface, the management application must also provide values for the following MIB objects: 328 ■ attachedInterface ■ atmVpi ■ atmVci ■ atmOutRowStatus Network Management and Monitoring Mediaplex-20 User Guide The following is an example to create port ATMOut3/1 and associate it with ATM3/0—a multiple variable SNMP set request must be issued that contains the following variables and corresponding values: MIB Object Value atmOutInfoTable. atmOutInfoEntry.attachedInterface.3.1 atmOutInfoTable. atmOutInfoEntry.atmVpi.3.1 atmOutInfoTable. atmOutInfoEntry. atmVci.3.1 udpOutInfoTable.udpOutInfoEntry.atmOutRowStatus.3.1 “ATM3/0” 0 50 4 (createAndGo) To delete an ATMOut interface using the management application, you must set the value ‘destroy’ (6) for the atmOutRowStatus. <bladeNumber>.<unitNumber> MIB object. NOTE ATMOut also has a table for generating CAT. See ASIOut. Mediaplex Redundancy MIB— skyStreamMediaPlexRedundancyObjects This module defines the Mediaplex MIB for managing redundancy. It also contains objects that allow ‘get’ and ‘set’. The MIB does not support row creation and row deletion. Mediaplex Sensors MIB— skyStreamMediaPlexSensorsObjects This MIB provides information retrieved from hardware sensors in the chassis. Moreover, it provides information about the number of power supplies in a chassis, status of power supply, number of fan trays in a chassis, and status of each fan tray. It also provides instantaneous temperature and voltage reading from each hardware component in the system. This table does not support row creation or deletion. Mediaplex Chassis MIB— skyStreamMediaPlexChassisObjects This MIB provides chassis inventory information and tables for blade, PMC, CPU, and buffers. It also contains objects that allow ‘get’ and ‘set’. The MIB does not support row creation and row deletion. Mediaplex SMD MIB— skyStreamMediaPlexSmdObjects This module defines the Mediaplex SMD management MIB objects and has two tables that allow you to create or destroy values: smdPidInfoTable and smdMacInfoTable. It also contains objects that allow ‘get’ and ‘set’. smdInfoTable This table allows you to add a new PID by configuring the following parameter: ■ pidRowStatus 329 SkyStream Networks You must use the index sequence: pidBladeNumber, pidUnitNumber, pidNumber and specify pidRowStaus ‘createAndGo’ (4). To d e l e t e a P I D, you mu s t us e t h e s ame i nd e x s e q u e nce and s p e c i f y pidRowStatus ‘destroy’ (6). macInfoTable This table allows you to add a new MAC address by configuring the following parameters: ■ macAddress ■ macRowStatus You must use the index sequence: macBladeNumber, macUnitNumber, macIndex and specify: macAddress, and macRowStatus ‘createAndGo’ (4). To delete a MAC address, you must use the same index sequence and specify macRowStatus ‘destroy’ (6)—only valid if enableMacFiltering = true. Mediaplex ATM MIB— skyStreamMediaPlexATMObjects This module defines the Mediaplex ATM MIB objects. It also contains objects that allow ‘get’ and ‘set’. The MIB does not support row creation and row deletion. Mediaplex FILEIn MIB— skyStreamMediaPlexFILEInObjects This module defines the Mediaplex MIB for managing the File In logical ports and has one table that allows creation and deletion. It also contains objects that allow ‘get’ and ‘set’. fileInInfoTable If you want to create a new FILEIn port, you must use the index sequence: bladeNumber, unitNumber and specify: packetizerType, fileName, bitRate, fileInRowStatus ‘createAndGo’ (4). If you want to delete a port, you must use the same index sequence and set fileInRowStatus to 6 (destroy). Mediaplex GE MIB— skyStreamMediaPlexGEObjects This MIB provides information about all GE interfaces on the chassis. It is a table indexed by GE port number (1-4). This table contains ‘get’ objects but does not support row creation or deletion. Mediaplex Alarms MIB— skyStreamMediaPlexAlarmsObjects This module defines the Mediaplex Configurable Alarms MIB objects. The table contains ‘get’ and ‘set’ objects for the redundancy switch and PMCs, but does not support row creation or deletion. 330 Network Management and Monitoring Mediaplex-20 User Guide Mediaplex Xrater MIB— skyStreamMediaPlexXRaterObjects This module defines the Mediaplex Xrater MIB and contains objects that allow ‘get’ and ‘set’. The MIB does not support row creation and row deletion. Mediaplex SCM MIB— skyStreamMediaPlexSCMObjects This module defines the Mediaplex SCM management MIB and contains objects that allow ‘get’ and ‘set’. The MIB also has three tables indexed by IP address (create/destroy). • dnsServerRow Status—DNS server row status. Set only valid at creation/ deletion time. • syslogHostRowStatus—Syslog host row status. Set only valid at creation/ deletion time. • ntpServerRowStatus—NTP server row status. Set only valid at creation/ deletion time. For example, if you want to add a new syslog host, you must use the index sequence syslogHostIpAddress and specify syslogHostRowStatus and set value to ‘createAndGo’ (4). MIB Object Value scmSyslogHostInfoTable.scmSyslogHostInfoEntry.syslogHostRowStatus.192.168.4.26 4 (createAndGo) If you want to delete a syslog host, you must use the same index sequence, specify syslogHostRowStatus and set value to ‘destroy’ (6). Mediaplex Encoder Audio MIB— skyStreamMediaPlexEncoderAudioObjects This module defines the Mediaplex Encoder Audio MIB (only valid for the Encoder Plus) and contains objects that allow ‘get’ and ‘set’. The MIB does not support row creation and row deletion. Mediaplex ATM Routes MIB— skyStreamMediaPlexATMRouteObjects This module defines the Mediaplex MIB for managing the ATM routes. It has three tables indexed by IP address, netmask, interface slot number and interface unit number (create/destroy): • • • atmVpi— Route VPI. Set only valid at creation/deletion time. atmVci— Route VCI. Set only valid at creation/deletion time. rowStatus—ATM route row status. Set only valid at creation/deletion time. 331 SkyStream Networks You must specify atmVpi, atmVci, and set rowStatus to ‘createAndGo’ (4). MIB Object Value atmRouteInfoTable.atmRouteInfoEntry.atmVpi.192.168.2.189.225.225.225.0.3.1. atmRouteInfoTable.atmRouteInfoEntry.atmVci.192.168.2.189.225.225.225.0.3.1. atmRouteInfoTable.atmRouteInfoEntry.rowStatus.192.168.2.189.225.225.225.0.3.1. 0 50 4 (createAndGo) If you want to delete a syslog host, you must use the same index sequence, specify rowStatus and set value to ‘destroy’ (6). Mediaplex MPE Routes MIB— skyStreamMediaPlexMpeRouteObjects This module defines the Mediaplex MIB for managing the MPE routes. If you want to add an MPE route, you must use the index sequence: ipAddress, netMask, interfaceSlotNumber (SME interface slot number), interfaceUnitNumber (SME interface unit number) and specify: pid, ipMapMac, macAddress, disciplineName, rowStatus to ‘createAndGo’ (4). If you want to delete a syslog host, you must use the same index sequence, specify rowStatus and set value to ‘destroy’ (6). 332 Network Management and Monitoring Mediaplex-20 User Guide Introduction to HP OpenView Integration Although any network management system supporting SNMP can be used for monitoring and managing Mediaplex, SkyStream has selected the HP OpenView platform as the primary network management system for integration with Mediaplex product lines. HP Openview is a leading network management system used for network monitoring and data gathering at many large service provider networks. Currently, there are many other capable and powerful network management tools such as Computer Associates Unicenter; however, at this point SkyStream has elected to integrate with HP OpenView and create plug-ins for this application. Other products may be considered in the future depending on market and customer demands. Fault Management The goal of fault management is to detect, log, and notify users of problems in order to keep the network r unning effectively. Because faults can cause downtime or unacceptable network degradation, fault management is perhaps the most widely implemented of the ISO network management elements. Fault management involves several steps: 1 Determination of the problem symptoms 2 Isolation of the problem 3 Fixing the problem (if possible) 4 Testing of all important subsystems 5 Recording the problem’s detection and resolution Accounting Management The g oal of accounting manag ement is to measure network utilization parameters to regulate appropriate individual or group uses of the network. Such regulation minimizes network problems because network resources can be apportioned based on resource capacities. This maximizes the fairness of network access across all users. Configuration Management The goal of configuration management is to monitor network and system configuration information to track and manage the effects on network operation of various versions of hardware and software elements. Because all hardware and software elements may impose operational flaws that might affect network operation, such information is important in maintaining a smooth running network. Each network device has a variety of version information associated with it. Performance Management The goal of performance management is to measure and make available various aspects of network performance and maintain it at an acceptable level. Example of performance variables that might be provided include network throughput, user response times, and line utilization. Management entities continually monitor performance variables. If a performance threshold goes beyond set 333 SkyStream Networks parameters, the network management system receives an alar m message. Performance management involves the following steps: 1 Gather performance data on those variables of interest to network administrators 2 Analyze the data to determine normal levels 3 Determine appropriate performance thresholds for each important variable such that exceeding thresholds indicates a network problem worthy of attention. Most operation manag ers use HP OpenView and plug-ins provided by equipment vendors to monitor, troubleshoot, and provision heterogeneous networks. Following are some of the highlights of HP OpenView Network Node Manager (NNM): Components of SkyStream HP OpenView Plug-in ■ Auto-discovery of the network ■ Presentation of network topology with real-time update of device status ■ Performance monitoring using SNMP for the collection of historical data ■ Central location to collect network events ■ Ability to execute user specified actions when specific events occur ■ SNMP Browser The Mediaplex HP OpenView plug-in provides the following functionality: ■ ■ Map registration files that allow NNM to discover and identify new Mediaplex devices and displays Mediaplex icons in the topology map(s) Integrates SkyStream specific MIB files into OpenView MIB database NOTE The SkyStream MIBs are automatically complied and made available through HP OpenView. ■ ■ ■ ■ 334 Receives and classifies SNMP traps generated by the Mediaplex Provides menu registration files that allow users to start SkyStream specific applications Allows users to launch Mediaplex Web GUI from the HP OpenView via menus, and from an button on the top menu of each map Provides an install CD that installs the plug-in Network Management and Monitoring Mediaplex-20 User Guide Monitoring Mediaplex from HP OpenView HP OpenView provides the capability to automatically discover networkattached devices. Having discovered the device, it is added to the HP OpenView network map(s). The operator can decide to either monitor the device, or keep it as unmanaged or unmonitored. The installation of the SkyStream Mediaplex plug-in software allows HP OpenView to correctly identify the device as a Mediaplex, and to add the correct icon to the maps, while associating the appropriate menu options to the device. The screen below shows an actual view of an HP OpenView map containing four SkyStream Mediaplexes. If the Mediaplex is operational and there are no errors detected, the icon would be green. A red icon signifies an error with the device. 335 SkyStream Networks Monitoring a Specific Mediaplex Double-click the central icon to see the SkyStream nodes on the network. Right-clicking a Mediaplex icon will display the following option menu: 336 Network Management and Monitoring Mediaplex-20 User Guide Standard Option Menu This menu is a standard HP OpenView menu and allows the user to Open the contents of the selected Mediaplex. At the bottom of the menu are several options that are specific to the Mediaplex Plug-in: • • • • Browse Mediaplex—launches the Mediaplex Web Graphical User Interface Telnet CLI—launches the Mediaplex Command Line Interface SNMP Browser—launches the SNMP MIB Browser Chassis Report—generates a report on the selected Mediaplex chassis Right-clicking one of these Mediaplex icons will again display standard HP Openview menu options. The example below shows two icons: a physical eth2 port, and a logical vlan_8 subgroup. If this is the last subgroup in the mapping, clicking Open will display the following message: “This object does not have a child submap...” From here you could create a new subgroup, if required. 337 SkyStream Networks Opening the Web GUI for HP OpenView The user can access the Web GUI in two ways. Having selected a Mediaplex, you can launch the Web GUI by either clicking on the Mediaplex button on the top right side of the map menu, or by right-clicking the Mediaplex icon and selecting it from the menu. It is also possible to open a direct Telnet or Command Line Interface connection to specific highlighted Mediaplex. To achieve this, right-click a Mediaplex icon, and then click the Telnet CLI option from the menu. The following screen s hows an open Telnet window to the Mediaplex. See Chapter 7, “CLI Commands and Operation.” 338 Network Management and Monitoring Mediaplex-20 User Guide Launching an SNMP Browser for a Specific Mediaplex Another option available through the standard HP OpenView options menu is to launch an SNMP browser for a specific Mediaplex device. This provides the means to query a Mediaplex for specific SNMP information available through the SkyStream Mediaplex MIBs. The following figure shows a typical SNMP MIB Browser window. 339 SkyStream Networks Obtaining a List of Mediaplex Components 340 The user can view a list of Mediaplex modules in a chassis by selecting Chassis Report from the Mediaplex menu. Right-clicking the Mediaplex icon shows this option. The following figure shows an example of the output of the Mediaplex components. Network Management and Monitoring Mediaplex-20 User Guide Inventory Report It is also possible to display an inventory of all Mediaplex devices on the network. This option is available through HP OpenView Tools menu, as shown below: The inventory list four Mediaplexes on the network. 341 SkyStream Networks Network Interface Properties The user can obtain infor mation on a Mediaplex from the standard HP OpenView menus. For example, by highlighting the Mediaplex that you require information about, click the following options: Configuration>Network Configuration>Interface Properties. The resulting screen is shown below: 342 Network Management and Monitoring Mediaplex-20 User Guide System Alarms The system alarm menu is a standard HP Openview Feature. The Mediaplex plug-in adds a SkyStream Alarm indicator to it. Click the SkyStream Alarms indicator and the SkyStream Alarm Browser will launch, which reports on alarm severity: critical, major, minor, warming and normal. 343 SkyStream Networks Graphs and Historical Data Gathering HP OpenView in conjunction with compiled Mediaplex MIBs provides a good platform for historical data gathering and producing statistical graphs for each Mediaplex, or across a group of Mediaplexes. The data gathering and graphing functions are part of HP OpenView native features. Having selected the device or group of devices, you can access them directly through the HP OpenView menus. An example of the type of statistical information that is available on Mediaplex is the CPU utilization of the MCM or the SCM. You can also obtain other statistical data, such as the amount of available memory, or SNMP traffic to and from the device through HP OpenView. The following screen is an example of the SNMP operations performed on Mediaplex. This is simply an example of the graphing function of HP OpenView, and as stated, you can produce many other graphs through the same capability. 344 Network Management and Monitoring Mediaplex-20 User Guide Chapter 9: Basic Concepts 345 SkyStream Networks DVB Transport Stream ECM (Entitlement Control Message) Private conditional access information that carries the control word in a secure manner along with private entitlement information. A Digital Video Broadcasting (DVB) Transport Stream includes video, audio, or data, Ser vice Infor mation (SI), and Conditional Access System (CAS) information. The Conditional Access System contains the entitlement for specific programs and customer service information. This information has two forms: Entitlement Management Messages (EMMs); that is, who can receive programs and what programs they can receive; and Entitlement Control Messages (ECMs); that is, how to unscramble the program information. EMM (Entitlement Management Message) Private conditional access information that specifies the authorization levels of subscribers or groups of subscribers for services or events. Data Injection 346 The purpose of data injection is to format and inject data into an MPEG-2 Transport Stream. Data needs to be formatted into transport packets in order to be injected. Basic Concepts Mediaplex-20 User Guide Ports and Packetizers Ports are the means by which data is physically delivered to a Mediaplex (ASI In, ENC, Gigabit Ethernet, and ATM). The logical ports, however, transfers data via a port using a particular protocol (IP, MPE, and ATM Routing). Logical ports may be created using one of the control interfaces. Depending on the protocol, various packetizers are applied that convert the data into MPEG-2 Transport Stream packets. Logical ports are associated with a physical port (Gigabit Ethernet or ATM) to route traffic from input devices to output devices. Physical Port Logical Port Data Type Gigabit Ethernet, ATM TCP/IP Stream of Bytes UDP/IP Datagrams RTP Datagrams File Stream of Bytes Encoder MPEG-2 Packets ASI In MPEG-2 Packets 347 SkyStream Networks MPEG-2 Transport Stream Packets The MPEG-2 Transport Stream packet is 188 bytes long, with 4 bytes of header. The main fields in the header are as follows: sync byte—always 0x47, which allows delimitation; a packet identifier (PID) differentiates between multiple streams; continuity counter counts from 0 to 15 on consecutive packets of the same PID. 348 Basic Concepts Mediaplex-20 User Guide MPEG Sections Sections are blocks of data of up to 4096 bytes in size. They are divided into Transport Stream packets for transmission. MPEG-2 PSI and DVB SI tables are always in sections. The private data area can be up to 4093 bytes, with 3 bytes of header. Packetizing Sections Sections become the payload of MPEG-2 Transport Stream (TS) packets; however, they can be larger or smaller than the TS packets themselves. Section packing improves the efficiency of the stream. 349 SkyStream Networks Mediaplex Packetizers Input Port Packetizers MPEG-2 Transport (M2T) - Packetizer ■ ■ Input: Data that is already in MPEG-2 TS packet format, but the continuity counter may need fixing. Operation: Delimits the packets and passes them to the multiplexer. Data Piping - Packetizer ■ ■ Input: Byte stream or UDP datagram. Operation: Copies the input data into the payload of MPEG-2 TS packet format. MPEG-2 Section - Packetizers ■ ■ SME Network Interface Packetizers 350 Input: Data is in sections. Operation: Divides the sections into MPEG-2 TS packet format. IP Traffic - Packetizers ■ ■ Input: IP payload. Operation: Adds an MPE header to create a section then divides the sections into MPEG-2 TS packet format. Basic Concepts Mediaplex-20 User Guide Transport MPEG Over Packet Networks PDU (Protocol Data Unit) The technical name for a frame of data transmitted over a data link (layer2) in a communications network. Mediaplex Supported Protocols The Mediaplex supports transmission and reception of MPEG Transport Streams over traditional packet networks. In general terms, a number of 188-byte MPEG Transport Packets combine to form the payload of a network PDU. The diagram illustrates the Network Encapsulation Process. The Protocol Header and Protocol Trailer are specific to the network protocol used. The Mediaplex supports the following protocol combinations: MPEG Over UDP/IP • • Over Gigabit Ethernet Over ATM ■ ■ Using RFC-2684 LLC Encapsulation for routed non-NLPID protocols (Classical IP) Using RFC-2684 LLC Encapsulation for bridged protocols (Bridged Ethernet) MPEG Over RTP/UDP/IP Using RFC 2250 (MPEG2 over RTP) and RFC 1889 (RTP) • • Over Gigabit Ethernet Over ATM ■ ■ Using RFC-2684 LLC Encapsulation for routed non-NLPID protocols (Classical IP) Using RFC-2684 LLC Encapsulation for bridged protocols (Bridged Ethernet) MPEG Over AAL-5 Native ATM 351 SkyStream Networks MPEG Encapsulation The following two figures illustrate MPEG packet for mats over Gigabit Ethernets: The first diagram shows MPEG over UDP/IP over Gigabit Ethernet encapsulation, while the second shows RTP encapsulation over Gigabit Ethernet. Note that the only difference between these two is the addition of the RTP header in the Protocol Header section. The next diagram illustrates MPEG over UDP/IP over ATM, with Classical IP encapsulation (RFC 2684 LLC encapsulation of routed protocols). The AAL-5 payload contains the IP packet plus a RFC 2684 header and a trailer. The whole AAL-5 PDU is then submitted to the ATM layer for further segmentation into ATM cells. The other RFC 2684 ATM encapsulations are similar the changes would show the presence of an RTP header after the UDP header for RTP, and the presence of an Ethernet MAC header before the IP header for bridged Ethernet encapsulation. 352 Basic Concepts Mediaplex-20 User Guide The last diagram shows the MPEG over Native ATM encapsulation. It is very similar to the previous diagram; the difference is the removal of the UDP/IP and RFC 2684 layers (this is why this mode is called “native” ATM, as it does not have any additional protocols). This mode has an empty protocol header and is more bandwidth-efficient than the other ATM modes. However, the presence of UDP/IP headers in the other modes allows for support of multiple SingleProgram Transport Streams over a single ATM Virtual Circuit; this is not possible in native mode. NOTE For further information see Chapter 4: Port Configuration and Statistics— Configure ATM In and Out. Also see, ATM Forum, “Audiovisual Multimedia Services: Video on Demand Specification 1.1,” March 1997. 353 SkyStream Networks Routing Between the Control and Data Networks in the Mediaplex-20 This section describes the packet processing between the data and control networks in the Switch Control Module (SCM) of the Mediaplex-20. The SCM has one 10/100 Ethernet interface for control, and four optical Gigabit Ethernet ports for data processing. The reference network for this discussion is the following illustration. The IP address assigned to the management 10/100 port is denoted by IP1, and the IP2 assigned to the gigabit port is denoted by IP2. Host H1 is in the control network and host H2 is in the data network. Mediaplex-20 10/100 Port IP1 Control Network H1 Gigabit Port IP2 Data Network H2 The following is a list of what traffic is allowed and what traffic is not allowed: 1 H1 can fully control the Mediaplex-20 using IP1. In other words, it has full access to the web interface (through http and https), to the CLI (through telnet or SSH) and to the SNMP agent. 2 If a route to IP2 is installed on H1 using IP1 as the next-hop gateway, H1 can also fully control the Mediaplex-20 using IP2. The packets are never seen on the data network; this is essentially the same as case 1 – the control packets are only present on the control network. 3 H2 can ping IP2, nothing more. The web, CLI and SNMP interfaces are not available to H2. Packets attempting to use these services will be all dropped silently with no response from the Mediaplex-20. A port scan of IP2 from the data network will not return any open TCP ports (in fact, not even the RST response will be sent back). 4 If a route to IP1 is installed on H2 using IP2 as the next-hop gateway, H2 can successfully ping IP1. Again, this is no different than H2 pinging IP2; the Mediaplex-20 will respond because IP1 is one of its valid IP addresses. H2 still cannot access any of the control interfaces, even if the attempt is made using IP1 instead of IP2. The same rules apply. 354 Basic Concepts Mediaplex-20 User Guide 5 Now, assume that a route to H2 is installed on H1 with IP1 as the next-hop gateway, and a route to H1 is installed on H2 with IP2 as the next-hop gateway. The Mediaplex-20 will deliver packets sent from H1 to H2, but packets sent from H2 to H1 will be dropped. Therefore, there is no way that a host in the data network can access anything in the control network. 355 SkyStream Networks 356 Basic Concepts Mediaplex-20 User Guide Appendix A: Packet Formats 357 SkyStream Networks Packet Formats This appendix describes the method that the SkyStream data input devices use to partition framed or unframed data into MPEG-2 packets. This description is directed to developers who are responsible for a DVB decoder that must reconstruct an original packet at the receiving end. The table below provides references to the packet formats available through the Mediaplex. UI Name See Reference MPEG-2 Transport Standard MPEG-2 (ISO 13818-1) DVB MPE MPE Packetizer Data Piping Other Packet Formats — Data Piping MPEG-2 Section Sections as standard MPEG-2 (ISO 13818-1) 358 Packet Formats Mediaplex-20 User Guide MPEG Section Packet Format MPEG-2 private_sections and all derivatives of the MPEG-2 private_section including MPEG-2 Prog ram Specif ic Infor mation (PSI) sections and DSMCC_sections (i.e., all sections) may be provided as input to the Mediaplex by selecting the MPEG-2 Section packetizer. MPEG-2 PSI sections include the PAT (prog ram_association_section), the CAT (CA_sections) and PMT (TS_program_map_section). The private_section format allows data to be transmitted with the minimum of structure while enabling a decoder to parse the stream. The sections may be used in two ways: • Set the ‘section_syntax_ indicator’ to ‘1’, to signal the whole structure (“long” section format) common to all MPEG-2 private_sections including PSI tables. • Set the field to ‘0’, when only the fields ‘table_id’ through ‘section _length’ are present (“short” section format). Refer to ISO/IEC 13818-1 (MPEG-2 Systems) for further details. Format No. of bits table_id section_syntax_indicator private_indicator reserved section_length if (section_syntax_indicator == ‘1’) { table_id_extension reserved version_number current_next_indicator section_number last_section_number } private_data_byte if(section_syntax_indicator == ‘1’) { CRC_32 } 8 1 1 2 12 16 2 5 1 8 8 8 32 For detailed information, see ISO 13818-1 (2.4.4) The following examples are carried in the MPEG-2 Transport Stream using the MPEG-2 Section format: ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ CAS sections EIT sections MPE Datagram sections NIT sections PAT sections PMT sections SDT sections 359 SkyStream Networks MPE Packetizer Multiprotocol Encapsulation routes IP datagrams from multiple native data-linklayer formats to MPEG transport format. Multiprotocol Encapsulation The following diagram illustrates the IP datagram encapsulation. Sync Byte Transport Error Indicator (1) (8) Header 4 Payload Unit Start Indicator (1) Transport Priority PID (1) (13) Payload 184 Header 4 Pointer (8) Table ID (8) Section Syntax Indicator (1) Address Scrambling Control (2) Transport Scrambling Control (2) Payload 184 Continuity Count (4) Header 4 Payload 184 Datagram Section 41<=n<=1512 Private Indicator Reserved (1) (2) LLC SNAP Flag (1) Current Next Indicator (1) Private Section Length (12) Section Number (8) MAC Address 6 (8) Last Section Number (8) MAC Address 5 (8) MAC Address 4 (8) IP Datagram Data Bytes 46<=n<=1500 IP Header 20 Adaptation Field Control (2) UDP Header 8 UDP Payload Padding 1<=n<=1472 1<=n<=17 Reserved (2) MAC Address 3 (8) Stuffing Bytes (0) Payload Scrambling Control (2) MAC Address 2 (8) MAC Address 1 (8) CRC-32 Checksum (32) Padding 1<=n<=183 Key (n) = bits n = bytes For detailed information, see EN 301 192 V1.1.1 (1997-12) European Standard (Telecommunications series) Digital Video Broadcasting (DVB). 360 Packet Formats Mediaplex-20 User Guide Transport Header A 4-byte MPE compliant header that consists of: ■ Eight sync bits having a field value of 0x47 ■ A 1-bit Transport Error Indicator set to 0b ■ A 1-bit Payload Unit Start indicator set to 1b in the first MPEG transport frame and 0b in the remaining MPEG transport frames comprising the encapsulated datagram. In the case of back to back sections this bit also sets when the new section starts in the MPEG payload. ■ A 1-bit Transport Priority having a field value of 0b ■ A 13-bit PID ■ ■ ■ ■ A 2-bit Transport Scrambling Control having a field value 00b. This is not scrambled A 2-bit Adaptation Field Control having a field value of 01b. The transport consists only of payload and has no adaptation field. A 4-bit Continuity Count (increments for each packet) using 0x0 through 0xF An 8-bit pointer having field value 0x00. Sections always start as the next byte. Only the first MPEG transport frame of the encapsulation include the Pointer. In back to back sections the Pointer field appears with the PUSI bit set. The pointer value equals the number of bytes until the new section starts in the MPEG payload. For format, see ISO 13818-1 Datagram Section ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ Eight-bit Table ID having a field value of 0x3E. The Table ID defines a DSM-CC section with private data. One-bit Section Syntax Indicator having a field value of 0b if the CRC_32/ Checksum field contains a checksum. A 1b indicates the field contains a CRC-32. A 1-bit Private Indicator having a field value of 1b if the indicator compliments the section_syntax_indicator flag A 2-bit Reserved field having a field value of 11b A 12-bit Section Length indicating the number of bytes from MAC_address_6 to the end of the datagram_section ■ The sixth-byte of the MAC address ■ The fifth-byte of the MAC address ■ A 2-bit Reserved field having the field value of 11b ■ ■ A 2-bit Payload Scrambling Control having a field value of 00b. This field is unscrambled. A 2-bit Address Scrambling Control having a field value of 00b. This field is unscrambled. 361 SkyStream Networks ■ ■ A 1-bit Current Next Indicator field having a field value of 1b An 8-bit Section Number field having a field value of 0x00. Section_number fields are limited to one per datagram_section ■ An 8-bit Last Section Number having a field value of 0x00 ■ The fourth-byte of the MAC address ■ The third-byte of the MAC address ■ The second-byte of the MAC address ■ The first-byte of the MAC address ■ ■ ■ An 8-bit IP Datagram Data field. A maximum MTU of 4080 bytes without the LLC_SNAP header. A maximum MTU of 4072 bytes with the LLC_SNAP header. An 8-bit Stuffing Bytes field. SkyStream does not use this optional field, which has no specified value. A 32-bit CRC-32 Checksum field. The checksum value is calculated over the entire datagram section. If the section syntax indicator is one then this is a CRC_32. If the indicator is zero, then the field is a checksum. A checksum value of zero indicates the checksum was not calculated. A true zero checksum is set to 0xFFFFFFFF. The MAC Address Field The MAC address field contains the destination MAC address. The MAC address is stored in the for mat required by the MPE specification. The MAC_address_6 field contains the lowest byte of the MAC address, and the MAC_address_1 field contains the most significant byte of the MAC address. If the least significant bit of MAC_address_1 is “1”, it indicates a multicast MAC address. (Everything is discussed in terms of bytes in memory not on the wire. Internet standard bit order. Thus, 01:XX:XX:XX:XX:XX is a multicast address.) SkyStream allows the user to enter the MAC address from the user interface in case no other method exists to obtain the destination MAC address. Note the following information concerning the MAC address field: You must input the destination MAC address for a directed IP address. Any MAC address, including the MAC broadcast address (FF:FF:FF:FF:FF:FF), a multicast MAC address, or a directed MAC address may be input. (SkyStream Networks does not recommend the MAC broadcast address.) For a class D, multicast IP address (224.0.0.0 to 239.255.255.255), either input the value or use the multicast address conversion proposed in RFC 1112. The IP address to MAC address mapping occurs as follows: 48-bit MAC Address Class D IP Address 00000001 00000000 01011110 0XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX 1110YYYY YXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX The RFC maps the lower 23 bits of the class D, IP address (X) to the Ethernet MAC address. With the next five bits of the IP address (Y) unused in forming the MAC address, multiple IP addresses can map to the same MAC address. The 362 Packet Formats Mediaplex-20 User Guide upper 25 bits of the MAC address are set to 01:00:5E:XX:XX:XX an address owned by the Internet Assigned Numbers Authority for multicast host group mapping. Broadcast IP address can map in the same manner as directed IP addresses. Do not forward limited broadcast IP addresses (255.255.255.255). IP Datagram Data Each IP datagram stores in one MPE datagram section. Thus, each MPEG transport packet containing the Payload Unit Start Indicator (PUSI) bit set indicates the beginning of a new section and a new IP datagram. (See the diagram.) Datagrams are limited to one per section, resulting in a limit of one datagram construction per datagram_section. LLC_SNAP Header The eight byte IP LLC_SNAP header appears as: 0xAA 0xAA 0x03 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x08 0x00. 363 SkyStream Networks Data Piping A packetizer used for encapsulating either a proprietary byte protocol or a synchronous bit stream. Payload Transport header Up to 184 bytes 4 bytes Sync Transport Payload Transport byte Error Unit Start Priority Indicator Indicator (1) (1) (8) (1) PID (13) Transport Scrambling Control (2) Adaptation Field Control (2) Continuity Count (4) Transport Header A 4-byte MP EG- 2 complian t header : ref er to ISO 13818- 1 fo r more information. Data Source data (payload only). The maximum number of bytes is 184 per packet. If the data piping timeout is not enabled, the packetizer will wait until it collects 184 bytes from the data source before issuing a transport packet. If the timeout is enabled, the packetizer may issue a partially-filled transport packet, if the source does not provide 184 bytes within the timeout period. In this case, the remaining bytes will be presented as an adaptation field filled with 0xFF as padding. 364 Packet Formats Mediaplex-20 User Guide Appendix B: Video Traffic Shaping 365 SkyStream Networks Video Traffic Shaping This primer discusses the basic application, issues, and underlying techniques used by video traffic shapers. The TRM blade in the Mediaplex-20 was designed as a solution to video traffic shaping using advanced content-adaptive techniques. The examples given here mainly apply to compressed audio-visual programs carried via the MPEG-2 transport protocol. What is Traffic Shaping? Traffic Policers enforce traffic policies using an instantaneous approach, by immediately discarding data packets which violate the policy, while forwarding compliant packets. Traffic Shapers enforce traffic policies using a longer term approach, by smoothing incoming packets using packet buffers, and discarding packets only when the input violates the policy over prolonged intervals. Thus traffic shapers result in lower data loss, while traffic policers exhibit lower average delay and jitter due to absence of buffering. Why Use Video Traffic Shaping? 366 Traffic shaping is the general term given to a broad range of techniques that enforce prioritization policies on the transmission of data over a network link. Conceptually, data traffic shaping is the real-time modification or shaping of the dynamic bit rate profile of data traffic. The implementation of traffic shaping involves determining the sequence of departure times of incoming packets to match the specified egress rate profile. In almost all cases of interest, the desired profile is a lower average bit rate than the input; this gives rise to methods for altering the rate profile using packet buffering. By buffering incoming packets and streaming them out after applying an appropriate scheduling algorithm, it is possible to match a variety of rate shapes that are independent of the input arrival pattern. In particular, when the longterm average bit rate of the input and desired profiles are sufficiently close, the combination of buffering and scheduling allows successful traffic shaping with reliable data transfer. However, if the discrepancy between the input and desired profiles is too high, practical networking devices with finite buffers resort to packet dropping. The delay of offending packets in the shaping buffers causes an increased average delay with higher variance. Such variances in the delay experienced by different packets is called “jitter.” This is the result of forwarding compliant packets with lower delay than offending packets. Video traffic shaping is necessary because of the high cost involved in transmitting the high bit rates typically required for transmitting video programs. To understand the economics of compression better, the key concept is that digital video requires a large quantity of bits every second to adequately represent the video content. TV viewers prefer—and would pay more—to have more channel selections, but physical broadcast television transmission channels have limited capacity. Thus providers of broadcast television services have a direct economic incentive to provide the maximum number of TV channels on their existing transmission facilities. This directly translates into a never-ending demand for greater video compression. Of course, TV viewers want TV programs to look good as well! Therefore, there is a clear trade-off between the number of video prog rams available on a transmission channel and the perceptual quality of those programs. This trade-off is the classic problem addressed by video traffic shaping. Video Traffic Shaping Mediaplex-20 User Guide In general, video traffic shaping is necessary whenever real-time video traffic— uncompressed or pre-compressed—must be transmitted over physical channels. The four following scenarios require video shaping: 1 Maximizing the number of video traffic flows—and hence revenues—sent over a given channel at a given quality. 2 Forwarding video traffic from a higher capacity network into a lower capacity network while minimizing the impact on quality. The economic case here is the revenue obtainable from video delivery services to destinations that are not serviced by expensive high-capacity networks. 3 Shaping the rate profile from a variable rate profile into a smooth constant bit rate; preferably with no quality degradation. This makes video delivery possible over networks that are simpler and cheaper to engineer than those supporting variable rate traffic. 4 Lowering the bandwidth allocated to video on existing transmission channels, if the freed bandwidth can be used for more lucrative forms of content, such as enterprise data delivery. Classes of Requirements SPTS (Single Program Transport Streams) contain transport packets corresponding to each of the elementary streams comprising the program, as well as packets carrying the required PSI table sections, all multiplexed together according to the rules specified in the MPEG-2 Systems specification. The Mediaplex-20 implements single stream video traffic shaping Single Stream MPEG-2 Traffic Shaping Given: ■ An uncompressed or MPEG-2 SPTS compressed input stream, and ■ A traffic descriptor specification Shape the stream such that: ■ The output bitstream complies with the MPEG-2 SPTS syntax and buffer models. ■ The traffic profile of the stream satisfies the given traffic specification. ■ The perceptual distortion between the decompressed output and corresponding input is minimized. Video Traffic Descriptors Typical examples of traffic descriptors include CBR and VBR descriptors: CBR (Constant Bit Rate) A stream with constant short term bit rate. The bit rate of these streams may only vary within a very narrow range. CBR Output Traffic Descriptor VBR (Variable Bit Rate) A stream with varying short-term and long term bit rates. The bit rate of the stream can vary randomly within a well-defined range. VBR Output Traffic Descriptor Attributes: ■ ■ Constant output bit rate Maximum output buffering delay Attributes: ■ ■ ■ Long-term average bit rate Short-term average peak rate Maximum output buffering delay Alternate VBR descriptors exist with the following attributes: ■ ■ ■ Minimum short-term bit rate Maximum short-term bit rate Maximum output buffering delay 367 SkyStream Networks 368 Video Traffic Shaping Mediaplex-20 User Guide Glossary 369 SkyStream Networks Acronyms, Abbr. & Definitions The acronyms, abbreviations, and definitions in this user guide have been modified to accommodate SkyStream applications. Sources • • • Technical Specification of DVB simulcrypt (sim061) European Telecommunication Standard (ETS 300 468) Computer Desktop Encyclopedia by TechWeb ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ AF (Assured Forwarding) is a class of service for applications that require a better reliability than Best Effort service. ATSC addressable sections (Advanced Television Systems Committee addressable sections) Represents Multiprotocol Encapsulation standard (see MPE). ASI (Asynchronous Serial Interface) One of DVB’s physical interfaces used for transmitting MPEG-2 Transport Streams. AT command set A series of machine instructions used to activate features on an intelligent modem. Developed by Hayes Microcomputer Products and officially known as the Hayes Standard AT Command Set, it is used entirely or partially by most every modem manufacturer. AT is a mnemonic code for ATtention, which is the prefix that initiates each command to the modem. ATM (Asynchronous Transfer Mode) A network technology for both local and wide area networks (LANs and WANs) that supports real-time voice and video as well as data. The topology uses switches that establish a logical circuit from end to end, which guarantees quality of service (QoS). Bandwidth The transmission capacity of a communications network expressed in bits per second. ■ BE (Best Effort) is a class of service with no reserved resources. ■ Bit Rate The transmission speed of binary coded data. ■ ■ 370 AES/EBU (Audio Engineering Society/European Broadcasting Union) is the name of a digital audio transfer standard. The AES and EBU developed the specifications for the standard. The AES/EBU digital interface is usually implemented using 3-PIN XLR connectors, the same type connector used in a professional microphone. One cable carries both left- and right-channel audio data to the receiving device. AES/EBU is an alternative to the S/PDIF standard. BNC bayonet connector A commonly used plug and socket for audio, video and networking applications. BNCs connect two-wire coaxial cable (signal and ground) using a bayonet mount. After the plug is inserted, the bayonet mechanism causes the pins to be pinched into the locking groove when the plug is turned. Broadcast: To transmit to everybody on a network or network segment. Glossary Mediaplex-20 User Guide ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ Byte stream: A contiguous group of untyped data. The Mediaplex can packetize byte streams by grouping them into MPEG-2 Transport Stream packets. CAT (Conditional Access Table) A table providing information on the Conditional Access System used in the multiplex. This information is private and dependent on the CAS, but includes the location of the EMM stream, when applicable. Canonical name The actual name of a resource. For example, a canonical name of a server is its true name rather than an alias. CBR (Constant Bit Rate) A stream with constant short term bit rate. The bit rate of these streams may only vary within a very narrow range. Checksum A value used to ensure data is stored or transmitted without error. It is created by calculating the binary values in a block of data using some algorithm and storing the results with the data. When the data is retrieved from memory or received at the other end of a network, a new checksum is computed and matched against the existing checksum. A non-match indicates an error. Just as a check digit tests the accuracy of a single number, a checksum tests a block of data. Checksums detect single bit errors and some multiple bit errors, but are not as effective as the CRC method. Chrominance (U): A color difference signal constructed by subtracting the blue from the Y (luminance). Chrominance (V): A color difference signal constructed by subtracting the red from the Y (luminance). Client/Server An architecture in which the client (personal computer or workstation) is the requesting machine and the server is the supplying machine, both of which are connected through a local area network (LAN) or wide area network (WAN). CLI (Command Line Interface) In a command-driven system, the area on the screen that accepts typed-in commands. Community Strings Similar to a “password”, all SNMP operations have associated community strings. If they do not match with the agent settings, the SNMP operation fails. CPU (Central Processing Unit) The computing part of the computer also called the processor. It consists of the control unit and Arithmetic Logic Unit (ALU). CRC (Cyclical Redundancy Checking) An error checking technique used to ensure the accuracy of transmitting digital data. The transmitted messages are divided into predetermined lengths which, used as dividends, are divided by a fixed divisor. The remainder of the calculation is appended onto the message. At the receiving end, the computer recalculates the remainder. If it does not match the transmitted remainder, an error is detected. CSRC (Contributing SouRCe) The source of an RTP stream. CVBS (Composite Video Blanking Sync): This video signal has the color, luminance and synchronization information all combined into one. 371 SkyStream Networks ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ 372 Datagram The unit of data, or packet, transmitted in an IP network. Each datagram contains source and destination addresses and data (see UDP). Data Piping A packetizer used for encapsulating either a proprietary byte protocol or a synchronous bit stream. dB Decibel, a logarithmic unit used to describe a ration. Discipline An Internet class of service as in Best Effort (BE) and Assured Forwarding (AF). DHCP (Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol) Software that automatically assigns IP addresses to client stations logging onto a TCP/IP network. It eliminates having to manually assign IP addresses to individual computers. DHCP software typically runs in servers and is also found in network devices such as ISDN routers and modem routers that allow multiple users access to the Internet. DNS (Domain Name System) Name resolution software that lets users locate computers on a UNIX network or the Internet (TCP/IP network) by domain name. The DNS server maintains a database of domain names (host names) and their corresponding IP address. Driver —also called a device driver—A program routine that links a peripheral device to the operating system. It is written by programmers who have the detailed knowledge of the device's command language and characteristics, and contains the precise machine language necessary to perform the functions requested by the application. DSL (Digital Subscriber Line) A technology that dramatically increases the digital capacity of ordinary telephone lines (the local loops) into the home or office. DSL speeds are tied to the distance between the customer and the telco central office. DVB (Digital Video Broadcasting) A European standard for transporting digital video. Essentially a superset of MPEG-2, in which additional PSI tables are defined which make the MPEG-2 specification commercially deployable by digital satellite and digital cable service providers. ECM (Entitlement Control Message) Private conditional access information that carries the control word in a secure manner along with private entitlement information. EF (Expedited Forwarding) is a class of service for applications that require a hard guarantee on the delay and jitter. EIT (Event Information Table) A DVB SI table that contains data concerning events or programs such as event name, start time, and duration. Elementary stream One or more entities, such as video or audio data, which is put together with other elements to make up a program. EMM (Entitlement Management Message) Private conditional access information that specifies the authorization levels of subscribers or groups of subscribers for services or events. Glossary Mediaplex-20 User Guide ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ Encoder A device that receives analog (audio/video) signals and converts it into an MPEG-2 Transport Stream. Event A grouping of elementary broadcast streams with a defined start and end time belonging to a common service. FDDI (Fiber Distributed Data Interface) An ANSI standard token passing network that uses optical fiber cabling and transmits at 100 Mbits/sec up to 10 kilometers. FDDI provides network services at the same level as Ethernet and Token Ring (OSI layers 1 and 2). FDDI includes its own Station Management (STM) network management standard. The TP-PMD (CDDI) version runs over copper (UTP), although typically limited to distances up to 100 meters. In addition, FDDI provides an optional dual counter-rotating ring topology that contains primary and secondary rings with data flowing in opposite directions. If the line breaks, the ends of the primary and secondary rings are bridged together at the closest node to create a single ring again. File In The Mediaplex’s File In port can play out or carousel data from a file located on the flash card. The files injected through File In ports would typically be PSI/SI tables. For example: CAT, PAT, PMT, and SDT tables. FIR (Finite Impulse Response) A filter applied to clarify video images. Flash Card A small module that contains flash memory such as a PC Card, Compact Flash, or similar format. GE (Gigabit Ethernet) An Ethernet technology that raises transmission speed to 1 Gbps. It is used primarily for backbones. The first IEEE standard (802.3z) for Gigabit Ethernet defined its use over multi-mode optical fiber providing fullduplex operation from switch to end station or to another switch and half-duplex using CSMA/CD in a shared environment. GI (General Instruments) refers to DigiCipher II (DCII): a proprietary MPEG-2 based distribution system developed originally by General Instruments prior to the completion of the DVB standard. Used by most cable channels in North America, it has a major presence in cable head-ends and is widely used in satellite turn-around applications via “Head-end In The Sky” (HITS) systems. GOP (Group of Pictures): A typical GOP structure starts with an I-frame and ends with B-frame with frame sequence like IBBPBBPBBPBBPBB. The bigger GOP size in slow motion pictures may give better quality at lower bit rates (Iframe: Intra frames, B-frame: Bi-directionally predicted frames, P-frames: Predicted frames). GUI (Graphical User Interface) A graphics-based user interface that incorporates icons, pull-down menus and a mouse. The GUI has become the standard way users interact with a computer. See User Interface. Header In communications, the first part of the message, which contains controlling data, such as originating and destination stations, message type and priority level. Host In network architecture, a client station (user’s machine) is considered to be a host, because it is a source of information to the network in contrast to a device 373 SkyStream Networks such as a router or switch that directs traffic. However, in remote control software a host is a virtual client. ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ 374 HP code rate (High Priority code rate) A high priority bit stream. Two different code rates applied to two different levels of the modulation have the aim of achieving hierarchy. Transmission then starts with the code rate for the HP level of the modulation and ends with the one for the LP level. IP (Internet Protocol) The network layer protocol in the TCP/IP communications protocol suite (the "IP" in TCP/IP). IP contains a network address and allows messages to be routed to a different network or subnet. IP Address (Internet Protocol Address) The layer-3 address of a computer attached to a TCP/IP network. Every station must have a unique IP address. Client workstations have a permanent address or one dynamically assigned to them each dial-up session. IP addresses are written as four sets of numbers separated by periods; for example, 204.171.64.2. IP Payload The traffic that the Mediaplex can encapsulate as MPE packets. The Mediaplex can receive IP data either from a Gigabit Ethernet interface or from an ATM interface. LAN (Local Area Network) A communications network that serves users within a confined geographical area, made up of servers, workstations, a network operating system, and a communications link. LP code rate (Low Priority code rate) A low priority bit stream. Two different code rates applied to two different levels of the modulation have the aim of achieving hierarchy. Transmission then starts with the code rate for the HP level of the modulation and ends with the one for the LP level. M2T An abbreviation for the MPEG-2 transport. MAC address (Media Access Control address) On a local area network (LAN) or other network, the MAC address is your interface card’s unique hardware number. MCM (Media Controller Module) The Mediaplex blade that is responsible for all the video/data input, processing, and output under the control of the SCM [5]. Modulator A device that receives digital information and converts it into an analog signal. MPE (Multi-protocol Encapsulation) DVB and ATSC packetization format that enables a high-speed gateway to an asymmetric Internet (or private IP-based) network by retransmitting IP information in addition to the payload. MPEG (Moving Pictures Experts Group) Pronounced “em-peg.” A family of standards used for coding and decoding audio-visual information in a digital compressed format. An international standard for generic coding (compression) of digital video and/or audio information. There are three flavors of this standard—MPEG-1, MPEG-2 and MPEG-4. —MPEG-1 was the first standard (ISO/IEC 11172; 1993), and is targeted towards video CDs and VHS quality, typically at bit rates of about 1.5 Mb/s. It Glossary Mediaplex-20 User Guide has since been superseded by MPEG-2, which is currently the most prevalent standard (ISO/IEC 13818; 1996). —MPEG-2 is directed towards entertainment and broadcast quality video for television and DVD applications, typically at bit rates ranging from 2 – 8 Mb/s. An MPEG-2 system provides a method for combining (multiplexing) several types of multimedia information into one stream that can be (either): Transmitted on a single communication channel, or stored in one file of a digital storage medium (DSM). —MPEG-4 is a recent standard (ISO/IEC 14496; 2000) which is more ambitious in scope, targeting a wide variety of applications ranging from low-bit rate wireless and Internet streaming video to very high quality DVD video. However, the standard is in continuous flux, and its compression efficiency for entertainment and broadcast quality video has not yet demonstrated significant improvement over MPEG-2. ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ MPMC (Mediaplex Management Console) The Mediaplex’s user interfaces either SNMP, CLI, or Web GUI. MTU (Maximum Transmission Unit) The largest frame size that can be transmitted over the network. Messages longer than the MTU must be divided into smaller frames. The layer 3 protocol (IP, IPX, etc.) extracts the MTU from the layer 2 protocol (Ethernet, FDDI, etc.), fragments the messages into that frame size and makes them available to the lower layer for transmission. Multicasting One-to-many transmissions of an IP datagram to a host group—a set of one or more hosts identified by a single IP multicast destination address. A multicast datagram is delivered to all members of a destination host group with the same reliability as unicast IP datagrams. Multiplexer A device that merges several streams of digital data into one transport stream. NEBS compliant (Network Equipment Building Systems compliant) Adhering to standards from Telcordia for equipment used in telco central offices (COs). Most equipment must be NEBS certified before it can be integrated into carrier facilities. NEBS specifications deal with power management, electrical shielding, disaster preparation and hardware interfaces. Nice A UNIX multitasking command that gives each job a basic priority number, called the “niceness.” The higher the nice value, the lower the command’s scheduling priority. NIT (Network Information Table) A table that provides physical information about the network. NTP (Network Time Protocol) A protocol used to synchronize the real-time clock in a computer. There are numerous primary and secondary servers in the Internet that are synchronized to the Coordinated Universal Time (UTC) via radio, satellite or modem. For more information, visit www.eecis.udel.edu/~ntp. NTSC (National TV Standards Committee) A color TV standard that was developed in the U.S. Administered by the FCC, NTSC broadcasts 30 interlaced 375 SkyStream Networks frames per second (60 half frames per second, or 60 “fields” per second in TV jargon) at 525 lines of resolution. ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ 376 Packet Any block of data sent over a network. Each packet can contain sender, receiver, and error-control information, in addition to the actual message. Packets can be of fixed-length or variable-length and reassembled, if necessary, when they reach their destination. Packetizer A method for pre-processing data. PAL (Phase Alternating Line) A popular European and Asian color TV standard that was developed in Germany. It broadcasts 25 interlaced frames per second (50 half frames per second) at 625 lines of resolution. PAT (Program Association Table) A part of program system information (PSI), this table indicates the location of the corresponding Program Map Table (PMT). It also gives the location of the Network Information Table (NIT). Payload The bytes that follow the header bytes in a packet. PC (Personal Computer) A stand-alone computer that can be used as a workstation and file server in a LAN (local area network). PCR (Program Clock Reference) A reference clock (27MHz) located at the MPEG encoder. Samples of the PCR are periodically sent in the MPEG stream to allow the receiver to track the encoder clock, to enable the receiver to play back the video and audio content in a synchronized manner. PES (Packetized Elementary Stream) A stream of PES packets, all of whose payloads consist of data from a single elementary stream. A serial byte stream comprising PES packets carrying the same elementary stream. The first payload byte of any PES packet is the first byte in the elementary stream which follows the last payload byte of the previous PES packet in the same PES stream. PID (Packet Identifier) A 13 bit packet identifier used to identify different data types inside the transport stream. An integer value present in the header of each transport packet which is used to identify the type of payload carried in the packet. Each elementary stream and each table of program specific information present in a transport stream is assigned a unique PID. PCMCIA (Personal Computer Memory Card International Association) An international standards body and trade association that was founded in 1989 to establish a standard for connecting peripherals to portable computers. PDU (Protocol Data Unit) The technical name for a frame of data transmitted over a data link (layer2) in a communications network. PMT (Program Map Table) A part of program system information (PSI), this table identifies and indicates the location of part of the streams that make up each service, and the location of the Program Clock Reference (PCR) fields for service. Port A physical connection such as an ASI In port or a logical connection such as a UDP Out port are connections into or out of the Mediaplex. Glossary Mediaplex-20 User Guide ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ Program A name given to services that is used to reference one or more element streams. Promiscuous Mode The condition in which a node in a network recognizes and accepts all packets on the line regardless of destination. PSI (Program Specific Information) Normative data to be carried in an MPEG-2 transport stream which is necessary for demultiplexers and decoders to identify each program inside a multi-program transport stream, as well as each elementary stream contained in the programs. In the simplest sense, PSI may be viewed as a set of tables mapping PIDs to programs and elementary streams. Other PSI tables are also defined in the MPEG-2 Systems specifications. Tables are carried in the payload of transport packets using data structures called sections. Provision is also made for privately definable tables, by defining data structures called private sections. Some of the PSI tables are the Network Information Table (NIT), the Conditional Access Table (CAT), the Program Map Table (PMT) the Program Association Table (PAT) and others. PTS (Presentation Time Stamp) A sample of the PCR for a presentation unit (video frame or audio sample) in a program which indicates the time instant at which that unit must be presented to the viewer of the program. PVC (Permanent Virtual Circuit) A point-to-point connection that is established ahead of time. A group of PVCs defined at the time of subscription to a particular service is known as a virtual private network (VPN). QAM (Quadrature Amplitude Modulation) A cable networks’ modulation technique that generates four bits out of one baud. For example, a 600-baud line (600 shifts in the signal per second) can effectively transmit 2,400 bps using this method. Both phase and amplitude are shaped with each baud, resulting in four possible patterns. QPSK (Quadrature Phase Shift Keying) A phase modulation scheme used in satellite data transmission. Bits are encoded in sequential carrier phase transitions. QoS (Quality Of Service) The ability to define a level of performance in a data communications system. For example, ATM networks specify modes of service that ensure optimum performance for traffic such as real-time voice and video. RFC (Request For Comments) A document that describes the specifications for a recommended technology. The Internet Engineering Task Force (IETF) and other standards bodies use RFCs. RIP (Routing Information Protocol) A simple routing protocol that is part of the TCP/IP protocol suite. It determines a route based on the smallest hop count between source and destination. RTP (Real-time Transport Protocol) An IP protocol that supports real-time transmission of voice and video. An RTP packet rides on top of UDP and includes timestamping and synchronization information in its header for proper reassembly at the receiving end. 377 SkyStream Networks ■ ■ ■ SAP (Session Announcement Protocol) An IETF protocol for distributing session description messages to potential recipients. It is used to send SDP messages. SCM (Switch Controller Module) The Mediaplex system controller that is responsible for booting the whole system and directing the flow of data between blades. ■ SDH (Synchronous Digital Hierarchy) The European counterpart to SONET. ■ SDI (Serial Digital Interface): Used to transport digital component video. ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ 378 RTCP (RTP Control Protocol) A companion protocol to RTP that is used to maintain QoS. RTP nodes analyze network conditions and periodically sends each other RTCP packets that report on network congestion. SDP (Session Description Protocol) An IETF protocol that defines a text-based message format for describing a multimedia session. Data such as version number, contact information, broadcast times and audio and video encoding types are included in the message. SDT (Service Description Table) A DVB SI table that contains the services in the system; for example, names of services, the service provider, etc. Set-top box The TV box that “sits on top” of the TV set that de-multiplexes and decodes the transport stream; also known as a receiver, decoder, or Integrated Receiver Decoder (IRD). SI (Service Information) Digital data describing the delivery system, content and scheduling/timing of broadcast data streams. It includes MPEG-2 PSI together with independently defined extensions. SMD (SkyStream MPE Decapsulation) MPEG Transport Stream received through ASI In. SME (SkyStream MPE Encapsulation) Transport Stream sent out as IP over DVB through ASI Out. SNMP (Simple Network Management Protocol) A standard protocol to manage devices on the network. Manageable devices contain an SNMP Agent responsible for handling the information/control requests. SONET (Synchronous Optical NETwork) A fiber-optic transmission system for high-speed digital traffic. Employed by telephone companies and common carriers, SONET speeds range from 51 megabits to multiple gigabits per second. SSH (Secure SHell) A protocol that runs over TCP to cryptographically secure login sessions. SSL (Secure Sockets Layer) The leading security protocol on the Internet. When an SSL session is started, the server sends its public key to the browser, which the browser uses to send a randomly generated secret key back to the server in order to have a secret key exchange for that session. Glossary Mediaplex-20 User Guide ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ Submodule A PCI-based mezzanine card. Small and compact (74mm x 149mm) and providing 32 or 64-bit data paths, submodules enable a large variety of PCI products to be retrofitted to other bus environments. Subnet Mask The Subnet Mask is used to divide the IP address space into ranges of addresses called “subnets”. IP hosts in a subnet assume that they have a direct connection (for example, connected to the same Ethernet hub) and talk directly to each other. The subnet mask divides the IP address into parts: a network number and a host number. Hosts whose network number is the same are in the same subnet. The subnet mask is a 32-bit field where “1” bits indicate what part of the IP address is a network number. Subnet masks are typically expressed in the same quad dotted notation as IP addresses. TCP/IP The Transmission Control Protocol (TCP) on top of the Internet Protocol (IP). Enables communication between different types of computers and computer networks. The Internet Protocol is a connectionless protocol that provides packet routing. TCP, which is connection-oriented, provides reliable communication. TCP In The TCP In port receives data for injection via a TCP connection. TCP provides data reliability and flow control. TDT (Time and Date Table) A DVB SI table that gives information relating to the present time and date. This information is given a separate table due to the frequent updating of this information. Teletext A popular European broadcasting service that transmits text to a TV set that has a teletext decoder. It uses the vertical blanking interval of the TV signal (black line between frames when vertical hold is not adjusted) to transmit about a hundred frames. TFTP (Trivial File Transfer Protocol) A version of the FTP protocol that has no directory or password capability. TOS (Type Of Service) A field in an IP packet (IP datagram) that is used for quality of service (QoS). The TOS field is 8 bits, broken into five subfields. TOT (Time Offset Table) A DVB SI table that contains time zone and time offset information in relation to the TDT. Transport Stream: (TS) One or more programs, each of which contains one or more elementary streams and other streams (such as data) multiplexed together. An MPEG-2 transport stream is a standardized system layer of MPEG-2 that combines video, audio and data in a packetized stream. Traps SNMP traps are unsolicited events sent by the SNMP Agent to the manager stations in their list of trap destinations. TTL (Time To Live) This value decrements each time the IP frame moves through a router. When the number reaches the value of zero, the stream is discarded. 379 SkyStream Networks ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ 380 UBR (Unspecified Bit Rate) An asynchronous transfer mode (ATM) level of service that does not guarantee available bandwidth. It is very efficient, but not used for critical data. UDP (User Datagram Protocol) A connectionless transport-level protocol used in the suite of IP-based protocols. - Enables sending of data from one computer to an application running in another computer. - Like TCP (Transmission Control Protocol), UDP is used with IP (the Internet Protocol). - Unlike TCP, UDP is connectionless and does not guarantee reliable communication; the application must deal with lost or out-of-order packets. UDP In The UDP In port receives data for injection into the payload of UDP packets. UDP is a connectionless, unreliable protocol with no flow control; packet loss between the data source and the Mediaplex is not corrected. Unicast To transmit from one station to another, such as from client to server or server to server. Universal Time This time is simply the number of hours, minutes, and seconds which have elapsed since midnight (when the sun is at a Longitude of 180°) in the Greenwich time zone. Since the Earth's rotation is irregular on the 0.1-s level, a local approximation to universal time not corrected for polar motion is often used. This is called UT0, and also referred to as Greenwich Mean Time (GMT). In UT0, 24 universal hours are defined to be a mean solar day. User interface The combination of windows, menus, keypad commands and help messages that provides a way for a user to interact with a program. VBR (Variable Bit Rate) A stream with varying short-term and long term bit rates. The bit rate of the stream can vary randomly within a well-defined range. VCI (Virtual Channel Identifier) A unique numerical tag as defined by a 16 bit field in the ATM cell header that identifies a virtual channel, over which the cell is to travel. VLAN (Virtual LAN) A logical subgroup within a local area network that is created via software rather than manually moving cables in the wiring closet. It combines user stations and network devices into a single unit regardless of the physical LAN segment they are attached to and allows traffic to flow more efficiently within populations of mutual interest. VLAN Tagged Packets VLAN tags used to define multiple LANs in the same physical segment. A tagged packet has an extra header added to the tag that indicates to which VLAN it belongs. This typically only switches and routes handle tags, not end-hosts. VPI (Virtual Path Identifier) An eight bit field in the ATM cell header which indicates the virtual path over which the cell should be routed. WAN (Wide Area Network) A communications network that covers a wide geographic area, such as state or country. Glossary Mediaplex-20 User Guide ■ ■ Watchdog A function inside each Mediaplex blade that monitors the health of the software, and restarts the blade in case of problems. Y/C A shorthand term used for luminance (Y) and chrominance (C). Also used to describe S-Video, which implies the separation of the luminance and chrominance parts of a video. 381 SkyStream Networks 382 Glossary